THE    i 

^TIER 


0  h 


A  FRONTIER  TOWN 


:.?.'  .-yni 


WARD:  PL  ATT 


BV  2799  .P57  1908 
Piatt,  Ward. 
The  frontier 


FORWARD  MISSION   STUDY   COURSES 

EDITED   UNDER   THE  DIRECTION  OF  THE 

YOUNG  people's  MISSIONARY  MOVEMENT  OF  THE 

UNITED   STATES  AND  CANADA 


THE  FRONTIER 


Leaders'  general  helps  to  accompany  each  text-book  in  the  For- 
ward Mission  Study  Courses  and  special  denominational  helps  may 
be  obtained  by  corresponding  with  the  Secretary  of  yotir  mission 
board  or  society. 


COMING   OF   THE  WHITE   MAN,   STATUE,   CITY    PARK,    PORTLAND,   OREGON 


^ 


FORWARD  MISSION  STUDY  COURSES 

EDITED  UNDER  THE  DIRECTION  OF 
YOUNG   PEOPLE'S   MISSIONARY   MOVEMENT 


THE  FRONTIER 


WARD  PLATT 


LITERATURE  DEPARTMENT 

PRESBYTERIAN    HOME   MISSIONS 

156  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City 

1908 


Copyright,    1908,  by 

YooNG  People's   Missionary  Movement 

or  THE  United  States  and  Canada 


TO 

MY  HELPMEET 

WHO  WALKED  WITH  GOD— AND  WAS  NOT 

SHE  LOVED  THE  MASTER'S  MISSIONARY  CALL 

A     KINDRED     SPIRIT 

MY  OTHER  SELF 

MARY 


CONTENTS 

Chapter  page 

Preface    xi 

I     The  Frontier — In  the  Making i 

II     Transforming   the    Desert 39 

III  The  Giant  Northwest 75 

IV  The  West  Between  and  Beyond 115 

V     The  New  Southwest 151 

VI     The     American     Indians     and     Some     Other 

Peoples     181 

VII     The  West  and  the  East 221 


APPENDIXES 

A    Table    Showing   Original   Territory   and   Addi- 
tions   to    the    United    States    in    Area    and 

Population    255 

B     Land  Area,  Population,  and  Density  of  Popula- 
tion   for    1900    and    1906,    by    States    and 

Territories    256 

C    Vacant    and    Reserved    Areas    in    the    Western 

Public  Land  States 257 

D     Irrigation    Proj ects 258 

E     Text  of  the  Present  Irrigation  Law 259 

F    Bibliography     265 

Index    281 

vii 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 

Coming   of   the    White    Man,    Statue,    City- 
Park,  Portland,  Oregon Frontispiece 

Lower  Yellowstone  Project,  Montana 9 

One  of  the  Many  Houses  of  Settlers  Near  Rupert, 

Idaho     9 

Physical  ISIap  of  the  United  States 43 

Raising   Grapes    in    the    Salt    River  Valley,    Near 

Mesa,    Arizona 47 

Date    Tree    in    Salt    River    Vallej-,    Near    Mesa, 

Arizona     47 

Building  Homes   in  Anticipation   of  the   Opening 

of  Government  Works,   Arizona 57 

Home  Near  Phoenix,  Arizona,  Showing  What  Irri- 
gation Will  Do  for  the  Desert 57 

Second     Avenue     and     Cherry     Street,     Seattle, 

Washington      79 

Lumber  Camp,  Rainier,  Oregon 93 

The  Richest  Hill  on  Earth,  Butte,  Montana 93 

The  Pride  of  the  Mormons — the  Temple,  Salt  Lake 

City,    Utah 131 

Truckee-Carson    Proj  ect,    Nevada 141 

Pure-blooded    Apache    Laborers     Constructing    a 

Road  Through  the  Desert 141 

Main  Street  of  an  Oklahoma  Town,  August  Sixth.     165 

Main  Street  of  Same  Town,  August  Sixteenth 165 

Main    Street    of    Same    Town,    November    Sixth, 

Same    Year 165 

ix 


X  Illustrations 

PAGE 

Blanket   Indian    Evangelistic   Convention   of   Okla- 
homa           201 

Anglo-Japanese   Training   School,    San    Francisco, 

California    209 

Japanese  Buddhist  Mission  and  Pastor,  San  Fran- 
cisco,   California 209 

Chinese  Pastor  and  Family,  Portland,  Oregon 215 

Choir    of    the    Chinese    Church,    San    Francisco, 

CaJifornia     215 

Plymouth  Congregational  Church,  Seattle,  Wash- 
ington         229 

Mexican  Home  Mission  Baptist  Church,  El  Paso, 

Texas    229 

Baptist  White  Temple,  Oklahoma  City,  Oklahoma.     247 

Map    of   the   United    States,    Showing   Territorial 

Growth    End 


A  FIRST  WORD 

The  last  five  years  have  given  us  a  new 
frontier.  This  book  attempts  to  scan  its  out- 
line and  mark  a  few  of  its  home  missionary- 
opportunities.  The  task  is  fragmentary  and 
incomplete,  as  sources  of  information  are 
meager.  That  conditions  are  unprecedented 
and  the  missionary  situation  critical  is  evident. 

While  blazing  the  way,  we  have  endeavored 
to  point  out  strategic  positions  and  call  atten- 
tion to  certain  centers  where  multitudes  are 
gathering  for  a  momentous  world  movement. 

The  Church  will  doubtless  meet  this  situa- 
tion by  volunteer  brigades  and  forced  marches. 

A  reader  of  American  History  and  Its  Geo- 
graphic Conditions,  by  Ellen  Churchill  Semple, 
and  The  History  of  the  Pacific  Northwest,  by 
Joseph  Schafer,  also  The  Conquest  of  Arid 
America,  by  William  E.  Smythe  will  readily 
note  my  indebtedness  in  chapters  one  and  two 
to  these  books. 

Much  other  information,  because  recent,  has 
been  gathered  from  so  wide  a  range  of  period- 
icals as  to  make  impracticable  a  specific  ac- 
knowledgment. 

xi 


xii  A  First  Word 

The  Secretaries  of  the  various  Home  Boards 
have  cooperated.  The  Editorial  Committee 
of  the  Young  People's  Missionary  Movement 
has  contributed  valuable  suggestions,  and  Dr. 
A.  J.  Kynett  of  Philadelphia  has  made  avail- 
able helpful  literature. 

Ward  Platt. 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  August  25,  1908. 


THE  FRONTIER— IN  THE 
MAKING 


At  first  the  frontier  was  the  Atlantic  coast.  It  was 
the  frontier  of  Europe  in  a  very  real  sense.  Moving 
westward,  the  frontier  became  more  and  more  American. 
As  successive  terminal  moraines  result  from  successive 
glaciations,  so  each  frontier  leaves  its  traces  behind  it, 
and  when  it  becomes  a  settled  area  the  region  still 
partakes  of  the  frontier  characteristics.  Thus  the 
advance  of  the  frontier  has  meant  a  steady  movement 
away  from  the  influence  of  Europe,  a  steady  growth 
of  independence  on  American  lines.  And  to  study 
this  advance,  the  men  who  grew  up  under  these  con- 
ditions, and  the  political,  economic,  and  social  results 
of  it,  is  to  study  the  really  American  part  of  our  his- 
tory. 

— Turner 

The  world's  scepter  passed  from  Persia  to  Greece, 
from  Greece  to  Italy,  from  Italy  to  Great  Britain,  and 
from  Great  Britain  the  scepter  is  to-day  departing. 
It  is  passing  on  to  "Greater  Britain,"  to  our  mighty 
West,  there  to  remain,  for  there  is  no  farther  West; 
beyond  is  the  Orient.  Like  the  star  in  the  East  which 
guided  the  three  kings  with  their  treasures  westward 
until  at  length  it  stood  still  over  the  cradle  of  the  young 
Christ,  so  the  star  of  empire,  rising  in  the  East,  has 
ever  beckoned  the  wealth  and  power  of  the  nations 
westward,  until  to-day  it  stands  still  over  the  cradle 
of  the  young  empire  of  the  West,  to  which  the  nations 
are  bringing  their  offerings. 

The  West  is  to-day  an  infant,  but  shall  one  day  b6 
a  giant  in  each  of  whose  limbs  shall  unite  the  strength 
of  many  nations. 

— Strong 


THE  FRONTIER— IN  THE  MAKING 

World  navisfation   and  world  history  may  Three  stages 

°  ,        TIT     1-i  of  World 

be  divided  into  three  stages :  the  Mediterranean  History 
which  stands  for  past  history,  the  Atlantic 
which  means  the  present,  and  the  Pacific  which 
holds  the  future.  History  was  shifted  from 
the  Mediterranean  to  the  Atlantic  in  an  attempt 
to  find  an  ocean  route  to  the  Orient. 

Fundamental  to  the  history  of  the  United  po^Jtfon  of  the 
States  Is  its  location  on  the  Atlantic  opposite  united  states 
Europe,  and  a  significant  fact  connected  with 
its  future  is  its  location  on  the  Pacific  opposite 
Asia.^  Our  geographical  position  places  us  in 
the  center  of  things  both  in  relation  to  Europe 
and  the  Orient.  Our  location  is  in  the  tem- 
perate zone  and  from  ocean  to  ocean.  Our 
climate  gives  us  an  energetic  population.  Geo- 
graphically and  providentially  we  control  the 
western  hemisphere.     This,  coupled  with  the 

1  Semple,  American  History  and  Its  Geographic  Conditions, 
91.  This  work  has  also  suggested  several  of  the  views  of  the 
bearing  of  geography  upon  our  early  development  indicated 
in  the  ten  or  eleven  pages  which  follow. 

3 


The  Frontier 


Our  Western 
Expansion 


World 
Comparisons 


fact  that  the  United  States  was  peopled  by  an 
Anglo-Saxon  race,  determined  our  destiny. 

Our  area  of  three  millions  of  square  miles  is 
twice  as  great  from  east  to  west  as  from  north 
to  south.  This  means  a  westward  expansion. 
Down  our  central  valley  not  only  sweep  the 
cold  winds  from  the  north,  but  up  it  also  blow 
the  gentle  breezes  of  the  Gulf.  The  northern 
Rockies,  low  and  more  narrow  than  farther 
south,  permit  the  passage  of  the  Pacific  winds 
which  bring  warmth  and  moisture  to  Montana 
and  the  Dakotas. 

The  position  of  the  United  States  over 
against  that  of  China  is  strategic,  because 
China  presents  a  future  of  possible  productive- 
ness on  a  large  scale,  more  similar  to  that  of 
the  United  States  than  any  other  country  of 
the  globe.  But  China  suffers  because  she  has 
not  profited  by  her  location  and  because  of  a 
lack  of  navigable  rivers.  Russia  is  not  a  for- 
midable competitor  of  the  United  States  be- 
cause of  her  subarctic  situation.  Japan  makes 
remarkable  progress  but  lacks  area  and  popula- 
tion. English  Pacific  possessions  are  too  far 
away  from  the  center  of  power,  which  lies  be- 
tween the  thirtieth  and  fortieth  parallels  of 
north  latitude. 


In  the  Makins: 


fci 


In  the  lieht  of  modern  history  we  are  able  to  significance 

•=  -'of  the  Pacific 

appreciate  the  immense  importance  of  our 
every  accession  of  territory  bordering  on  the 
Pacific.  Hawaii  in  its  location  is  providential. 
Our  trade  with  the  Orient  steadily  increases. 
We  are  sure  to  dominate  the  Pacific  and  to 
exert  over  the  Orient  a  correspondingly  great 
influence.  The  importance  of  the  development 
of  the  West  as  a  basis  of  this  new  world  in- 
fluence is  apparent. 

How  Explorations  Were  Directed 
The  most  desirable  section  of  the  temperate  search  for 

Northwest 

zone  in  North  America  is  between  the  twenty-  Passage 
fifth  and  fiftieth  degrees  north  latitude.  In 
this  belt  are  located  our  chief  Atlantic  streams. 
Providence  led  European  navigators,  by  their 
search  for  a  northwest  passage,  to  know  much 
about  that  portion  of  our  country  essential  to 
the  development  of  the  United  States,  and  later 
of  the  world  at  large.  This  search  of  the  ex- 
plorers resulted,  not  in  the  discovery  of  a  pas- 
sage, but  of  an  immense  supply  of  peltries ;  and 
thus  the  passion  of  the  navigators  was  shifted, 
as  one  has  said,  from  passage  to  peltries. 

This  trade  resulted  in  a  most  thorough  ex-  f^^""^"^^ 

"  Fur  Trade 

ploration  of  our  shores,  rivers,  and  streams. 


The  Frontier 


North 

American 

Basins 


Appalachian 
Mountains  an 
Early  Factor 


Thus,  in  early  days,  the  fur-bearing  animals 
enticed  men  into  intimate  knowledge  of  our 
country  east  of  the  Mississippi.  The  fur  sup- 
ply from  the  earlier  discovered  streams  became 
exhausted  and  made  it  necessary  to  push  on 
and  discover  other  waters. 

A  mighty  trough  runs  through  the  middle 
of  our  continent  from  the  Arctic  Ocean  to  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  About  midway  it  is  met  by 
an  eastward  valley  in  which  are  the  Great 
Lakes.  The  rim  separating  these  two  valleys 
is  low  and  narrow  and  is  near  to  the  lakes. 
The  earlier  explorers  were  obliged  to  carry 
their  canoes  on  this  rim  from  but  one  to  ten 
miles  to  launch  again  on  waters  that  run  into 
the  Mississippi  River.  This  geographical  fact 
greatly  stimulated  early  explorations. 

Natural  Features 

The  Appalachian  Mountains  have  had  an 
important  influence  on  our  history.  This  range 
of  mountains  so  compassed  the  original  thir- 
teen colonies  that  it  welded  them  into  a  national 
life.  This  made  the  American  Revolution  pos- 
sible, and  under  God  successful.  But  for  these 
mountain  barriers,  apart  from  dangers  from 
Indians,  the  colonists  might  have  spread  out 


In  the  Makinsf 


fc. 


so  thinly  as  to  have  resulted  in  a  national  con- 
sciousness so  attenuated  as  to  have  made  re- 
sistance to  Great  Britain  improbable.  And  yet 
while  this  system  of  mountains  offered  for  the 
time  being  a  convenient  barrier  to  secure  for 
us  this  very  important  chapter  of  our  history, 
the  average  elevation  of  these  ranges  is  only 
three  or  four  thousand  feet.  This,  in  the  ful- 
ness of  time,  did  not  stand  in  the  way  of  an 
overflow  westward. 

The  only  important  gateway  was  through  Q^t'e^^^*"*^"* 
the  Mohawk  and  Hudson  valleys.  This  pass 
was  only  about  four  hundred  and  forty-five  feet 
above  sea-level.  Easy  trails  led  from  the  Mo- 
hawk and  the  Genesee  to  the  upper  Allegheny 
and  thence  to  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi.  The 
Hudson  and  Mohawk  valleys  held  the  key  to 
the  early  northwest  even  as  the  meeting  of  the 
x\llegheny  and  Monongahela  commanded  the 
"gateway  of  the  West." 

Western  Pioneer  Advance 


Mountain  or 
Backwoods 


The  people  who  early  pushed  westward  and 
those  who  came  to  settle  in  the  whole  stretch  Democracy 
of  the  Appalachian  Mountains  formed  a  back- 
woods democracy  in  contrast  to  the  aristocratic 
inhabitants   of   the  plantation.     Large   farms 


8 


The  Frontier 


Overflow 
^Vestward 


English 
Pioneers 
Permanent 
Occupants 


were  not  possible  in  the  mountain  regions  and 
the  necessities  common  to  these  isolated  com- 
munities placed  all  on  a  common  level  and  en- 
gendered a  resourceful  and  self-reliant  spirit. 
Thus  was  a  people  developed  for  the  conquest 
of  the  larger  West. 

In  course  of  time  these  Appalachian  settle- 
ments overflowed  into  Tennessee  and  Ken- 
tucky, covered  great  stretches  of  the  Ohio 
River  country,  and  onward  to  the  Mississippi. 
Here  was  developed  a  new  type  of  Americans, 
"the  sturdy,  youthful  American  of  the  western 
wilds."  They  became  so  separated  by  natural 
barriers  from  the  Atlantic  coast  states  as  to 
make  necessary  something  of  a  compacted  life 
for  defense  against  the  Indians,  and  for  the 
promotion  of  common  interests  inherent  in 
those  early  infant  commonwealths. 

The  English  pioneer,  however,  was  distinct 
from  the  French  trader  by  his  sedentary  occu- 
pation of  the  land.  This  meant  permanent 
occupancy,  and  foretold  the  future  of  the  coun- 
try as  a  whole.  These  more  western  communi- 
ties came  gradually  to  such  a  robust  and  self- 
reliant  development  as  tO'  finally  result  in 
pushing  our  national  boundary  line  across  the 
Mississippi  into  Texas;  and  really  forced  our 


LOWER    YELLOWSTONE    PROJECT,  MONTANA 
ONE   OF   THE   MANY    HOUSES    OF   SETTLERS    NEAR    RUPERT,    IDAHO 


In  the  Making  9 

government,  in  the  years  following,  into  the 
extension  of  its  domain,  step  by  step,  to  the 
Pacific. 

These  western  and  other  advancing  settlers  interest  of 

.  Congress 

kept  Congress  in  a  state  of  chronic  anxiety. 
Had  not  the  United  States  secured  from  Napo- 
leon the  Louisiana  Purchase,  our  own  people 
who  had  even  then  crossed  the  Mississippi  in 
great  numbers  might  have  formed  a  govern- 
ment for  themselves.  In  fact  the  East  was 
somewhat  apprehensive  concerning  the  west- 
ward tide  for  fear  a  new  commonwealth  might 
be  formed  and  detach  itself  from  the  original 
government.  Even  as  late  as  the  building  of 
the  first  transcontinental  railroad,  Congress 
was  influenced  by  the  probability  that  unless 
extensive  land  grants  were  made  the  builders  of 
the  road  to  insure  a  connection  between  the 
Pacific  coast  and  the  East,  that  whole  rich  west- 
ern section  might  establish  its  own  government. 

Results  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase 
Up  to  the  time  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  continental 

'■  Expansion 

we  had  been  governed  largely  by  the  ocean.   Followed 
The  colonies  clustering  along  the  Atlantic  were  ^°Z^chlss 
dominated  by  it.     This  continued  until  the  Re- 
public was  forty  years  old.    Intercolonial  com- 


10  The  Frontier 

miinication  was  by  sea.  Thus  we  were  a  sea- 
faring people  occupying  the  most  advantageous 
coast  on  the  American  continent,  but  now,  with 
our  immense  extension  westward,  there  began 
in  1830  a  widespread  movement  of  population 
in  that  direction  as  far  as  to  the  95th  meridian. 
It  lingered  there  for  many  years.  Our  devel- 
opment became  continental  as  opposed  to  mari- 
time. Our  merchant  marine  began  to  decline, 
and  ever  since  we  have  been  preeminently  a 
nation  of  the  soil.  Our  expansion  westward 
began  to  be  blocked  out  from  18 10  to  1820, 
and  that  portion  of  our  advance  was  not  com- 
pleted until  1840. 
Advance  For  twcuty-five  years  after  the  war  of  18 12 

Along  Rivers  . 

there  was  a  large  movement  of  our  population 
to  the  Mississippi  Valley,  which  was  aug- 
mented by  a  tide  of  immigration  that  set  in 
from  Europe  at  the  close  of  the  Napoleonic 
wars.  Steam  navigation  on  lake  and  river  was 
then  so  well  established',' as  to  facilitate  this 
movement.  If  one  were  to  consult  a  map  indi- 
cating the  advance  of  population  at  that  time, 
he  might  note  bulges  westward;  these  bulges 
were  in  most  cases  along  the  courses  of  rivers. 
In  1820  these  protrusions  began  to  look  like 
long  fingers.    Between  these  were  many  vacant 


Trails 


In  the  Making  li 

spots;  but  these  were  rough  mountain  ranges, 

swamps,    relatively   barren   country,    or   large 

tracts  held  by  Indian  tribes.     Between   1830 

and   1840  these  Indian  lands  were  gradually 

occupied  and  the  tribes  remo\^ed  to  the  Indian 

Territory. 

Historic  Trails 

By  1840  we  had  a  narrow  frontier  zone  ap-  "^^^ 

•^      _  _  Missouri  and 

proaching  the  95th  meridian  and  the  northern  westward 
boundary  of  the  Missouri  River.  The  advance 
paused  here,  as  this  was  the  margin  of  the  arid 
belt  and  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  Indian 
Territory.  But  beyond  this  was  a  frontier  of 
arid  land,  snowy  mountains,  and  dread  desert 
stretching  away  to  the  Pacific.  Venturesome 
souls  were  constantly  pushing  out  and  across 
this  mysterious  region.  Only  one  river  in  that 
wide  expanse,  the  Missouri,  has  sufficient  flow 
of  water  to  become  a  considerable  avenue  of 
travel.  Thus  this  river  determined  the  larger 
immigration  to  the  Northwest.  Lewis  and 
Clark  followed  this  course.  At  Independence 
the  Missouri  makes  a  bend  northwest.  This 
necessitated  the  beginning  of  the  prairie  trails 
westward.  In  the  valley  of  the  Upper  Rio 
Grande  there  is  a  natural  gateway  through  the 
mountain  barrier   of  the   Rockies.      This   ac- 


12 


The  Frontier 


California 
Trails 


Oregon 
Trail 


counts  for  the  old  city  of  Santa  Fe,  and  that 
early  route  from  Independence  to  Santa  Fe 
was  known  as  the  Santa  Fe  Trail. 

Santa  Fe,  because  of  its  geographical  loca- 
tion, became  the  center  of  expansion  to  the 
Pacific.  The  natural  advance  was  by  the  route 
of  Kit  Carson's  famous  ride  in  1840,  the  Gila 
Trail  ending  at  San  Diego,  southern  Califor- 
nia, which  country  was  soon  brought  into  in- 
tercourse with  the  United  States.  A  more 
northern  route  called  the  Spanish  Trail  led  to 
Los  Angeles.  Our  restless  population  was  also 
turning  to  Oregon,  a  name  covering  the  great 
Northwest. 

By  1840  the  Oregon  Trail  started  like  the 
Santa  Fe  Trail,  from  Independence,  Missouri. 
It  traversed  a  distance  of  twenty-four  hundred 
miles  and  became  a  much  traveled  route.  One 
reason  for  this  was  that  the  soil  of  Missouri 
was  very  productive  and  this  inland  country 
afforded  no  outlet  for  a  market.  So  congested 
became  the  Missouri  market  that  a  farmer  sold 
"a  boat  load  of  bacon  and  lard  for  a  hundred 
dollars  and  the  Mississippi  steamboats  at  times 
found  in  bacon  a  hot  and  cheap  fuel."  Access 
to  the  sea  became  a  necessity.  This  meant 
greatly  augmented  emigration  to  Oregon.    The 


In  the  Making-  13 

sufferings  by  these  caravans  crossing  the  desert 

are  difficult  for  us  to  comprehend,  and  yet  these 

intrepid  frontier  people  pressed  on  by  hundreds 

and  thousands.     The  qualities  born   of  their 

hardships  were  not  among  the  least  of  their 

desert  cargoes. 

By  i8s^  the  Gadsden  Purchase  from  Mexico  Gadsden 

Purchase- 
extended  our  southwest  border  from  the  Gila  Monroe 


Doctrine 


River  to  the  southern  watershed.  In  this  addi- 
tion ten  millions  of  dollars  were  paid  for  forty- 
five  thousand  acres  of  land  almost  entirely  unfit 
for  occupation.  But  it  was  money  well  ex- 
pended as  it  gave  us  a  passageway  to  the  Pacific 
always  open,  along  a  low  level,  and  never 
blocked  by  snow.  Our  vast  territory  coupled 
with  our  isolation  from  Europe  incited  to  an 
early  dream  of  continental  power.  Out  of  this 
grew  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

Pacific  Discovery 
The   story  of   the   western   frontier  begins  Genesis  of  the 

•'  ^  .  ^  Western 

first  with  explorations  of  the  Pacific  coast.  Frontier 
This  was  started  by  the  Spaniards  in  1 5 13,  was 
continued  by  various  voyagers  for  a  period 
of  two  hundred  and  sixty-five  years,  and  closed 
with  Captain  Cook  in  his  discovery  of  Cape 
Prince  of  Wales. 


14 


The  Frontier 


Balboa's 
Discovery 


The  Spanish 
Search  for 
Passage 


Effect  of 
Destruction 
of  Armada 


Spain  and 
Great  Britain 
as  Rivals  on 
the  Pacific 


It  was  in  15 13  that  Balboa  first  beheld  the 
Pacific,  and  declared  that  by  right  of  discovery- 
all  its  coast  belonged  to  the  King  of  Spain, 
"Since  the  time  of  Columbus,  Spain  had  been 
searching  among  the  West  Indies  and  along  the 
Atlantic  coast  of  Central  and  South  America  in 
the  hope  of  finding  an  open  passage  to  the 
Orient." 

The  Spaniards,  from  a  commercial  stand- 
point, were  in  great  need  of  this  looked-for 
strait,  and  a  search  for  the  same  began  along 
the  Pacific  coast.  In  1523  Lake  Nicaragua 
was  discovered  and  the  Panama  Canal  project 
suggested  itself  to  the  Spaniards. 

In  1588  the  English  destroyed  the  Spanish 
Armada.  Spain  was  thus  no  longer  feared, 
and  England,  France,  and  Holland  began  to 
colonize  the  new  world. 

Spain  was  now  fearful  that  Great  Britain 
might  be  successful  in  her  search  for  a  north- 
west passage  and  drive  her  off  the  Pacific; 
hence  the  people  of  Mexico,  helped  by  the 
Spanish  Government,  made  unusual  exertions 
for  the  safety  of  Spain.  This  involved  an  ex- 
tensive plan  for  expansion  northward.  They 
were  to  colonize,  build  forts,  and  bring  the  en- 
tire region  of  upper  California  under  Spanish 


In  the  Making  15 

rule.  They  planned  to  possess  the  shores  of  the 
north  Pacific.  In  addition  was  the  project  of 
planting  missions  for  Christianizing  the 
Indians.  The  first  mission  was  founded  at 
San  Diego  in  1769.  The  romantic  ruins  of 
these  missions  still  remain  in  California.  In 
1776  England  sent  its  great  discoverer,  Captain 
Cook,  to  the  Pacific  to  make  further  search  for 
a  northwest  passage.  Although  Cook  never 
returned  to  England,  what  seemed  incidental 
to  his  voyage  was  attended  with  momentous 
results. 

As  he  pursued  his  way  along  the  northwest  vaiueofthe 

-r        •  •  •  "^^^  Trade 

coast,  the  Indians  from  tmie  to  time  came  to  Discovered 
the  ship  to  exchange  sea-otter  and  other  skins 
for  trinkets  from  the  white  man.  The  sailors 
themselves  did  not  know  the  value  of  these 
skins,  but  on  their  return  home  the  ship  touched 
at  Canton,  China,  and  the  unused  furs,  which 
had  cost  the  sailors  not  a  sixpence  sterling  each, 
brought  as  much  as  a  hundred  dollars  apiece. 
The  crew  was  wild  to  return  for  another  cargo. 
This  was  not  permitted.  But  instantly  the  at- 
tention of  the  world  was  turned  to  the  north- 
west coast.  In  a  few  years  men  of  every  nation 
were  among  the  mariners  who  cruised  along 
that  shore  to  trade  with  the  Indians. 


i6 


The  Frontier 


American 
Ship  Enters 
the  Columbia 
River 


Importance 
of  the 
Discovery 


English 

Opportunities 

Lost 


Several  Boston  merchants  in  1787  fitted  out 
two  small  vessels,  the  Columbia  and  Lady 
Washington,  with  cargoes  of  articles  both 
cheap  and  attractive  to  the  Indians.  The  Co- 
lumbia was  commanded  by  Captain  Gray.  One 
purchase  was  that  of  two  hundred  otter  skins 
for  a  chisel.  Gray  after  disposing  of  his  cargo 
of  skins  in  China  returned  to  Boston  with  a 
ship-load  of  tea  by  way  of  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  and  thus  was  the  first  sailor  under  the 
American  flag  to  circumnavigate  the  globe. 
Later,  in  1791,  in  the  Columbia,  he  returned  to 
the  Pacific  Coast,  and  on  May  11,  1792,  entered 
the  mouth  of  a  river,  latitude  46°  10',  and 
named  it  Columbia  River  in  honor  of  his  good 
ship  the  Columbia. 

Thus  this  incident  of  the  fur  trade  resulted 
in  the  discovery,  by  a  representative  of  the 
United  States,  of  the  Columbia  River,  up 
which  he  sailed  some  thirty  miles.  Seventeen 
years  before  this  Spaniards  had  discovered  the 
bay  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  and  suspected  its 
existence  but  failed  to  enter  it. 

Four  years  before  Gray's  discovery  of  the 
river  an  English  trader  noted  the  indentations 
made  by  the  river's  mouth,  and  called  it  De- 
ception Bay,  and  declared  no  river  was  there 


In  the  Making  17 

as  laid  down  on  the  Spanish  charts.  In  1778 
Captain  Cook  had  passed  up  the  coast  without 
knowing  the  presence  of  the  river,  and  only 
two  weeks  before  Gray  made  his  discovery 
Captain  Vancouver  examined  the  opening  but 
thought  it  a  small  inlet  or  river  not  accessible 
to  'Vessels  of  our  burden."  Thus  by  a  very 
narrow  margin  was  the  Columbia  River  and  the 
northwest  province  saved  to  the  United  States. 

The  Louisiana  Purchase 

The  country  west  of  the  Mississippi  River  "p°"^^if°^" 
was  supposed  to  be  in  the  possession  of  Spain.  Acquisition 
The  fact  was,  however,  that  Napoleon  in  1800 
had  forced  Spain  to  give  back  to  France  this 
territory  called  Louisiana,  a  name  covering 
most  of  the  country  west  of  the  Mississippi  to 
the  Rocky  Mountains. 

When  a  little  later  the  Americans  learned  of  ■lf'^^"°"    . 

Secures  This 

this  change  of  ownership,  great  uneasiness  was  Territory  for 
felt  among  the  western  settlers.  There  was  at  states  * 
this  time  probably  a  total  of  325,000  white  peo- 
ple whose  prospects  were  in  the  hands  of  the 
power  that  controlled  the  Mississippi  River. 
All  their  salable  produce  must  find  a  market  in 
New  Orleans,  down  this  river,  and  if  an  alien 
power  interfered  with  the  free  navigation  of 


i8 


The  Frontier 


Lewis  and 

Clark 

Expedition 


these  waters  it  meant  untold  hardship  to  them. 
They  did  not  fear  Spain,  who  owned  the  land 
on  both  sides  of  the  river,  but  the  French  na- 
tion was  far  more  powerful.  War  with  France 
was  talked  of.  Jefferson,  however,  by  able 
diplomacy  purchased  "Louisiana"  from  Napo- 
leon, and  this  immense  stretch  westward 
doubled   the  area   of  the  United   States. 

Even  before  this  was  effected,  Jefferson  had 
arranged  with  Lewis,  his  private  secretary,  and 
with  Clark,  an  able  associate,  to  explore  the 
country  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  His  plea  to  Con- 
gress for  an  appropriation  was  most  unique. 
He  suggested  possible  friendly  relations  with 
the  Indian  tribes  which,  among  other  things, 
might  result  in  a  sale  of  plows  to  the  savages. 
This  would  encourage  them  in  agriculture  and 
result  in  less  land  for  their  hunting-grounds. 
Li  his  desire  for  a  larger  knowledge  of  the 
West,  he  was,  in  his  dealings  with  Congress, 
to  say  the  least,  a  tactful  man.  An  appropria- 
tion of  twentj^-five  hundred  dollars  was  secured 
for  the  expedition.  Thus  Lewis  and  Clark, 
whose  annals  and  whose  travels  have  been 
much  talked  of,  followed  the  Missouri  River 
from  St.  Louis  and  explored  portions  of  the 
Northwest  as  far  as  the  Pacific  Ocean.     This 


In  the  Making  19 

expedition,  together  with  Gray's  discovery  of 
the  Columbia,  gave  the  United  States  a  good 
claim  upon  the  Oregon  country,  which  was  not 
included  in  the  Louisiana  Purchase. 

Saving  the  Pacific  Northwest 
But  the  only  way  the  United  States  could  Factors 

"^  Leading  to 

establish  its  claim  to  the  Pacific  Northwest  to  colonization 
the  forty-ninth  degree  was  to  colonize  the 
country.  The  various  ventures  in  fur  trading 
had  resulted  in  a  small  occupancy.  The  first 
efforts  toward  settlement  began  in  1831  or 
1832,  when  a  Nez  Perces  delegation  of  four 
Indians  came  to  St.  Louis  to  inquire  about 
"The  white  man's  God  in  heaven."  They 
came  in  search  of  General  Clark  whom  they 
had  met  when  he  was  west  on  the  Lewis  and 
Clark  expedition.  Clark,  being  a  Catholic,  did 
not  tell  them  about  the  Bible.  The  whole  story 
of  this  strange  embassy,  only  one  of  whom  re- 
turned to  his  people  with  his  sad  story,  got 
abroad  in  the  newspapers  and  found  a  hearty 
response  among  New  Englanders. 

In  1833  the  Methodist  denomination  sent  out  Missionary 
the  Rev.  Jason  Lee  and  other  colaborers  as  mis-  under 
sionaries  to  the  Indians.     He  began  work  on  J»s°"  ^" 
the  Willamette  River.    The  missionaries  found 


20 


The  Frontier 


Further 
Progress 


Marcus 
■Whitman 


Government 

Agent's 

Report 


there  about  twelve  white  men  having  farms 
along  the  river.  They  had  married  Indian 
wives.  Most  of  them  were  servants  of  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company.  This  was  the  begin- 
ning of  the  first  agricultural  colony  in  Oregon. 
The  missionaries  were  more  successful  among 
whites  than  Indians.  They  opened  a  school, 
started  religious  services,  and  even  organized 
a  temperance  society  which  a  number  of  the 
white  men  joined. 

Work  was  continued  among  the  Indians  and 
gratifying  progress  was  made  among  the  chil- 
dren some  of  whom  attended  the  school.  In 
1837  the  missionaries  were  reenforced  by 
twenty  assistants.  The  Indian  work,  however, 
did  not  flourish,  as  the  natives  were  a  degraded 
race  and  were  dying  off  at  a  rapid  rate. 

Two  years  after  the  departure  of  Lee  for 
Oregon  the  American  Board  sent  out  a  young 
physician.  Dr.  Marcus  Whitman,  and  others. 
Whitman  began  work  two  hundred  and  fifty 
miles  inland,  on  the  Walla  Walla  River.  The 
white  settlements  slowly  grew.  In  the  fall  of 
1837  six  hundred  head  of  stock  were  brought 
up  from  California. 

The  government  sent  out  an  agent  to  inspect 
the  settlement.    His  report  to  Congress  aroused 


In  the  Making:  21 


'to 


great  interest.  He  insisted  that  the  United 
States  must  never  accept  a  northern  boundary 
that  would  give  Puget  Sound  to  Canada.  It 
must  hold  out  for  the  forty-ninth  degree  of 
north  latitude. 

The  formative  centers  and  the  sources  of  or-  Formative 

Centers 

ganizing  and  fostering  mfluences  for  these 
early  colonists  were  really  the  missions  estab- 
lished by  Jason  Lee  and  Marcus  Whitman. 

Lee,  returning  to  the  United  States  in  1838  vjsitsto 

'  _  ^  ^  ^        the  East  and 

to  obtain  reenforcements,  was  accompanied  by  Reenforce- 
two  Indian  boys.  This  awakened  enthusiasm.  ""^^  ^ 
Petitions  and  memorials  emanated  from  these 
missions  to  Congress  calling  attention  to  the 
advantages  of  the  country  and  asking  for  pro- 
tection as  subjects  of  the  United  States.  Lee 
and  Whitman  were  very  prominent  in  these 
matters.  Each  visited  Washington,  where  he 
talked  with  the  President  and  others  concern- 
ing the  future  of  Oregon.  Lee  received  forty- 
two  thousand  dollars  as  the  result  of  his  trip 
to  the  east  for  reenforcements  to  the  work.  He 
took  back  with  him  to  Oregon  a  company  of 
more  than  fifty  persons — men,  women,  and 
children.  This  with  the  trappers  who  settled 
in  that  region  about  that  time  constituted  a 
colony  of  more  than  a  hundred  people.    Whit- 


22 


The  Frontier 


Provisional 
Government 


Influence  of 
Heroic  Lives 


man  also  conducted  a  large  company  from  the 
East.  In  1834  more  than  one  thousand  persons 
were  organized  into  a  caravan  and  made  the 
journey  safely.  The  next  year  fourteen  hun- 
dred crossed  the  desert,  and  in  the  year  after, 
three  thousand.  This  last  reenforcement 
doubled  the  white  population  of  Oregon,  which 
now  numbered  about  six  thousand.  They  set- 
tled in  five  communities. 

As  the  United  States  provided  no  govern- 
r^ent  for  this  territory,  delaying  to  do  so  be- 
cause the  inhabitants  were  determined  that  it 
should  not  be  a  pro-slavery  state,  the  people 
themselves  created  a  provisional  government, 
which  continued  for  some  time  after  the  Ore- 
gon boundary  question  was  settled  between  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  in  1846. 

About  this  time  occurred  Marcus  Whitman's 
remarkable  ride  to  the  East  and  later  still,  in 
November,  1847,  ^^^  massacre  of  himself  and 
others  by  the  Indians.  The  influence  of  the 
mission  stations  of  Jason  Lee  and  Marcus 
Whitman  upon  these  early  settlements  and  pro- 
visional governments,  also  the  character  of  the 
people  brought  into  the  Northwest  thereby, 
molded  the  future  firm  Christian  sentiment 
of  our  Northwest.     They  are  elemental  forces 


In  the  Making  23 

to  be  recognized  by  the  historian.  The  narra- 
tive of  the  labors  of  Whitman  and  Lee  and 
their  worthy  helpers  is  an  inspiring  story.  It 
abounds  in  highest  examples  of  the  heroic. 
These  annals  must  be  read  in  order  to  appre- 
ciate the  potential  and  self-sacrificing  services 
rendered  by  these  early  statesmen  in  the  inter- 
ests of  the  broadest  patriotism  and  the  kingdom 
of  Jesus  Christ. 

California 

While  Oregon  was  developing  as  described  a  New 
in  the  preceding  narrative,  California  was  at-  settlement 
tracting  attention.  This  part  of  the  country 
was  under  the  Spanish  rule  of  Mexico.  In 
1 84 1  the  first  company  of  immigrants  arrived 
in  the  Sacramento  Valley.  They  went  partly 
by  the  Oregon  trail,  and,  for  a  time  after  this, 
the  annual  caravan  westward  divided  at  Fort 
Hall,  the  larger  number  going  to  Oregon,  but 
a  part  to  California. 

Captain  John  Sutter  in  1839  secured  from  Sacramento 

.  Valley 

the  Mexican  government  eleven  square  leagues 
of  land  in  the  Sacramento  Valley.  He  built 
an  adobe  home,  began  to  farm  and  raise  cattle 
on  a  large  scale,  and  carried  on  a  fur  trade 
with  the  Indians.    This  was  on  the  main  immi- 


24 


The  Frontier 


Cession  of 
Territory  to 
the  United 
States 


Effect  of  the 
Discovery 
of  Gold 


grant  route  from  the  United  States  to  Oregon. 
The  Mexican  government  was  so  weak  at  this 
time  that  the  Americans  did  much  as  they 
chose  until  some  four  or  five  thousand  were 
scattered  throughout  the  valley  and  over  the 
plains  of  California.  They  were  mostly  cattle 
herders  and  traded  with  American  ships  from 
New  England. 

Misunderstandings  with  the  Mexican  gov- 
ernment and  continued  immigration  to  Califor- 
nia at  last  culminated  in  the  raising  of  the 
"Lone  Star"  flag,  which  heralded  the  declara- 
tion of  California's  independence  from  Mexico. 
After  the  war,  in  which  General  John  C.  Fre- 
mont, the  "Pathfinder,"  took  part,  and  which 
lasted  about  a  year  and  a  half,  the  territory 
was  ceded  to  the  United  States. 

Ten  days  before  the  signing  of  the  treaty, 
an  event  occurred  most  momentous  to  the 
West.  Some  fifty  miles  above  Sutter's  Fort, 
on  January  24,  1848,  James  W.  Marshall  made 
his  world-famous  discovery  of  gold.  All  at 
Sutter's  wished  to  keep  the  discovery  a  secret, 
but  it  escaped.  In  a  few  weeks  there  was  a 
great  inrush  of  inhabitants  armed  with  shovels 
and  pans.  In  San  Francisco  and  other  towns, 
ordinary   lines    of   business   were   suspended. 


In  the  Making  25 

Business  houses  were  deserted.  Ships  re- 
mained in  San  Francisco  because  they  were 
abandoned  by  their  crews.  Picks,  shovels,  and 
pans  rose  to  extraordinary  prices.  Within  a 
year  Oregon  lost  a  large  proportion  of  her  men. 
The  news  went  like  wild-fire  through  the  East. 
During  the  next  spring  twenty-five  thousand 
persons  in  caravans  moved  westward  to  Sacra- 
mento. This  continued  month  after  month  and 
year  after  year.  San  Francisco  became  the 
commercial  emporium  of  the  West.  Two  years 
after  the  discovery  of  gold  California  had  a 
population,  mostly  American,  of  ninety-two 
thousand,  while  Oregon,  including  all  the  ter- 
ritory west  of  the  Rockies  and  north  of  Califor- 
nia, had  less  than  fourteen  thousand  people. 
By  1870  California's  population  had  increased 
to  five  hundred  and  sixty  thousand,  wHile  the 
Oregon  territory  had  but  one  hundred  and 
thirty  thousand. 

The  early  missionary  exploits  of  Bishop  bishop 
William  Taylor,  the  Rev.  O.  C.  Wheeler,  and  xayior.Rev. 
other  California  pioneers  belong  to  this  part 
of  the  narrative.  "The  Argonauts  of  forty- 
nine"  changed  the  Oregon  trail  to  the  Cali- 
fornia trail,  and  the  emphasis  for  those  years 
was  changed  from  Oregon  to  California. 


O.  C.  Wheeler, 
and  Others 


26 


The  Frontier 


Railways  to 
the  Pacific 


■Wonderful 
Growth  of 
California  and 
the  Northwest 


In  May,  1869,  fifty  miles  west  of  Ogden, 
Utah,  was  driven  the  golden  spike  which  united 
the  Union  Pacific  and  the  Central  Pacific  Rail- 
ways. From  this  time  on  other  transconti- 
nental railways,  both  north  and  south,  were 
constructed.  Minor  roads  in  the  Northwest 
were  completed.  The  eft'ect  on  western  states 
and  the  country  generally  was  most  marked. 
This  is  seen  in  the  fact  that  while  in  the  North- 
west there  was  in  1870  a  total  of  one  hundred 
and  thirty  thousand  inhabitants,  in  ten  years 
thereafter  there  were  added  one  hundred  and 
fifty-two  thousand  five  hundred,  and  in  the  next 
ten  years  four  hundred  and  sixty-five  thousand. 

California  in  its  cities  and  agricultural 
wealth  has  become  a  garden  of  the  world. 
It  is  so  advanced  toward  what  makes  up  an 
ideal  commonwealth  that  it  can  in  part  only  be 
classed  a  frontier.  Since  1870  the  gain  in  the 
Northwest  has  been  considerably  more  rapid 
than  that  of  California.  The  growth  of  a  num- 
ber of  these  states  is  like  a  dream  and  would 
seem  incredible  were  not  the  facts  beyond  ques- 
tion.^ 


1  For  a  further  study  of  dates  and  facts  concerning  Pacific 
discovery  and  its  results,  see  vSchafer,  History  of  the  Pacific 
Northwest,  to  which  our  indebtedness  is  acknowledged 


In  the  Making  2,'j 

Our  Debt  to  the  Pioneer 
We  shall  never  erive  proper  credit  to  the  in-  '^^^^^^^ 

^  1        IT  Early  Pioneers 

trepid  pioneers  of  the  frontier.  We  are  not  Endured 
able  to  do  so  because  we  cannot  realize  what 
they  endured.  Their  journeys,  whether  by  sea 
in  the  primitive  craft  of  those  rude  times,  or 
by  land  through  trackless  forests  where  shelter 
other  than  nature  provided  was  impossible, 
where  wild  beasts  and  savages  tracked  these 
scouts  of  our  dawning  civilization — these  jour- 
neys alone  are  beyond  the  power  of  this  genera- 
tion to  understand,  for  we  have  nothing  in  our 
own  experience  or  within  our  range  of  observa- 
tion by  which  to  make  comparisons. 

Still   further   removed    from   our   realm   of  Perils  of 

Rivers 

knowledge  are  their  journeys  by  river.  The 
canoe  is  an  unstable  craft.  One  should  be  well 
trained  and  an  expert  swimmer  to  handle  a 
canoe  under  conditions  of  his  own  choosing. 
But  more  perilous  would  it  be  to  load  one  with 
the  few  belongings  making  up  one's  store  of 
necessities,  to  do  this  in  a  wilderness  isolation 
where  even  money  cannot  reproduce  them,  to 
put  into  another  a  wife  and  little  one,  and  then 
to  commit  all  to  uncertain  currents  and  perilous 
rapids,  and  to  glide  on,  a  helpless  mark  for  the 


28 


The  Frontier 


Merciless 
Rapids 


Experiences 
Too  Deep 
for  Words 


lurking  wildman's  arrow  or  rifle.  And  most 
venturesome  was  the  attempt  to  voyage  up 
stream,  a  strenuous  advance  against  current 
and  tempest  with  progress  painfully  slow.  The 
journey  may  of  necessity  be  in  winter  when 
men  battle  with  forming  ice  and  camp  at  night 
in  deep  snow,  their  fires  kept  low  and  inade- 
quate lest  the  light  make  them  targets  for 
inhuman  foes. 

Rapids  were  successfully  shot  only  by  a  skill 
foreign  to  any  training  known  to  us.  Such  apt- 
ness was  part  of  the  secrets  wrested  from  the 
great  wild  of  nature  by  persistent  and  ceaseless 
struggle  with  her  untamed  forces.  Sometimes 
all  that  stood  between  life  endurable  and  ex- 
treme privation,  the  meager  supplies  of  one  or 
more  families,  went  to  the  bottom.  Or  again 
in  the  raging  rapids  a  frail  bark  overturned  and 
wife,  mother  and  tender  little  child  were 
whirled  helplessly  down  among  rocks  and 
merciless  waters. 

Words  die  in  silence.  The  pioneer  goes  on 
alone  like  some  stricken  prophet,  freighted  with 
a  message  to  be  passed  on  to  a  people  whom  he 
knows  not  and  who  can  never  know  him,  much 
less  can  they  feel  his  heart-throbs  which  become 
the  pulse-beats  of  a  nation's  life. 


In  the  Making  29 

If  progress  were  across  a  desert,  then  suf-  fhi^DisfrV^ 
ferings  still  more  intense  pursue  him.  His 
schooner  of  the  waste  is  piloted  along  a  track 
marked  at  intervals  by  bones  where  animals 
perished  with  thirst.  The  pitiless,  monotonous 
expanse,  sagebrush  and  alkali,  a  sea  of  land 
stretching  to  the  shimmering  horizon,  a  hori- 
zon that  recedes  with  the  journey  and,  after 
weeks  of  slow  advance,  seems  still  as  far  away. 
Water  may  be  had  only  at  intervals  of  miles, 
and  the  brackish,  meager  supply  is  found  by 
the  practised  vision  of  experience.  By  day 
heat,  sand-storms  that  defy  language,  and  rep- 
tiles loathsome  and  venomous.  At  night  a  cold 
drops  out  of  the  immensity  and  he  shiveringly 
scans  a  vault  above  him  so  black  that  the  stars 
are  of  unwonted  size  and  burn  with  an  intensity 
that  seems  born  of  the  glare  of  the  day. 
About  him  the  measureless  wastes  lie  in  som- 
ber shadows,  and  the  oppressive  stillness  is  re- 
lieved only  by  the  howl  and  cry  of  wild  crea- 
tures whose  notes  are  keyed  to  the  awful 
wilderness  that  shelters  them. 

To  cross  the  desert  in  a  Pullman  car  uphol-  Dreariness 

Beyond 

stered  and  stocked  with  delicacies  is  to  invade  Expression 
a  region  where  desolation  hangs  in  the  very  air 
and  discomfort  pierces  plate  glass  barriers  two 


30 


The  Frontier 


Favored 
Visitors  of  the 
Desert 


Intrepid 
Layers  of 
Foundations 


windows  thick.  The  absohite  dreariness  of 
the  arid  wastes  of  our  West  are  beyond  expres- 
sion. They  record  themselves  in  human  con- 
sciousness but  cannot  be  reproduced  in  speech. 

Certain  souls,  who  live  on  the  desert  margin 
and  feel  its  lure,  break  at  intervals  through  its 
barriers  and  venture  a  few  days'  journey, 
warily  undertaken,  and  with  all  due  precaution. 
Such  may  see  beauty  by  day  and  discourse  en- 
tertainingly on  rattlers,  and  side-winders,  and 
lizards,  and  the  weird  scenery  of  desert  growth 
and  color.  At  night  the  sky  to  them  pulsates 
with  poetry  and  a  wild  charm  enthralls  them. 
They  talk  of  the  freedom  of  elemental  life ;  but 
this  is  all  recreation  on  the  fringe  of  a  monster 
wilderness.  Their  brief  holiday  trip  and  its 
temporary  privations  will,  on  their  return,  give 
zest  and  flavor  to  an  otherwise  jaded  life. 
Even  under  such  circumstances  the  desert  at 
best  is  awful. 

Our  forefather  pioneers  were  bent  on  no 
holiday.  With  their  little  all  they  played  not  on 
the  borders  of  the  pitiless  American  waste. 
They  sternly  invaded  it.  They  faced  its  scorch- 
ing heat,  they  bent  before  its  blasts,  and  pa- 
tiently braved  its  silences.  They  pushed  grimly 
on,    and    slimly    equipped    and    scantily    pro- 


In  the  Making  31 

visioned  endured  it  at  its  worst.  They  faced 
it  for  months  and  for  more  than  two  thousand 
miles.  Those  who  hved,  and  most  did,  came 
out  of  it  tried  in  endurance  and  affliction  that 
made  them  ever  after  immune  to  the  hardships 
of  the  wilds  they  came  to  conquer.  God  pre- 
pared Israel  in  Egypt  and  God  as  truly  pre- 
pared our  American  forefathers  for  a  conquest 
of  this  continent.  Not  to  familiarize  ourselves 
with  the  manner  of  their  life,  their  privations, 
their  hardships,  the  enforced  alertness,  and  the 
nervous  tension  that  made  their  existence  pos- 
sible, is  to  shut  ourselves  from  what  made  us. 
It  is  to  deprive  ourselves  of  a  fellowship  of 
souls,  a  partial  acquaintance  with  whom  will 
broaden  our  sympathies,  quicken  our  sensibili- 
ties, and  enrich  our  lives  with  rare  companion- 
ships. We  are  their  successors.  They  laid 
foundations  in  blood  and  afflictions.  Since  then 
others  have  builded  and  at  great  cost.  To  us  is 
transferred  the  task  of  carrying  up  walls  partly 
finished,  building  far-reaching  wings,  and  ex- 
pressing in  details  of  benevolence  and  beauty 
the  meaning  of  the  pioneer.  Otherwise  his  life 
will  have  no  adequate  earthly  expression,  his 
privations  will  prove  abortive,  and  our  own 
lives  will  have  little  meaning. 


32 


The  Frontier 


Higher 

Missionary 

Motive 


Endurance 
Showing  a 
Heaven-born 
Passion 


Of  Whom  the  World  Was  Not  Worthy 

Other  men  and  women,  however,  make  up 
this  picture  of  the  past  of  our  country.  We 
say  other,  for  they  seem  strangely  set  apart 
from  other  people.  We  mean  the  early  mis- 
sionaries who  followed  wherever  the  pioneer 
penetrated  and  where  often  the  preacher 
proved  the  more  intrepid.  The  pioneer  for 
the  most  part  was  prompted  by  home  hunger. 
The  chance  was  his,  even  at  a  perilous  venture, 
to  carve  out  of  stubborn  possibilities  a  home. 
He  knew  that  Vv^hen  once  the  journey  was  suc- 
cessfully made,  and  a  few  years  of  hard  work 
had  followed,  a  comfortable  subsistence  might 
be  comparatively  easy.  And  then  the  venture, 
the  newness,  the  opposing  elements,  the  dis- 
tance, the  mystery,  "the  call  of  the  wild,"  all 
beckoned  and  allured  those  early  Anglo- 
Saxons.      It  was  In  the  blood. 

But  what  of  those  souls  who  endured  again 
and  again  all  the  privations  of  primitive  travel 
and  over  and  again  compassed  the  same  fron- 
tier; always  homeless,  always  seeking  those 
more  needy  than  themselves ;  without  adequate 
subsistence,  enduring  exposures,  exertions,  and 
discomforts   unknown  in  older  communities? 


In  the  Making  33 

Going  where  they  were  not  invited,  often  not 
wanted,  they  contended  for  the  privilege  of  be- 
ing benefactors.  One  could  not  hide  from  them 
nor  move  to  a  wilderness  so  remote  that  the 
missionary  did  not,  as  a  matter  of  course,  ap- 
pear.   His  was  a  passion  born  of  heaven. 

In  God's  farrreaching  purpose  he  early  gl^^^a^d"^ 
stirred  the  people  of  New  England,  before  Enterprise 
a  missionary  society  had  been  formed,  and  as 
early  as  1793  nine  pastors  were  set  apart  by 
their  respective  churches  for  a  four  months' 
absence.  Four  dollars  and  a  half  per  week  was 
allowed  them  for  expenses  and  four  dollars  per 
week  for  pulpit  supply.  They  followed  early 
settlers  into  the  frontiers  of  New  York  and 
elsewhere. 

In  different  ways  Connecticut  alone  sent  out,  Remarkable 

Summary 

over  a  period  of  years,  two  hundred  pastors 
who  gave  a  total  of  five  hundred  years  of  serv- 
ice; and  in  a  generation  New  England  had 
spent,  out  of  her  penury  following  the  long 
drain  of  the  Revolutionary  War,  a  quarter  of 
a  million  dollars  in  sending  the  gospel  to  com- 
munities entirely  outside  her  borders,  save  for 
a  few  Indians.^ 

Wherever  early  settlers  went  the  missionary  Bunders  of 

Communities 


1  Clark,  Leavening  the  Nation,  27-30. 


34  The  Frontier 

followed.  He  was  a  formative  factor.  The 
annals  of  these  men  show  what  godless  commu- 
nities they  invaded;  how  people  who  had  once 
known  better  things  had  retrograded ;  how  the 
Sabbath,  in  fact  the  entire  decalogue,  was  vir- 
tually abrogated.  Yet  patiently,  with  a  per- 
sistency more  than  human  and  with  a  wisdom 
and  power  direct  from  God,  these  men  radiated 
influences  and  were  the  sources  of  currents  that 
shaped  communities  and  built  up  states.  They 
could  no  more  be  resisted  than  the  forces  of 
nature. 
Heralds  of  Naturc  is  an  expression  of  God.    His  faith- 

Message  ful  servants  are  his  organs  of  speech.     With- 

out the  early  preachers,  frontiers  would  have 
lapsed  to  barbarism.  Their  evolution  into  or- 
derly towns  and  law-observing  common- 
wealths, their  progress  in  intellectual  and 
moral  life,  their  stability  and  in  short  every 
element  that  to-da)''  distinguishes  them  from 
utter  paganism  with  all  its  poverty  and  hideous- 
ness,  is  as  inseparable  from  the  preacher  as 
light  from  the  sun.  Whoever  will  know  this 
may  read  for  himself.  He  will  be  impressed 
no  more  with  the  surprising  history  than  its 
abundant  testimony  concerning  our  debt  to  the 
pioneer  preacher.     He  was  God's  herald  trum- 


The  Home 
Missionary 


In  the  Making  35 

peting  his  proclamation,  and  as  truly  was  his 
hand  the  instrument  which  molded  our  infant 
nation. 

This  statement  concerning  the  influence  of 
the  preacher  applies  to  our  every  national  en-  indispensable 
largement  and  to  new  phases  of  our  history 
making  for  progress.  Without  him  family  re- 
lations relaxed,  morality  declined,  progress 
stagnated,  and  civilization  stranded.  For  ex- 
ample take  a  hundred  years  of  southern  moun- 
tain-white history. 

"So  amid  all  sorts  and  conditions  of  men,  Re«=°«isof 

Sacrifice 

and  under  a  variety  of  circumstances,  the  min- 
ute-man lives,  works,  and  dies,  too  often  for- 
gotten and  unsung,  but  remembered  in  the 
Book ;  and  when  God  shall  make  up  his  jewels, 
some  of  the  brightest  will  be  found  among  the 
pioneers  who  carried  the  ark  into  the  wilder- 
ness in  advance  of  the  roads,  breaking  through 
the  forest  guided  by  the  surveyor's  blaze  on 
the  trees."^ 

The  influences  that  shall  emanate  from  our  successors 

of  Heroes 

West  and  become  a  world-wide  bane  or  bless- 
ing will  be  determined  by  our  frontier  home 
missionary  investments:  our  fathers  did  their 
part.     "They  loved  not  their  lives  unto  the 

*  Puddefoot,  The  Minute  Man  on  the  Frontier,  44. 


36  The  Frontier 

death."      We    are    their    successors.      Their 
mantle  falls  on  us.    Shall  we  wear  it  or  shift  it  ? 

QUESTIONS    ON    CHAPTER    I 

These  questions  have  been  prepared  for  the  purpose 
of  suggesting  some  new  lines  of  thought  that  might  not 
occur  to  the  leader.  They  are  not  exhaustive,  by  any 
means,  and  every  leader  should  study  to  use  or  replace 
according  to  his  preference.  Those  marked  *  may 
afford  an  opportunity  for  discussion.  Other  questions 
demanding  mere  memory  tests  for  reply  can  easily  be 
added. 

Aim  :    To  Realize  the  Providential  Development  of 
THE  United  States  as  a  World  Power 

1.  Name  some  of  the  early  explorers  of  North 
America. 

2.  What  were  the  explorers  seeking  when  they 
discovered  America? 

3.  Under  what  nations  did  they  make  their  dis- 
coveries? 

4.  From  what  European  countries  did  the  first  set- 
tlers come  to  America,  and  why? 

5.*  Name  at  least  four  admirable  traits  that  were 
developed  by  the  hardships  endured  by  the  early 
settlers  of  our  country. 

6.*  What  good  effect  did  the  Appalachian  Moun- 
tains have  on  the  development  of  the  colonies? 

7.  Why  did  early  expansion  follow  the  great 
waterways  ? 

8.*  Name  some  of  the  results  to  the  United  States 
of  the  victory  of  Wolfe  over  Montcalm  on  the 
Heights  of  Abraham. 


In  the  Making  37 

9.*  Sum  up  the  results  to  the  United  States  of  the 

Revolution. 
ID.     What  section  of  the  United  States  was  occupied 
soon  after  the  Revolution? 

11.  Why  was  Napoleon  willing  to  sell  the  Louisiana 
Territory  to  the  United  States? 

12.  By  how  much  was  the  territory  of  the  United 
States  increased  by  the  acquisition  of  the 
Louisiana  Territory? 

13.  How  did  the  United  States  acquire  Texas  and 
Florida? 

14.  What  were  the  circumstances  that  led  to  the 
acquisition  of  the  Oregon  Territory? 

15.  How  did  the  United  States  obtain  control  of 
California  and  Mexico? 

16.*  What  inventions  in  the  early  part  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  made  possible  a  more  rapid 
development  of  the  United  States? 

17.  Name  in  the  order  of  their  importance  the 
largest  factors  in  the  development  of  the  United 
States. 

18.  Did  the  religious  or  commercial  motives  dom- 
inate in  the  development  of  our  country? 

19.*  Do  you  believe  that  we  could  have  attained  our 

present  position  without  the  religious  pioneers? 

Why  not?     Give  several  reasons. 
20.*  Name  some  of  the  advantages  that  our  country 

has  in  its  position  between  the  two  oceans. 
21.*  What  physical  advantages  has  the  United  States 

in  location  over  Africa,  South  America,  Russia, 

and  China? 
22.     Compare  the  cultivable  area  of  China  with  that 

of  the  United  States. 


38  The  Frontier 

23.  What  countries  are  competitors  of  the  United 
States  for  the  commercial  supremacy  of  the 
world  ? 

24.  What  advantages  has  the  United  States  as  a 
world  power  over  Great  Britain? 

25.  On  what  two  countries  does  the  present  re- 
sponsibility for  world  evangelization  largely 
depend? 

REFERENCES   FOR   FURTHER  STUDY 

CHAPTER  r 

I.  Early  Colonists. 

Clark:  Leavening  the  Nation,  H. 

Gregg:  Makers  of  the  American  Republic,  I-VH. 

Jenks :  When  America  Was  New,  I-IV. 

Prince:  A  Bird's-Eye  View  of  American  History,  HI- 

V,  vn. 

Strong:  Our  Country,  XH. 

II.  Louisiana  Purchase. 
Carr:  Missouri,  IV,  V. 

Clark:  Leavening  the  Nation,  VII,  X. 
Hitchcock:  Louisiana  Purchase,  VI-VIII. 
Prince:    A   Bird's-Eye   View   of   American   History, 
142-145. 
HI.  National    Resources    and    Future    of    the    United 
States. 
Strong :  Our  Country,  II,  XIV. 

^Additional  references  will  be  found  by  consulting  any  good 
history  of  the  United  States,  standard  encyclopedia,  and  mag- 


TRANSFORMING  THE  DESERT 


39 


Irrigation  is  the  foundation  of  truly  scientific 
agriculture.  Tilling  the  soil  by  dependence  upon 
rainfall  is,  by  comparison,  like  a  stage-coach  to  the 
railroad,  like  the  tallow  dip  to  the  electric  light.  The 
perfect  conditions  for  scientific  agriculture  would  be 
presented  by  a  place  where  it  never  rained,  but  where 
a  system  of  irrigation  furnished  a  never-failing  water- 
supply  which  could  be  adjusted  to  the  varying  needs 
of  different  plants.  It  is  difficult  for  those  who  have 
been  in  the  habit  of  thinking  of  irrigation  as  merely 
a  substitute  for  rain  to  grasp  the  truth  that  precisely 
the  contrary  is  the  case.  Rain  is  the  poor  dependence 
of  those  who  cannot  obtain  the  advantages  of  irriga- 
tion. The  western  farmer  who  has  learned  to  irrigate 
thinks  it  would  be  quite  as  illogical  for  him  to  leave 
the  watering  of  his  potato  patch  to  the  caprice  of  the 
clouds  as  for  the  housewife  to  defer  her  wash-day 
until  she  could  catch  rainwater  in  her  tubs. 

The  supreme  advantage  of  irrigation  consists  not 
more  in  the  fact  that  it  assures  moisture  regardless  of 
the  weather  than  in  the  fact  that  it  makes  it  possible 
to  apply  that  moisture  just  when  and  just  where  it  is 
needed.  For  instance,  on  some  cloudless  day  the 
strawberry  patch  looks  thirsty  and  cries  for  water 
through  the  unmistakable  language  of  its  leaves.  In 
the  Atlantic  States  it  probably  would  not  rain  that 
day,  such  is  the  perversity  of  nature,  but  if  it  did  it 
would  rain  alike  on  the  just  and  unjust — on  the  straw- 
berries, which  would  be  benefited  by  it,  and  on  the 
sugar-beets,  which  crave  only  the  uninterrupted  sun- 
shine that  they  may  pack  their  tiny  cells  with  sac- 
charine matter.  In  the  arid  region  there  is  practically 
no  rain  during  the  growing  season.  Thus  the  scientific 
farmer  sends  the  water  from  his  canal  through  the 
little  furrows  which  divide  the  lines  of  strawberry 
plants,  but  permits  the  water  to  go  singing  past  his 
field  of  beets. 

— Smythc 


40 


II 

TRANSFORMING  THE  DESERT^ 
One  of  the  most  far-reaching  home-making  our  Growth 

,  .by  Internal 

efforts  of  our  history  was  httle  thought  of  in  Development 
1899.  By  1905  it  was  in  fuU  swing.  Within 
that  short  space  of  six  years  interest  in  it  mul- 
tiphed  a  thousand  fold.  Our  greatest  national 
conquests  are  not  external,  but  those  of  our 
natural  resources.  A  prime  essential  to  national 
greatness  is  internal  development.  Had  this 
been  practised  by  China  in  the  same  proportion 
as  in  the  United  States,  we,  with  all  our  ad- 
vancement, would  by  comparison  be  a  pyg- 
my nation.  Industrial  preeminence  was  first 
achieved  in  New  England,  one  of  our  most 
unfavorable  sections ;  but  the  mastery  of  condi- 
tions so  stubborn  prepared  our  countrymen  for 
larger    conquests    westward,    where    our    first 

1  Otir  indebtedness  to  Smy the,  The  Conquest  of  Arid  America, 
and  to  other  sources  is  at  times  so  indirect  that  this  general 
acknowledgment  will  in  most  cases  cover  all  later  references, 
except  where  quotations  are  made.  The  citation  of  maga- 
zines, under  References  for  Further  Study,  at  the  close  of 
chapters  may  also  largely  answer  the  double  purpose  of  ref- 
erence and  giving  of  credit. 

41 


42 


The  Frontier 


Expansion 
Through 
Regular 
Agriculture 


Interrelation 
of  Factors 


Broad 
Bearings  of 
Irrigation 


national  lessons  were  learned  and  the  kind 
of  tasks  found  which  developed  the  learners 
for  what  followed.  These  were  not  accidental ; 
God  was  in  them  all. 

By  ordinary  agricultural  methods  thirty-two 
states  were  added  to  the  original  thirteen.  Our 
national  population  was  increased  fourteen  fold 
and  our  cities  came  to  rival  the  world's  greatest 
urban  centers.  According  to  the  census  of 
1900,  we  had  nearly  ten  and  a  half  millions  of 
people  engaged  in  agriculture,  with  a  total  ap- 
proaching five  and  three  quarters  millions  of 
separate  farms.  During  the  ten  years  ending 
with  1900,  we  added  in  farms  an  extent  nearly 
equal  to  that  of  France  and  Germany. 

Our  civilization  rests  upon  agriculture.  It 
is  the  basis  of  manufactures.  Agriculture  and 
manufactures  are  interdependent.  Railroads 
depend  on  both.  Any  considerable  enlarge- 
ment of  our  agricultural  area  touches  most 
vitally  our  national  life  and  acts  directly  upon 
all  our  interests.  It  quickens  equally  the  pulse 
of  Church  life  and  missionary  endeavor. 

Irrigation 

Irrigation  is  not  a  local  affair.  Every  acre 
of  land,  in  any  part  of  the  United  States,  re- 


Published  h\/  the  Young  People's  Missionary  Movement  of  the  United  Stples  and  Canada 


Transforming  the  Desert  43 

claimed  and  made  productive  sooner  or  later 
touches  all  industries  and  every  moral  issue 
East  or  West. 

East  of  the  QTth  degree  of  west  lonsfitude  two  sections 

.      ..  .  .  ,  Contrasted 

lies  one  half  the  territoiy  of  the  United 
States,  where  live  nine  tenths  of  our  peo- 
ple. The  one  half  west  of  the  97th  degree 
is  the  better  of  the  two  and  capable  of  main- 
taining a  population  much  greater  than  the 
present  total  of  the  whole  country. 

The  dominant  motive  for  western  emigra-  New  phase 

.  .         of  Aridity 

tion  is  home  making.  This  gives  stability 
to  each  advance,  for  the  home  is  perennial. 
This  westward  migration  paused  not  until 
it  crossed  the  97th  degree.  It  there  met 
aridity.  With  grim  determination  the  set- 
tlers faced  an  enigma,  a  climate  then  in- 
scrutable. They  faltered  and  retreated.  And 
now  we  learn  that  aridity  is  a  blessing. 
It  was  the  alphabet  of  ancient  prosperity. 
Beyond  the  97th  meridian  live  not  very  many 
more  people  than  in  the  single  state  of 
New  York.  We  rub  our  eyes  with  a  new  awak- 
ening, and  to-morrow,  more  even  than  to-day,  \ 
great  tides  of  homesteaders  will  be  pressing, 
with  unquestioning  confidence,  across  this 
once  inhospitable  frontier. 


44 


The  Frontier 


Our  Western         ^  j-gji^f  q£  ^|^g  United  Statcs  is  a  revela- 

Table-land  -^ 

tion.  A  glance  shows  why  the  West,  our  fron- 
tier, so  differs  from  the  East.  At  the  97th  de- 
gree, which  is  not  far  from  the  western  bound- 
ary Hne  of  Minnesota,  the  country  begins  grad- 
ually to  rise,  until  when  it  reaches  about  the 
103d  meridian  it  looks,  from  there  on  to  the 
Pacific,  like  a  jumbled  mass  of  mountains  and 
valleys.  The  whole  with  its  varying  altitudes 
is  a  high  table-land.  This  accounts  for  a  cli- 
mate of  such  marked  contrast  to  that  of  the 
East.  In  some  places  its  farms  and  cities  stand 
fully  a  mile  above  sea-level. 
Mountain  Midway  and  diagonally  across  this  western 

Ranges  and  ,  i        -n       i  •  t    i         i 

Desert  Section  frontier  cxtcud  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Inland 
from  the  Pacific  coast  are  the  Cascade  and 
Sierra  ranges.  These  last  are  of  such  height 
as  to  intercept  the  clouds  moving  eastward  and 
rob  them  of  their  moisture.  Thus  on  the  east 
side  of  these  mountains  we  have  skies  almost 
cloudless,  an  atmosphere  clear  and  bracing,  and 
a  consequent  dryness  which  has  produced  a 
desert  landscape  mostly  uninhabited. 

The  taming  of  this  desert  has  presented 
obstacles  so  new  to  us  that  until  within  the  last 
few  years  the  nation  has  not,  in  any  large  way, 
set   itself  to  their  removal.     We  have  been 


How  Can 
We  Tame 
This  Desert  ? 


Transforming  the  Desert  45 

forced  to  this,  because  the  public  lands  open  to 
settlers  are  mostly  exhausted;  that  is,  lands 
where  homes  may  be  made  under  normal  con- 
ditions. 

Heretofore  our  domain  has  furnished  acres  Previous 

11  1  •     r    11    •  J        T  Abundance  of 

m  abundance  where  rainfall  is  assured,  it  was  Land  with 
necessary  only  that  a  citizen  of  the  United  ^^'"f*" 
States  "file  his  claim"  for  one  hundred  and 
sixty  acres  of  land,  live  on  the  same  for  a 
comparatively  brief  period,  make  certain  inex- 
pensive improvements,  and  the  land  was  his. 
This  has  been  an  outlet  tO'  congested  popula- 
tions and  a  foundation  of  our  national  wealth. 
About  one  third  of  the  land  of  the  United 
States,  however,  has  not  passed  into  private 
ownership,  but  of  that  one  third  not  more  than 
five  acres  in  a  hundred  can  be  tilled  without 
irrigation.  Millions  of  acres  await  settlement 
in  a  country  largely  rainless. 

In  eastern  portions  of  the  United  States  we  Aridity  and 

^  _  Its  Advantage 

have  a  rainfall  of  fifty  or  more  inches  per 
annum.  This  is  also  true  of  the  extreme 
Northwest.  In  parts  of  these  humid  sections 
the  difficulty  of  disposing  of  surplus  water 
about  equals  irrigation  problems  on  the  western 
plains.  Any  portion  of  the  country  where  the 
rainfall  is  less  than  twenty  inches  per  annum 


46  The  Frontier 

is  termed  arid.  There  are  portions  of  the 
United  States  where  the  amount  is  not  half 
that.  Aridity  has  been  spoken  of  as  the  great 
resource  of  the  West.  This  seems  contradic- 
tory, but  we  are  reminded  that  from  choice 
great  civihzations  of  the  past  were  in  arid 
regions.  In  the  Bible  water  is  spoken  of  as 
in  an  irrigated  country.  The  Book  opens  and 
closes  with  a  river.  Christ  presents  himself  as 
the  water  of  life. 
An  inexhaust-       jj^  q^^j.  ^j-}^  Wcst  the  oue  element  which 

ibly  Fertile 

Soil  gives  value  is  water.     A  peculiarity  of  an  arid 

region  is  its  soil.  It  is  seemingly  barren,  yet 
an  analysis  of  the  soil  of  our  western  deserts 
shows  a  marvelous  natural  richness.  The  ap- 
plication of  water  works  wonderful  transfor- 
mations. Products  in  quality  and  quantity 
are  amazing.  The  soil  in  these  dry  cli- 
mates has  never  been  impoverished.  Its 
valuable  mineral  constituents  have  not  been 
dissolved  and  washed  out  by  rains.  These 
elements  of  fertility  under  irrigation  accumu- 
late rather  than  lessen. 

The  Nile  valley  is  cited  as  an  example  of 
enrichment  caused  for  ages  by  the  overflowing 
of  the  Nile  River.  These  benefits  are  ascribed 
to  a  sediment  left  on  the  land.     This  deposit. 


Intensive 
Farming 


RAISING   GRAPES    IN   THE   SALT   RIVER 
VALLEY,   NEAR   MESA,   ARIZONA 


DATE   TREE   IN    SALT   RIVER   VALLEY 
NEAR   MESA,  ARIZONA 


Transforming  the  Desert  47 

however,  is  so  sHght  as  to  make  it  certain  that 
the  soil  does  not  draw  its  productiveness  from 
that  source.  It  is  inherent  in  aridity.  Thus 
the  land  of  arid  regions,  when  once  brought 
under  irrigation,  possesses  possibilities  easily 
in  excess  of  acres  in  humid  regions.  This  ad- 
mits of  intensive  farming.  Bright  sunshine  is 
a  constant  asset.  The  farmer  does  not  wait 
for  the  rain  any  more  than  he  waits  to  plow. 
He  plants  without  interruption  from  inclement 
weather,  and  then  scientifically  applies  mois- 
ture according  to  the  various  needs  of  his 
growing  crops.  It  is  estimated  that  with  this 
culture  one  to  two  acres  per  person  will 
render  a  comfortable  livelihood.  In  other 
words,  five  to  forty  acres  will  better  care  for 
an  average  family  than  four  tO'  five  times  that 
amount  in  parts  of  the  country  where  agricul- 
ture depends  on  rainfall. 

As  one  passes  southward  he  finds  that  in  a 
single  season  irrigation  produces  a  series  of 
crops.  The  soil  is  not  exhausted  and  is  not 
fertilized. 

Features  of  the  Problem 

This  whole  dry  table-land  is  in  extent  from 
north  to  south  about  equal  to  the  distance  from 


A  Series 
of  Crops 


Extent  of 
Table-land 


48 


The  Frontier 


Transient 
Streams  and 
Canyon 
Formation 


Some  Results 
of  Private 
Enterprise 


Montreal  to  Mobile,  and  from  east  to  west  it 
would  reach  from  Boston  tO'  Omaha,  yet,  as 
we  have  before  noted,  it  has  no  navigable  river, 
save  for  short  distances,  other  than  the 
Missouri. 

Lack  of  forests  fails  to  restrain  what  rainfall 
there  is.  It  comes  rushing  down  seamed 
declivities,  and  fills  dry  beds  of  streams  which 
for  a  brief  time  become  swollen  torrents  tear- 
ing out  great  quantities  of  earth  and  rock. 
This  results  in  canyon  formations,  the  most 
marvelous  of  which  is  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the 
Colorado.  The  Colorado  River,  a  creature  of 
such  fitful  conditions,  presents  in  itself  a  study 
and  history  most  unique.  It  Is  said  tO'  be  the 
most  observed  river  in  the  world. 

These  streams  and  rivers,  in  various  parts 
of  the  western  table-land,  by  private  enterprise 
have  been  diverted  into  irrigation  ditches  until 
millions  of  acres  have  been  reclaimed.  In  the 
Southwest  these  ditches  have  followed  the 
models  furnished  by  a  prehistoric  race,  traces 
of  vi^hose  irrigation  schemes,  agricultural  pros- 
perity, and  marvelous  cities  are  the  wonder  of 
the  world.  Possibilities  of  this  kind  of  irriga- 
tion, however,  have  largely  been  exhausted.  Cor- 
porations have  inaugurated  ambitious  under- 


Transforming  the  Desert  49 

takings,  but  these,  in  a  number  of  cases,  have 
proved  unprofitable  to  the  investors,  as  the  land 
cannot  well  bear  the  expense  of  a  water  system 
above  the  actual  cost  of  construction. 

One  great  work  yet  remained,  the  control  of 
rivers  and  streams  at  their  sources,  by  creating  Their  sources 
immense    storage    dams,    from   which    water, 
taken  in  flood  tide,  when  needed  later,  might 
gradually  replenish  the  channels  of  irrigation. 


Control  of 
Streams  at 


Governmental  Action  Necessary 

The  cost  of  such  stupendous  engineering 
feats  is  beyond  private  capital.  Hence,  the 
government  has  undertaken  this  work.  At 
present,  in  different  parts  of  the  West, 
north  and  south,  it  has  so  far  completed 
eleven  great  plants  as  to  furnish  water  for 
five  hundred  thousand  acres  of  land.  It  has 
under  way  and  in  contemplation  a  number 
of  other  schemes  which  will  add  an  acreage 
several  times  as  large  as  that  already  reclaimed. 
There  is  not  water  sufficient  to  reclaim  any- 
thing like  all  the  land  of  the  arid  West,  but 
possibilities  in  that  direction  are  estimated  as 
high  as  one  hundred  million  acres.  This  means 
ideal  homes  for  from  fifteen  to  twenty  millions 
of  people. 


Limits  of 
the  System 


so  The  Frontier 


Provision 
for  Irrigation 


Our  national  Congress  in  1902  enacted  one 
Fund  of    the    most    statesmanlike    provisions    ever 

framed  for  the  creation  of  millions  of  homes.  ^ 
It  set  apart  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  pub- 
lic lands  in  the  various  states  to  the  credit  of 
each.  This  is  the  basis  of  an  irrigation  fund 
which  has  reached  a  total  of  more  than  forty- 
one  millions  of  dollars.  The  cost  of  sui'veying 
and  constructing  a  great  irrigation  scheme 
in  any  given  state  is  charged  against  the 
amount  to  its  credit.  The  cost  is  spread 
equally  over  the  acreage  reclaimed  and  is  paid 
by  the  settlers  in  ten  equal  instalments  with- 
out interest.  The  money  is  a  revolving  fund 
used  again  and  again  to  extend  irrigation.  At 
the  end  of  the  ten  years  the  land,  with  the  in- 
herent water  rights,  belongs  to  the  homesteader 
who  meanwhile  enjoys  the  proceeds  of  his  farm. 
He  must,  however,  actually  live  upon  the  land 
and  cultivate  it.  He  can  own  in  most  cases 
not  more  than  from  forty  to  eighty  acres.  This 
prevents  speculation  and  insures  the  aim  of  the 
government — the  establishment  of  homes. 
Whoever  lives  upon  one  of  these  allotments  of 
land  is  as  sure  of  a  comfortable  livelihood  as 
he  is  of  running  water.     The  mountains  feed 

1  See  Appendix  E. 


Transforming  the  Desert  51 

these  sources  of  supply  and  make  the  streams 
perennial. 

Another  recent  remarkable  discovery  is  that,   underground 

,      .     .  ^  r  Lakes  and 

underlymg    great    stretches    of    our    western  Artesian 
country  where  water  from  streams  is  not  avail-  '^^"^ 
able,  are  vast  underground  lakes.    These  have 
made    possible    thousands    of    artesian    wells, 
some  of  which  flow  with  sufficient  volume  to 
irrigate  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres  each. 

Water  in  connection  with  irrigfation  plants  water-power 

°  ^  Results 

may  have  other  uses  than  application  to  the 
soil.  Flowing  through  sluiceways  or  pipes  it 
may  have  so  great  a  fall  that  when  striking  a 
water-wheel  it  is  converted  into  tremendous 
power  which  in  turn  may  be  utilized  in 
pumping  the  waters  of  the  same  dam  to  lands 
on  higher  levels.  Again  this  power  makes 
possible  factories  and  various  manufactories. 
It  is  converted  into  electricity,  in  which  form 
it  is  transferred  to  distant  points  for  light  and 
power.  Sometimes  it  has  occurred  that  in 
the  construction  of  a  great  irrigation  dam 
in  the  desert  the  activities  of  the  builders 
have  continued  night  and  day,  the  works 
being  brilliantly  lighted  during  the  night 
with  electricity  born  of  the  wilderness 
waters. 


52  The  Frontier 

Purposeful  Young  Manhood 
Praise  for  the        Most  pcoplc  liave  little  conception  of   the 

Engineers  ,  .  ,.  .  ,.       ,  , 

heroism,  self-sacrifice,  and  persistency  displayed 
by  the  young  men  of  this  country  in  their  as- 
tonishing feats  of  engineering  in  connection 
with  building  western  irrigation  plants.  They 
have  been  obliged  to  survey  and  build  govern- 
ment roads  where  it  was  impossible  for  a  hu- 
man being  to  get  a  foothold.  They  have 
been  suspended  by  ropes  over  yawning  chasms 
into  which  they  were  let  down  and  whose 
shadowy  depths  they  have  explored,  where 
later,  blasting  from  solid  cliffs,  they  have 
built  leagues  of  government  road  over  whose 
edge  a  stone  may  be  dropped  a  sheer  fall  of  a 
thousand  feet. 
Conquering  An  engineer  with  his  assistants  was  run- 

AU  Obstacles  .  ,      ,.  -  -  , 

ning  a  surveyor  s  line  when  he  encountered  a 
towering  rock  cliff  which  caused  him  to  sus- 
pend operations  with  the  remark,  "I  must  stop 
and  think."  It  was  seemingly  to  think  squarely 
against  the  impossible,  as  there  was  no  appar- 
ent way  around  or  over  the  mountain  of  rock. 
When  he  learned  that  this  unconquered  obstacle 
would  cause  a  loop  of  fifteen  added  miles  to  the 
road  he  decided  to  go  straight  on  and  the  road 


Transform ingf  the  Desert  53 

was  built.  ^  Where  a  momitain  is  in  the  road  of 
the  contemplated  flow  of  a  stream,  the  moun- 
tain is  tunneled  for  miles.  In  short,  nothing 
seems  insurmountable  to  this  generation  of 
Uncle  Sam's  young  men. 

This  is  a  life-chapter  that  the  young  people  L-f*'^*"^ 
of  this  country  should  know  more  about.  These 
scores  and  hundreds  of  trained  young  men,  who 
have  fought  their  way  to  the  front,  with  many 
more  who  are  their  helpers,  are  in  scores  of 
isolated  places  in  the  United  States,  heroes  in 
a  great  cause  which  they  enthusiastically  serve. 
They  contribute  trained  efforts  and  lives  to 
one  of  the  greatest  missionary  movements  ever 
launched  on  the  American  continent,  which  is 
the  reclaiming  of  the  desert  and  peopling  it 
with  millions  in  comfortable  homes,  sur- 
rounded by  manifold  opportunities  and  uplift- 
ing influences.  These  multitudes,  save  for  this 
ministry,  might  otherwise  never  rise  above  the 
dreary  horizon  of  grinding  subsistence. 

Irrigation  dams  are  built  in  various  forms,  ^"g^tion 

"^  Dams  and 

conforming  to  the  topography  and  needs  of  New 
localities.     The  task  may  be  to  close  the  nar-      *  ei^^ys 
row  mouth  of  a  rocky  canyon  by  building  a 
dam  higher  than  the  Flatiron  building  in  New 

>  Blanchard,  National  Geographic  Magazine,  April,  1908. 


54 


The  Frontier 


Creation  of 
Towns  and 
Missionary 
Opportunity 


York  City,  or  on  lower  levels  to  construct 
barriers  of  great  length,  thereby  producing  the 
largest  artificial  lakes  known  in  the  world. 
These  new  waterways  are,  to  some  extent, 
navigable. 

The  towns  which  spring  up  in  these  hitherto 
uninhabited  regions  are  substantial  and  pros- 
perous. Their  sudden  appearance  and  rapid 
development  are  marvelous.  While  the  dam 
is  building,  houses  are  erected  on  nearly  every 
allotment,  still  a  barren  waste.  A  chief  officer 
of  the  reclamation  service  tells  how,  about  three 
or  four  years  ago,  he  slept  at  night  on  a  sage- 
brush desert  thirty  miles  from  a  human  habita- 
tion. An  assistant  sketched  for  him  on  the  lone 
sands  a  plan  of  a  town  which,  in  that  inhos- 
pitable solitude,  seemed  a  satire,  yet,  it  was  not 
so  long  afterward  that  this  official,  in  visiting 
that  locality,  found  a  town  of  hundreds  ol  in- 
habitants with  a  bank  and  other  structures  in 
keeping  with  a  growing  community.  Where, 
on  his  previous  visit,  his  camp  had  been, 
now  stood  the  school  building  of  the  town. 
This  is  not  mushroom  growth.  It  is  based  on 
irrigated  farm  lands,  than  which  there  is  no 
source  of  livelihood  more  sure  and  sub- 
stantial.     What   missionary    opportunities    in 


Transforming"  the  Desert  55 

our  country  are  thus  being  opened  up!  What 
communities  will  now  be  needing  both  church 
and  pastor !  These  people  must  be  helped.  They 
invest  all  in  getting  started.  Not  the  least  of 
the  ministries  which  will  make  these  new  neigh- 
borhoods beautiful  and  fruitful  in  spiritual  and 
temporal  things  may  be  the  daily  lives  of  our 
young  people,  who  there  will  find  it  possible 
to  transplant  into  their  new  homes  the  high 
ideals  and  purposes  which  were  born  in  other 
surroundings. 

'An  Ideal  Social  Order 

The  social  order  resulting  from  government  social  Type 
irrigation  is  to  have  its  influence  on  American 
life.  It  creates  a  democratic  and  cooperative 
condition  of  living  as  opposed  to  the  individual- 
istic. One,  in  a  country  of  abundant  rainfall, 
living  on  a  vast  estate,  can  foster  the  Individual- 
istic spirit  and  exist,  but  in  a  co'mmunlty  of 
small  holdings,  entirely  dependent  upon  a  single 
irrigation  plant,  Into  which  Is  merged  the  col- 
lective material  prosperity  of  the  whole  com- 
munity, the  individualistic  spirit  succumbs  to 
the  cooperative  and  the  democratic.  This  is 
the  fairest  flower  that  springs  from  irrigated 
soil. 


56 


The  Frontier 


Sparse 
Population  a 
Drawback 


Contrast 

Under 

Irrigation 


In  a  humid  region  one  may  secure  a  farm 
covering  thousands  of  acres.  This  he  may 
devote  to  various  forms  of  agriculture;  or  in 
a  semiarid  country  miles  of  territory  may  come 
under  the  ownership  of  a  single  man  and  may 
be  devoted  to  wheat  raising  or  grazing;  this, 
however,  means  a  population  so  sparse  that 
whole  counties  are  left  comparatively  unin- 
habited. Progress,  social  development,  and 
the  betterment  of  the  many  are  foreign  to  such 
conditions. 

The  government  irrigation  scheme  reverses 
all  this.  It  places  limitations  upon  the  amount 
of  land  held  by  the  individual.  The  limita- 
tions of  nature  are  yet  more  imperative,  as 
a  small  farm  under  irrigation  means  pros- 
perity, a  large  one  calamity.  The  allotments  of 
land  are  of  such  few  acres — in  many  cases  but 
forty,  twenty,  or  ten — that  the  face  of  the 
country  is  transformed  from  a  desert  waste  or 
a  solitaiy  cattle-range  into  a  landscape  thickly 
dotted  with  homes.  The  tendency  is  to  group 
the  dwellings,  to  connect  them  with  modem 
appliances  of  water  system,  telephone,  free 
mail  delivery,  and  other  conveniences ;  in  short, 
to  make  them  the  acme  of  ideal  residence  towns 
for  the  people.    These  delectable  conditions  are 


BUILDING    HOMES    IN    ANTICIPATION    OF  THE   OPENING   OF  GOVERNIMENT    WORKS 

ARIZONA 

HOME  NEAR  PHCENIX,  ARIZONA,  SHOWING  WHAT  IRRIGATION  WILL  DO  FOR  THE  DESERT 


Transforming  the  Desert  57 

further  enhanced  when  a  series  of  such  com- 
munities are  connected  by  an  electrical  railway 
system.  The  social  and  Christian  meaning  of 
all  this  needs  little  enlargement. 

One  person  living  in  the  midst  of  six  hundred  desirable 
and  forty  acres  or  of  four  thousand  acres,  or  conditions 
nobody  living  in  vast  desert  stretches,  means  a 
correspondingly  slight  obligation  on  the  part 
of  the  Church ;  but  when  the  six  hundred  and 
forty  acres  or  the  four  thousand  acres  have  a 
home  on  every  forty,  twenty,  or  ten  acre  divi- 
sion, and  when  the  wilderness  comes  to  sup- 
port a  teeming  population,  then  the  Church 
faces  a  virgin  field  where  social,  industrial, 
educational,  and,  most  of  all,  spiritual  realities 
await  its  guiding  hand.  These  communi- 
ties offer  unique  opportunities.  Take  for  ex- 
ample Riverside,  California,  one  of  the  earlier 
communities  born  of  irrigation.  One  is  struck 
by  the  large  number  of  homes  admirably  situat- 
ed and  attractive  in  appearance.  He  may  be 
suprised  to  learn  that  these  are  the  dwellings 
of  people  who,  were  they  living  in  other 
places,  might  be  less  desirably  situated.  This 
Is  because  the  few  acres  belonging  to  each 
family  afford  an  income  secure  and  unfailing. 
They  are  not  subject  to  uncertain  fluctuations 


58 


The  Frontier 


that  might  attend  them  under  other  conditions. 
This  means  homes  with  all  that  word  implies. 
A  commonwealth  is  neither  less  nor  more  than 
the  homes  of  its  people. 
M'e^est  It  may  be  suggestive  to  remark  that  Rhode 

Average, 

East  and  West  Islaud,  our  most  thickly  settled  state,  is  able 
to  support  something  more  than  five  hundred 
people  per  square  mile,  while  in,  the  irrigated 
district  of  California  to  which  reference  has 
been  made  we  have  more  than  twice  that  num- 
ber for  each  square  mile. 

Religions  Aspect 

When  we  consider  the  various  sections  of 
the  arid  West  which  are  now,  because  of  irri- 
gation, undergoing  rapid  transformation,  and 
where  in  the  next  few  years  will  spring  up  hun- 
dreds of  new  towns  and  thickly  settled  neigh- 
borhoods, our  pulse  beats  quicker  with  the  thrill 
of  what  awaits  a  Church  which  to-day  enters 
the  gateway  of  a  field  so'  fascinating. 

These  many  coming  centers  of  pulsating  life 
and  possible  spiritual  power  will,  if  properly 
cared  for  in  their  inception,  be  among  our  most 
fruitful  sources  both  of  money  and  personal 
investment  for  the  foreign  field.  They  may  yet 
furnish  for  the  kingdom  abundant  means,  in- 


Pascinating 
Field  for  the 
Church 


Potential 
Promoters  of 
the  Kingdom 


Transforming  the  Desert  59 

telligence,  and  spiritual  life  for  the  world's 
greatest  need. 

Forests 

Another  feature  of  the  West  illustrates  how  ^""="0" 

of  Forests 

all  nature,  when  properly  interpreted  and 
operated  for  the  highest  good  of  man,  is  coor- 
dinate with  God's  kingdom  in  the  earth. 
Streams  and  rivers  cannot  be  conserved  for 
irrigation  if  sufficient  forest  lands  are  not  pre- 
served. The  springs  gushing  out  in  these 
shaded  recesses  disappear  when  exposed  to 
searching  sunlight.  The  rainfall,  plentiful  in 
the  mountains,  likewise  the  melting  masses  of 
snow,  are  held  back  by  fallen  forest  leaves  and 
masses  of  undergrowth  and  the  accumulated 
mold  of  centuries.  The  streams  which  rise 
there  emerge  upon  the  plains  with  a  steady,  con- 
tinuous flow.  However,  when  the  mountains 
have  been  denuded  of  forest  covering,  the 
waters  sweep  down  their  unobstructed  sides. 
Streams  become  raging  rivers.  Rivers  in  a 
night  rise  to  a  flood,  and  the  beneficent  mois- 
ture which  might  have  been  evenly  distributed 
for  many  days,  precipitates  a  calamity.  It 
washes  off  great  stretches  of  fertile  soil  and 
covers  productive  acres  with  deposits  of  barren 
rock  and  gravel.     The  waters  are  as  swift  in 


6o 


The  Frontier 


Destruction 
of  Forests 

Unnecessary 


Among  the 
Essentials 
of  Life 


Forests  at 
Head  Waters 


subsiding  as  in  coming.  Ruin  is  in  their  wake 
and  the  agriculturist  is  left  without  resources 
for  future  crops. 

The  slaughter  of  our  forests  has  been 
wanton.^  At  the  present  rate,  within  from 
thirty  to  fifty  years,  our  most  valuable  timber 
supply  will  be  exhausted.  This,  f  ro^m  the  com- 
mercial standpoint,  cannot  be  supplied  by  South 
America  and  other  countries,  as  they  do  not 
possess  a  marketable  substitute  for  our  most 
useful  woods.  These  forests  were  designed 
by  the  Creator  as  an  inheritance  for  many  gen- 
erations. No  mere  land  title  confers  upon 
any  one  a  divine  right  ruthlessly  to  destroy  the 
sources  of  subsistence  and  comfort  for  the 
many.  Forests  properly  managed  will  produce 
an  adequate  supply  of  timber  practically  un- 
diminished. 

Our  forests  may  be  classed  with  soil,  water, 
and  bread,  as  indispensable  to  life.  Older 
countries  where  forests  have  been  destroyed 
are  in  part  a  desolation.  In  other  words,  we 
can  have  little  running  water,  productive  soil, 
or  bread  without  the  forests. 

One  hundred  and  sixty-five  millions  of  acres 
of  forest  and  adjacent  woodlands,  out  of  the 

J  Hough,  Everybody's  Magazine,  May,  1908. 


Transforming  the  Desert  6 1 

total  public  reserve,  have  been  set  apart  by  the 
government  for  the  public  good.  Special  at- 
tention is  given  to  the  enlargement  of  wood 
areas  from  which  spring  the  head  waters  of 
streams  of  the  arid  West. 

At  the  head  of  the  forestry  department  is  a  Efforts  to 

111  1       TT  -^1  r  Maintain  Ou 

remarkable  man.  He,  with  an  army  ot  en-  Forest 
thusiastic  helpers,  among  them  many  of  our  Reserves 
young  men,  is  guarding,  replenishing,  and  creat- 
ing our  forest  reserve.  Thus  it  comes  about 
that  the  government  forest  reserve  and  the 
government  irrigation  scheme  are  insepa- 
rable, and  that  the  silent  trees  on  the  distant 
mountainsides,  where  the  sound  of  the  human 
voice  is  seldom  heard,  are  linked  in  a  gracious 
conspiracy  with  the  streams  that  play  about 
their  roots  to  create  and  maintain  on  the  dis- 
tant sun-parched  plains  a  fulfilment  of  the  pur- 
pose of  their  Creator.  "The  wilderness  and  the 
dry  land  shall  be  glad ;  and  the  desert  shall 
rejoice,  and  blossom  as  the  rose." 

Governmental  Attitude 
The  aim  of  the  government  is  not  rapidly  to  Far-reaching 
dispose  of  our  public  laiids,  but  to  utilize  them 


'  Barnes,    "  Gififord  Pinchot,   Forester."      McClure's  Mag- 
azine, July,  1908. 


62 


The  Frontier 


President 
Roosevelt's 

Interest 


Irrigation  and 

Adjacent 

Pasture-lands 


Breaking  up 
of  Great 
Cattle-ranges 


Cattle  Industry 
Passing  Into 
Many  Hands 


in  such  a  manner  as  may  best  tend  to  the  crea- 
tion of  homes  for  the  greatest  number  of  people. 
Hence,  these  far-reaching-  and  extensive  plans 
inaugurated  in  very  recent  years. 

The  early  training  of  President  Roosevelt 
on  a  western  ranch  gave  him  practical  ex- 
perience and  quick  understanding  in  these  im- 
portant matters.  He  says,  ''The  forest  and 
water  problems  are,  perhaps,  the  most  vital 
internal  questions  of  the  United  States."  This 
whole  subject,  in  the  government  reports  and 
other  literature  springing  from  it,  is  among 
the  fascinating  reading  of  the  day. 

Irrigation  is  having  an  important  influence 
upon  great  stretches  of  adjacent  lands  the 
topography  of  which  prevents  the  application 
of  water.  This  land  is  covered  with  a  scanty 
vegetation  peculiar  to  the  arid  country.  It 
offers  fairly  good  subsistence  to  cattle. 

But  the  government  now  forbids  the  fencing 
in  of  the  public  domain ;  thus  the  cattle  cannot 
legally  be  confined  on  public  lands.  The  cattle 
owners  are  responsible  for  damages  to  others, 
consequently  the  great  ranges  are  being 
broken  up. 

The  number  of  cattle  supplied  to  the  mar- 
kets does  not,  however,  decrease.    The  farmers 


Transforming  the  Desert  63 

on  the  arable  lands,  by  arrangement  with  the 
government,  secure  the  right  to  turn  their  cat- 
tle upon  adjoining  public  lands.  This  fosters 
the  making  of  homes,  and  the  farmer  from  his 
irrigated  acres,  or  as  a  result  of  dry  farming, 
produces  forage  sufficient  to  furnish  his  cattle 
a  substitute  for  wide  grazing.  Thus  the  cattle 
industry,  more  and  more,  passes  into  the  hands 
of  many  rather  than  the  few,  and  intensive 
and  dry  farming  come  to  have  an  influence  on 
the  whole  West  much  more  extensive  than 
the  mere  acres  under  cultivation. 

Dry  Farming 

Dry  farming  is  producing  marked  changes  a  New  Method 
in  the  West.  This,  in  any  large  way,  has  not 
been  understood  and  practised,  until  in  the  last 
few  years.  Where  conditions  permit,  it  now 
has  been  taken  into  all  the  western  states  and 
territories.  The  method  is  adapted  to  a  region 
where  rainfall  is  deficient  and  water  for  irriga- 
tion is  not  available. 

The  method  is  to  begin  as  early  as  possible 
in  the  spring  by  plowing.     The  soil  is  then  season 
rolled    and    harrowed.      No   crop    should    be 
planted  the  first  season.     After  every  impor- 
tant  rain  the  ground   is  harrowed   with  the 


Process  for 
the  First 


64 


The  Frontier 


Steps  Till 
Crop  is 
Secured 


Increasing 
Rains  in  the 
Semiarid  Belt 


twofold  purpose  of  keeping  a  soil  mulch 
on  the  surface  and  killing  out  weeds.  This 
soil  mulch  prevents  moisture  escaping  from  be- 
low and  it  keeps  the  soil  open  to  receive  the 
rains  instead  of  permitting  them  to^  run  off  as 
on  a  hard  surface. 

Early  in  the  fall  the  ground  is  plowed  again ; 
then  packed,  harrowed,  and  seeded  to  winter 
wheat.  In  the  spring  these  wheat-fields  are 
rolled  and  harrowed  several  times  until  the 
wheat  is  soi  high  that  it  practically  shades  the 
ground.  As  soon  as  the  grain  is  harvested 
the  soil  is  disked,^  creating  again  a  mulch 
which  prevents  rapid  evaporation  from,  the 
surface  which  has  been  shaded  during  several 
weeks  of  hot  weather.  The  second  spring  this 
jfield  is  double-disked  as  early  as  possible, 
plowed,  harrowed,  packed,  and  a  variety  of 
crops  is  planted.  During  growth  the  harrow 
is  used  freely.  By  this  method  fair  returns 
are  secured  from  lands  heretofore  considered 
comparatively  worthless.^ 

Extending  down  through  North  and  South 
Dakota,    Kansas,    Nebraska,    Oklahoma,    and 


1  Treated  with  a  farm   implement   made  up  of  revolving 
disks. 

2  See  Deming,  Independent,  April  r8,  1907. 


Transforming  the  Desert  65 

Texas,  to  the  Gulf,  is  a  belt  two'  hundred  or 
more  miles  wide  termed  semiarid.  In  this 
area,  especially  in  the  northern  part,  many  new 
settlers  experienced  in  the  early  nineties  a  few 
years  of  most  distressing  drought  and  famine. 
Those  who  were  not  able  to  retreat  eastward 
and  those  who^  were  courageous  enough  to  stay, 
endured  hardships  the  like  of  which  are  seldom 
experienced  in  this  country  on  so  large  a  scale 
over  a  region  so  extensive.  Numbers  had 
pushed  beyond  the  semiarid  belt  into  that  which 
is  termed  arid.  This  whole  frontier  was 
reckoned  as  beyond  the  limit  where  man  could 
subsist  by  agriculture  without  irrigation.  The 
hardy  pioneers,  however,  who  endured  these 
unfavorable  conditions  for  a  very  few  years 
were  at  last  encouraged  by  increasing  rains, 
and  until  the  present,  no  period  or  single  year 
has  at  all  resembled  the  earlier  years  and  hard- 
ships mentioned. 

The  system  of  dry  farming  is  practised  to  Homesteaders 

,  T-r  1  .  Entering  the 

a  large  extent.     Homesteaders  m  greater  num-  Dry  Farming 
bers  than  ever  are  settling  up  the  once  aban-  ^^s'^n 
doned     claims     or    pushing     westward     into 
regions    hitherto    unoccupied,    making   homes 
there  and  witnessing  the  growth  of  inviting 
new  settlements. 


66 


The  Frontier 


Starting  with 
the  People 


Call  to  the  Churches 
Fields  for  Taken  as  a  whole,  the  g-reat  arid  West  and 

Home  '  ° 

Mission  Effort  its  past  development  as  a  field  for  the  Church 
is  a  sufficient  pledge  of  its  future  as  a  Christian 
domain.  Irrigation  changes  western  lands  into 
gardens,  and  orchards  wave  where  sagebrush 
flourished.  Whole  populations  are  deposited 
over  wide  stretches  of  territory  and  the  insist- 
ent call  is  for  scores  of  our  brightest  young 
people  to  enter  thousands  of  fast  ripening  har- 
vest-fields. 

A  pastor  under  date  of  1908  tells  how  he 
started  work  on  the  Minidoka  government 
irrigation  project.  "You  ask  for  something 
about  Idaho,  and  how  I  came  to  be  there? 
Well,  once  upon  a  time,  in  1906,  my  wife  and 
I  were  spending  our  August  vacation  at  Gato, 
where  the  Colorado  Assembly  is  held.  In  the 
shade  of  the  old  pine  tree  the  'evangelist'  told 

us  of ,  Idaho,  a  town  just  started,  and 

a  new  church  of  forty  members.  The  pioneer 
blood  in  our  veins  gave  a  start,  and,  although 
we  had  'glittering  prospects,'  six  months  later 
found  us  on  a  sagebrush  claim,  in  the  midst  of 
the  great  Minidoka  government  irrigation 
project  of   one   hundred  and   sixty  thousand 


Transforming  the  Desert  67 

acres.  Our  mansion,  like  most  of  our  neigh- 
bors, is  a  board  shack  Hned  with  building- 
paper.  The  twenty-two  hundred  dollar  church 
built  by  those  forty  members  was  the  largest 
and  practically  the  first  permanent  building  on 
the  whole  project.  But  my,  how  poor  every 
one  of  us  was!  Right  away  I  was  doing  car- 
penter work,  with  a  gang  of  men,  for  the 
government,  while  preaching  on  Sundays.  It 
was  camping  out  and  vacation  all  the  time. 

"Our  first  year  is  just  completed  and  the  Record  of 
forty  have  grown  to  sixty-five.  During  the 
year  we  raised  about  thirteen  hundred  dollars, 
one  hundred  and  twenty-five  of  which  was  for 
missions.  I  challenge  any  other  church  in  the 
brotherhood,  worth  financially  four  times  as 
much  per  member,  to  show  as  much  work  done 
in  the  year  1907,  financially  and  otherwise,  con- 
sidering the  size  of  the  membership  as  the 
church. 

"I  admit  that  the  vacation  phase  of  the  situa-  Keen 

Self-sacrifice 

tion  has  worn  off.  The  sacrificmg  reaches 
almost  to  the  quick  sometimes.  So  far  the 
Board  has  only  been  able  to  help  by  giving  us 
a  meeting  with  the  state  evangelist.  Without 
more  help  we  thought  we  should  have  to  go, 
but  we  are  still  here,  and  still  hoping  for  help. 


68  The  Frontier 

And  how  can  we  leave?    It's  true  we  think  of 
larger  things  sometimes.    But  where  is  a  larger 
need  or  as  large-hearted  a  people  as  here  ? 
Workings  of  "This  great  tract  of  rich  fruit  and  grain 

the  Irrigation  .  .     .  ,      ,      .  .  ,         .     , 

System  land   IS   divided   into    forty   and   eighty   acre 

claims.  It  is  already  much  more  thickly  settled 
than  farming  communities  in  Iowa  or  Ne- 
braska. Its  settlers  are  young  people  from  the 
Middle  West,  the  most  enlightened  class  I 
have  ever  seen  in  any  community.  Uncle  Sam 
has  built  a  perfect  irrigation  system,  allowing 
the  people  ten  years  in  which  to  pay  for  it. 
Land  in  these  parts  on  projects  two  years  older 
than  this  one  is  actually  selling  for  from  sixty 
to  three  hundred  dollars  per  acre.  There  are 
four  other  tracts  similar  to  this  one  in  south- 
eastern Idaho  now  under  construction,  a  vast 
empire  containing  some  of  the  richest  soil  in 
the  country. 

Plea  for  "Our  Secretary  simply  does  not  dare  organ- 

ize new  churches,  for  he  cannot  promise  finan- 
cial aid  from  the  board  to  help  support  the 
minister.  I  plead  with  our  people,  who  are  no 
less  able  and  no  less  generous-hearted  than 
others,  that  nozv  is  the  time  to  come  to  the  res- 
cue of  our  work  in  this  great  country,  born 
full-grown." 


Prompt  Action 


Transforming  the  Desert  69 

Such  types  of  people  will  not  yield  to  the  imperial  caii 

of  the 

ministrations  of  poorly  equipped,  ordinary  unfolding 
agencies.  The  prairie  schooner  and  the  prairie  ^'■°"***'" 
schooner  method  are  both  belated.  New  fron- 
tier cities  throbbing  with  life  so  tense  and  abun- 
dant will  harken  to  no  hesitating  prophet,  and 
will  be  transformed  to  the  city  of  God  by  no 
half-way  measures.  In  no  age  of  our  Amer- 
ican history  has  there  sounded  a  clearer  call, 
one  freighted  with  larger  issues,  than  that  now 
summoning  the  choicest  young  people  of  the 
Church  to  give  themselves  to  our  unfolding 
frontier. 

QUESTIONS   FOR  CHAPTER   II 

Aim  :    To  Show  How  New  Methods  in  Agriculture 

Have  Increased  the  Call  for  Mission  Work  on 

THE  Frontier 

I.*  Name  the  commercial  enterprises  that  are  de- 
pendent upon  agriculture. 

2.*  Could  America  be  a  world  power  without  great 
agricultural  resources?     Give  reasons. 

3.  Tell  just  how  you  are  dependent  upon  agricul- 
ture daily. 

4.  Why  do  more  people  in  agricultural  districts 
own  their  homes  than  in  cities? 

5.*  Do  you  believe  that  rural  life  encourages  home- 
making  more  than  urban  life?     Give  reasons. 

6.  Where  are  you  apt  to  find  the  more  democratic 
spirit,  in  the  country  or  in  the  city?  Give 
reasons. 


yo  The  Frontier 


7.  In  proportion  to  numbers  where  will  you  find 
superior  moral  conditions,  in  the  city  or 
country  ? 

8.  Name  several  methods  by  which  the  water  is 
controlled  and  directed  in  irrigation  systems. 

9.  Describe  the  method  of  irrigating  a  small  farm. 

10.  What  sections  of  the  world  have  in  the  past 
employed  irrigation?  Name  some  foreign 
countries  that  are  now  developing  irrigation 
systems. 

II.*  Would  you  prefer  to  own  and  work  a  farm  that 
is  irrigated  or  one  dependent  on  rainfall?  Give 
reasons. 

12.  What  benefits  accrue  to  the  soil  from  irrigation? 

13.  Why  is  it  possible  to  support  a  larger  agricul- 
tural population  in  an  irrigated  section  than  in  a 
section  which  depends  upon  rainfall? 

14.*  Would  you  prefer  to  engage  in  general  mer- 
cantile business  in  an  irrigated  section  or  in  a 
section  dependent  upon  rainfall  ?     Why  ? 

15.  Do  you  believe  that  our  government  should  con- 
tinue to  assist  in  extending  irrigation?    Why? 

16.  What  commercial  evils  does  the  Irrigation  Fund 
prevent  ? 

17.*  Name  some  of  the  benefits  that  result  to  land 
from  forests. 

18.  Why  do  you  believe  that  the  government  should 
protect  our  forests? 

19.  Name  some  country  that  has  made  rapid 
progress  in  forestry. 

20.  Describe  clearly  the  method  of  dry  farming. 


Transforming  the  Desert  71 

21.  Do  you  believe  that  this  method  of  agriculture 
will  ever  be  equal  in  productiveness  to  irriga- 
tion?    Give  reasons. 

22.*  Name  some  difficulties  in  the  establishment  of 
churches  among  cattle-ranges. 

23.  What  classes  of  men  usually  follow  the  vocation 
of  cowboys? 

24.  Why  is  it  easier  to  establish  a  church  in  an 
irrigated  section? 

25.  What  class  of  people  usually  inhabit  these  new 
agricultural  sections? 

26.  Name  some  social  ideals  that  are  a  result  of 
irrigated  communities. 

27.  Do  you  believe  that  a  larger  force  of  home  mis- 
sionaries is  now  needed  under  these  rapidly 
changing  conditions  on  the  frontier? 

28.  Has  your  home  missionary  society  been  able  to 
increase  its  budget  in  proportion  to  the  in- 
creased opportunities  on  the  frontier?  Why 
not? 

29.  What  can  you  do  to  increase  gifts  to  work  on 
the  frontier? 

REFERENCES     FOR    FURTHER     STUDY 

CHAPTER  H' 
I.  Irrigation.- 

Anderson :    "Irrigation  in  Southwestern  United  States 
and  Mexico."     Out  West,  August,  '06. 

1  For  additional  reference,  see  Bibliography,  pages  265-279 
of  this  book.  The  current  magazies  should  also  be  consulted 
for  more  recent  articles  on  these  subjects. 

2  Send  to  Government  Reclamation  Service,  Washington, 
D.  C,  tor  literature  on  Irrigation. 


7^ 


The  Frontier 


Beacom :  "Irrigation  in  the  United  States ;  Its  Geo- 
graphical and  Economical  Results."  Geograph- 
ical Journal,  April,  '07. 

Cope:  "Making  Gardens  Out  of  Lava-dust."  World 
To-day,  June,  '06. 

Deming:  "Irrigation  in  Wyoming."  Independent, 
May  9,  '07. 

Page:  "The  Rediscovery  of  Our  Greatest  Wealth." 
World's  Work,  ^lay,  '08. 

Smythe :  The  Conquest  of  Arid  America,  Part  I, 
Chapter  IV;  Part  II,  Chapters  III,  IV. 

Taylor:  "Agriculture  by  Irrigation;  Economic  Prob- 
lems in  Irrigation."  Journal  of  Political  Econ- 
omy, April,  '07. 

II.  D7'y  Farming. 

Cowan:  "Dry  Farming  the  Hope  of  the  West."  Cen- 
tury, July,  '06. 

Deming:  "Dry  Farming;  What  It  Is."  Independent, 
April  18,  '07. 

Donahue :  "Farming  Without  Water."  World  To- 
day, August,  '06. 

Quick :  "Farming  Without  Water."  World's  Work, 
August,  '06. 

III.  Forestry. 

Blackwelder :     "A    Country    that    has    Used    up    Its 

Trees."  Outlook,  March,  '06. 
Fernow :    "Saving  the  Waste  of  Forests."     Country 

Life  in  America,  August,  '07. 
Geiser:    "Results  of  Forestry  in  Germany."    World's 

Work,  March,  '07. 


Transforming  the  Desert  "j^) 

Roosevelt:  "Forest  and  Reclamation  Service  of  the 
United  States."  National  Geographic  Magazine, 
November,  '06. 

Sterling:  "Reforestation  in  Southern  California." 
Out  West,  July,  '07. 

Will :  "Forestry ;  Planting  Trees  for  Profit."  World's 
Work,  November,  '07. 


THE  GIANT  NORTHWEST 


75 


Mr.  James  J.  Hill  has  said  of  his  controlling  ambi- 
tion: 

"I  have  been  charged  with  everything,  from  being 
an  'Oriental  dreamer'  to  a  crank,  but  I  ain  ready  at 
all  times  to  plead  guilty  to  any  intelligent  effort  within 
iny  power  that  will  result  in  getting  new  markets  for 
what  we  produce  in  the  northwestern  country." 

He  has  made  his  dreams  come  true.  Seattle  was  a 
straggling  seaside  town  when  he  put  his  railroad  into 
it.  Since  that  time  the  Puget  Sound  ports  have  be- 
come mighty  rivals  of  San  Francisco  for  ocean  traffic, 
and  the  older  city  at  the  Golden  Gate  has  seen  them 
increase  their  tonnage  by  leaps  and  bounds,  and  at  her 
expense. 

— Paine 


The  whole  country  traversed  through  the  northern 
tier  of  territories,  from  Eastern  Dakota  to  Washington, 
is  a  habitable  region.  For  the  entire  distance  every 
square  mile  of  the  country  is  valuable  either  for  farm- 
ing, stock-raising,  or  timber-cutting.  There  is  abso- 
lutely no  waste  land  between  the  well-settled  region 
of  Dakota  and  the  new  wheat  region  of  Washington. 
Even  on  the  tops  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  there  is  good 
pasturage;  and  the  vast  timber  belt  enveloping  Clark's 
Fork  and  Lake  Pend  d'Oreille,  and  the  ranges  of  the 
Cabinet  and  Coeur  d'Alene  Mountains,  is  more  valuable 
than  an  equal  extent  of  arable  land. 

— Smalley 


76 


Ill 

THE   GIANT   NORTHWEST* 
Either  North  or  South  Dakota  is  as  large  as  comparisons 

°  of  Extent 

New  England.  Montana,  the  third  largest  state 
in  the  Union,  nearly  equals  in  size  Japan,  or 
England,  Ireland,  Scotland,  and  Wales,  with 
twenty-five  thousand  square  miles  to  spare,  or 
it  nearly  equals  New  England,  New  York,  and 
Pennsylvania,  An  express  train  crossing  it 
from  east  to  west  needs  more  than  the  daylight 
hours.  Washington  dwarfs  some  eastern 
states  but  Oregon  is  about  equal  to  Washing- 
ton and  Maine.  Idaho  would  reach  from  To- 
ronto to  Raleigh,  North  Carolina.  New  Eng- 
land and  the  middle  states  would  need  dupli- 
cating several  times  to  cover  these  northwest 
states  as  a  whole. 

The  Northzvest  Is  a  Giant  in  Possibilities 

We  have  defined  the  western  frontier  to  be  ^^^^^^l[^^ 


»  Under  this  title  we  group  the  states  of  North  and  South 
Dakota,    Montana,    Idaho,  Washington,   and  Oregon.     Wyo- 
ming is  also  geographically  related,  but  because  of  its  physical 
features  it  falls  more  naturally  into  the  next  chapter. 
77 


78  The  Frontier 

considered  by  us  as  the  territory  west  of  the 
97th  meridian.  We  noted  that  for  the  most  part 
it  is  an  arid  plateau  with  physical  features  and 
climate  in  sharp  contrast  to  the  country  east- 
ward. We  have  pointed  out  how  Providence 
has  placed  us  geographically  in  the  zone  of 
world  power,  how  the  early  explorers  found 
waterways  convenient  for  westward  explora- 
tion, and  how  the  first  Pacific  coast  American 
civilization  was  planted  by  missionaries  in  the 
Puget  Sound  region  of  the  Northwest.  We 
have  followed  the  hardy  frontiersmen  in  their 
western  progress,  and  now  let  us  learn  some- 
thing of  the  meaning  of  all  this. 
Puget  Sound  Pugct  Sound  is  the  only  harbor  north  of  the 

and  Its  r-    1  r- 

Connections  Goldcn  Gate  equal  to  a  world  commerce.  It 
is  one  of  the  most  marvelous  inland  waterways 
on  the  continent,  with  its  1,600  miles  of  coast- 
line, it  opens  into  the  sea  with  a  passage  so  wide 
and  deep  that  any  vessel  afloat  in  any  weather 
may  pass  freely  in  and  out.  Its  waters,  up  to 
the  very  shores,  are  mostly  of  such  depth  that 
ships  may  ailchor  under  the  shade  of  trees.  A 
steamer  leaving  it  for  China  would  reach  port 
two  days  sooner  than  from  San  Francisco  be- 
cause of  the  shorter  curvature  of  the  earth.  It 
is  near  the  Columbia  River  pass,  the  only  open- 


iJ 

II I  h 

HI.) 

I  i 
I II I  I 

IIEHl  lllilii!(i(ffi 
illll  I 
II Iff  i 
Hill  I 


SECOND    AVENUE   AND   CHERRY   STREET,  SEATTLE,   WASHINGTON 


On  the 

Favored 


Orientward 


The  Giant  Northwest  79 

ing  cutting  the  Coast  Range  nearly  to  sea  level. 
This  corresponds  to  the  gateway  to  the  Atlantic 
seaboard  through  the  Appalachian  Range, 
formed  by  the  Mohawk  and  Hudson  Rivers. 

As  a  seaport  for  Oriental  trade,  in  addition 
to  the  shorter  ocean  voyage,  Puget  Sound  is  Route 
five  hundred  miles  nearer  Chicago  by  rail  than 
is  San  Francisco.  On  freight  shipped  from 
Chicago  it  has  then  an  advantage  over  San 
Francisco  harbor  equal  to  about  the  distance 
from  Buffalo  to  Chicago  plus  the  ascent  of 
Pike's  Peak ;  for  all  the  overland  freight  to  San 
Francisco  must  be  lifted  up  and  let  down  again 
ten  thousand  feet  in  crossing  the  Coast  Range, 
while  at  Puget  Sound  it  crosses  at  about  sea- 
level.i 

Trade,  like  water,  takes  the  channel  of  least  O"'"  Gateway 

_,,  _^  _  ,    .        ,         .         ,  to  the  Far  East 

resistance,  ihus  Puget  Sound  is  destined  as 
our  gateway  to  the  Orient.  In  time  it  may  be 
cheaper  for  San  Francisco  to  receive  and  send 
her  eastern  freight  by  the  way  of  the  North- 
west as  the  intervening  mountains  of  the  pres- 
ent railways  eastward  are  too  great  to  be  tun- 
neled. Portland  harbor  is  nearer  the  Columbia 
River  pass  eastward  than  is  Puget  Sound,  but 

1  See  Thomas,"  Our  Own  Northwest."  Success  Magazine,  Oc- 
tober and  November,  1907. 


8o 


The  Frontier 


the  bar  at  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  is  a 
menace  to  the  largest  ocean  liners,  and  in  storm 
there  is  no  protection  for  vessels  waiting  to 
enter.  The  two  hundred  mile  stretch  from 
Portland  to  Puget  Sound  is  almost  a  floor  level. 
A  ship-canal  from  Portland  to  Puget  Sound  is 
more  than  possible.  Cities  on  and  contiguous 
to  this  harbor  promise  to  be  among  the  greatest 
in  the  world. 


The  Northivest  Is  a  Giant  in  Natural  Resources 
Resources  Clustering   about   Puget   Sound   are   many 

Contiguous  °  °  ^  -^ 

to  This  Center  natural  sources  of  supply  for  the  Orient.  The 
most  extensive  forests  on  earth  center  there. 
One  lumber  firm  in  a  single  shipment  sent  out 
twenty  steamers  with  cargoes  of  lumber  rang- 
ing from  three  and  a  quarter  millions  to  about 
four  millions  of  feet  each.  Puget  Sound  touches 
one  of  the  most  productive  agricultural  regions 
in  the  world.  The  fruits  grown  there  in  qual- 
ity and  quantity  are  unexcelled.  Steamer  fuel 
is  found  in  coal  deposits  near  the  harbor. 

The  Columbia  gateway  eastward  opens  into 
a  depression  termed  "The  Inland  Empire" — 
the  Spokane  country.  It  covers  most  of  eastern 
Washington  and  a  part  of  northern  Oregon. 
You  can  drop  New  England  here  with  room  to 


Diversified 
Products 


The  Giant  Northwest  8i 

spare.  It  is  a  grain  and  fruit  producing  coun- 
try. It  pours  out  minions  upon  milHons  of 
bushels  of  wheat  for  the  Orient.  Idaho  is 
tributary  to  the  Puget  Sound  port  with  its 
mines,  lumber,  and  agriculture.  IMontana  is 
changing  from  cattle  ranges  to  farms.  The 
last  open  range  is  in  the  northeastern  part  of 
the  state,  but  in  five  years  it  will  be  no  more. 
Montana  is  becoming  an  agricultural  state.  Its 
famous  Gallatin  Valley  produces  a  quality  of 
grain  sought  by  makers  of  cereal  foods.  Bill- 
ings probably  ships  more  wool  than  any  other 
inland  point  in  the  world.  Its  million  dollar 
sugar-beet  factory  is  the  largest  in  the  United 
States.  Montana  now  raises  as  much  corn 
per  acre  as  Iowa.  The  western  parts  of  North 
and  South  Dakota  have  become  veritable  bread- 
baskets of  the  earth. 

The  Northwest  Is  a  Giant  in  Aehievement 

In  everv  state  of  the  Northwest,  in  addition  Development 

"'  .  in  Intensive 

to  private  enterprises,  the  government  has  con-  and  Dry 
structed  or  has  under  way  irrigation  plants 
that  reclaim  hundreds  of  thousands  of  acres. 
This  means  intensive  farming.  Ten  acres  of 
irrigated  orchard  in  some  sections  is  worth  six 
hundred  and  forty  acres  of  ordinary  grain  land. 


Farming 


82 


The  Frontier 


Seed  Selection 

and 

Viviculture 


Fruit 
Acquisitions 


Acclimated 
Alfalfa 


This  insures  for  all  time  vast  shipments  to  Asia 
by  Puget  Sound.  Dry  farming  is  reclaiming 
millions  of  acres  and  still  further  swelling  the 
tide  of  breadstuffs  to  the  Far  East. 

Seed  selection  and  viviculture  are  also  work- 
ing wonders.  The  agricultural  college  is  a 
world  asset.  A  professor  in  Iowa  evolved  seed 
that  increased  the  corn  crop  of  his  state  ten 
bushels  to  the  acre.  In  a  North  Dakota  College 
is  a  German  professor,  still  in  his  early  forties, 
an  immigrant,  who  ranks  next  to  Burbank  in 
contributions  to  the  vegetable  kingdom. 

The  Russian  winters  of  the  Northwest,  east 
of  the  Rockies,  are  invigorating  to  man,  but 
death  to  small  fruits  and  orchards.  This  pro- 
fessor brooded  over  the  numberless  north- 
western homes  lacking  in  fruit  comforts.  He 
patiently  applied  himself,  and  now  luscious 
strawberries,  raspberries,  and  cherries  grow 
there,  which  without  protection  do  not  kill  out 
at  forty  degrees  below  zero. 

He  is  at  work  on  other  fruits,  including  ap- 
ples. A  hardy  decorative  foliage-bush  is  now 
produced  and  roses  are  on  the  way.  His  three 
journeys  to  Asia,  in  tracing  alfalfa  northward, 
are  among  the  heroic  feats  of  history.  He  said 
in  a  college  chapel  service  he  thought  that  he 


The  Giant  Northwest  83 

was  doing  the  Lord's  work.  One  can  hardly 
compute  what  an  accHmated  alfalfa  may  mean 
to  the  Northwest. 

Already  its  corn  has  been  made  to  germinate  ""^y 

.  Varieties  of 

at  lower  and  lower  temperatures  until  its  sea-  wheat 
son  for  ripening  has  been  lengthened  two 
weeks.  Not  only  does  Asia  promise  to  enrich 
the  Northwest  with  alfalfa,  but  she  has  already 
furnished  it  with  her  durum  and  macaroni 
wheat,  adapted  to  dry  uplands,  and  where  sown 
it  has  thereby  increased  the  yield  one  third. 

Railroad  extension  in  the  Northwest  is  be-  R^"'"°ad 

Extension 

wildering.  The  railway  kings  are  in  a  helpful 
war  of  emulation  by  which  the  north  country 
west  from  the  Mississippi  to  the  Rockies  is 
being  gridironed,  until  the  map  of  the  Dakotas 
and  Montana  resembles  in  cross  lines  the  east- 
ern states.  In  North  Dakota  a  main  line  sends 
out  a  dozen  laterals  into  Canada  and  as  many 
southward.  Two  other  roads  branch  into  as 
many  feeders.  Seven  main  lines  now  cross  the 
state.  Heretofore  South  Dakota  has  had  no 
railroads  westward  from  the  Missouri  River. 
Now  three  lines  with  branches  are  intersecting 
it.  Fourteen  railways  operate  in  Montana. 
One  new  line  is  pushing  straight  to  the  Pacific. 
Most  of  this  traffic  will  strike  Pusret  Sound. 


84 


The  Frontier 


Electrical 
Power 


Immense 
Ocean  Liners 


Where  the  railways  cross  the  Rockies  there 
is  no  pass  corresponding  to  the  Cohimbia  open- 
ing through  the  Coast  Range;  but  the  roads 
will  utilize  the  most  powerful  electrical  loco- 
motives known  to  carry  their  trains  over  the 
mountains.  This  means  increased  power  and 
saving  of  coal,  and  cars  now  used  for  coal  lib- 
erated for  other  freight.  The  water  needed  for 
electricity  is  at  hand.  The  Spokane  River  with 
four  hundred  thousand  horse  power  is  thought 
to  be  the  most  accessible  in  the  world.  An 
Idaho  stream  is  being  harnessed  which  may 
electrify  five  hundred  locomotives  able  to  draw 
one  hundred  and  sixty  miles  of  cars.  Elec- 
tricity demands  not  only  water-power  but  cop- 
per, and  the  Almighty  has  hastened  his  pur- 
pose by  planting  at  Butte  on  the  Montana  side 
of  the  mountains  the  greatest  copper  mines 
thus  far  discovered.  Out  of  one  hill  a  mile 
square  comes  about  one  fourth  of  the  world's 
supply.  Capitalists  harness  titanic  forces  in 
a  competitive  race  for  the  Orient.  All  records 
in  track-laying  are  outdistanced  by  roads  push- 
ing through  Montana. 

These  transcontinental  highways  are  extend- 
ing across  the  Pacific  by  mammoth  ocean 
liners.     Either  of  two  sister  steamers  belong- 


The  Giant  Northwest  85 

ing  to  one  road  will  swallow  in  its  cavernous 
maw  five  hundred  car-loads  of  freight.  A  first 
cargo  consisted  of  seventy  Baldwin  railway 
locomotives,  one  hundred  railway  cars,  ten 
thousand  kegs  of  wire  nails,  and  a  half  million 
dollars'  worth  of  hardware,  besides  a  miscella- 
neous freightage.  Her  lists  when  full  mean 
in  addition  three  thousand  passengers.  And 
yet  with  all  these  growing  stupendous  facilities 
the  freight  of  Puget  Sound  harbor  cannot  find 
sufiicient  carriage. 

The  Northzvcst  Is  a  Giant  in  Its  People 
Not  only  may  we  note  this  vast  centerine  of  Divine  Behest 

,      '  .  to  be  Fulfilled 

forces  marshaled  and  directed  toward  the 
awakening  East,  but  let  us  glance  at  the  multi- 
tudes assembling  to  perform  a  behest  yet  dimly 
understood  by  us. 

In  the  Puget  Sound  region  itself  we  have  the  Christian 

_"^  _  ...  .  Movements 

oldest  Christian  civilization  in  the  United  Drawing 
States  west  of  the  Mississippi.  Portland  is 
likened  to  Philadelphia.  Here  Lee  and  Whit- 
man brought  the  gospel  to  the  Indians  and 
knew  not  that  they  answered  a  cry  of  Asia's 
millions.  The  Nez  Perces  Indians  who  came 
to  St.  Louis  for  "The  white  man's  Book"  were 
messengers  from  a  Macedonian  world.    When 


Continents 
to  God 


86  The  Frontier 

the  answering  missionaries  journeyed  painfully 
across  parched  plains  that  now  are  harvest- 
fields,  when  later  they  were  prompted  to  an 
urgency  more  than  human  in  securing  colonists 
and  pressing  upon  the  government  a  boundary 
line  that  would  not  leave  out  Puget  Sound, 
they  were  God's  forerunners  in  one  of  the 
greatest  movements  of  the  race.  We  now  see 
faintly  outlined  a  purpose  which  is  "purposed 
in  the  earth,"  and  we  may  yet  come  to  know 
that  these  men  wrought  as  truly  and  on  a  scale 
as  colossal  as  the  Bible  characters  of  apostolic 
days.  They  planted  and  nurtured  that  North- 
west civilization  which,  take  it  all  in  all,  is  not 
only  the  most  mature,  but  possibly  the  most 
staple  of  any  facing  the  Pacific ;  a  golden  link 
in  a  chain  to  bind  the  two  continents  about  the 
feet  of  God. 
Spokane  and  Immediately  at  the  back  of  these  coast  peo- 

Montana  -10 

Populations  plc  are  the  multitudes  crowdmg  mto  the  Spo- 
kane country  which  God  scooped  out  between 
the  mountain  ranges.  Spreading  out  from 
Spokane,  hundreds  of  square  miles  are  being 
populated  by  a  race  ninety-six  per  cent.  Anglo- 
Saxon.  They  come  from  the  middle  West,  the 
very  flower  of  its  development.  They  learned 
there  how  to  deal  with  virgin  nature  and  bring 


The  Giant  Northwest  87 

out  her  highest  traits.  This  new  region  that 
others  might  not  understand  they  readily  in- 
terpret, and  here  they  are  building  an  inland 
empire  that  in  wealth,  progressiveness,  and 
world-consciousness  may  surpass  any  region  of 
the  West.  Next  in  line  is  Montana.  While 
her  Protestantism  does  not  exceed  in  numbers 
a  single  denomination  in  some  fourth-class 
cities,  and  while  one  fourth  of  her  inhabitants 
live  within  two  miles  of  Butte  City  court-house, 
making  her  population  elsewhere  more  scat- 
tered, yet,  where  in  eastern  Church  life  do  the 
same  number  of  Christians  map  and  build  for 
the  kingdom  on  anything  like  the  scale  of  the 
few  in  Montana  ?  Their  pastors  lead  by  liberal 
contributions  from  slender  stipends.  They  out- 
line a  program  of  humane  and  educational  en- 
deavor as  broad  as  Montana  itself. 

In  the  Dakotas  where  Ward  and  kindred  Dakota 

Peoples 

missionary  spirits  counted  their  lives  not  dear, 
if  they  might  rear  a  Christian  commonwealth, 
we  find  a  mingling  of  European  races  at  their 
best.  The  foreigners  carried  North  Dakota  for 
prohibition.  The  people  of  that  state  declare 
that  progress,  prohibition,  and  prosperity  go  to- 
gether. They  say  prohibition  secures  good  citi- 
zens and  shuts  out  the  undesirable  from  polit- 


The  Frontier 


Canada  to 
Share  in  Asia's 
Transfor- 
mation 


Effect  of 
Northern 
Climate  on 
Wheat 


American 
Farmers 
Trekking 
Northward 


A  Continental 
Outlook 
Toward  the 
Orient 


ical  and  social  life.  Minnesota  is  not  included 
in  our  frontier,  yet  she  marshals  a  host  of  true- 
hearted  Teutons  and  Scandinavians  who  peer 
over  the  shoulders  of  the  Dakotas  Pacificward 
and  potentially  represent  what  may  be  lacking 
in  forces  massing  to  carry  out  a  divine  behest. 

We  may  deviate  somewhat  in  noting  the 
providential  trend  in  Canadian  affairs,  yet,  it 
may  help  us  to  see  more  clearly  what  seems  a 
unifying  of  North  American  peoples  and  forces 
in  the  direction  of  Asia. 

Wheat  excels  in  quality  and  quantity  the 
nearer  it  may  be  grown  to  the  Arctic  Circle. 
The  season  is  short,  but  furnishes  sunshine 
from  4  A.  M.  to  lo  p.  m.  Soft  wheat  from 
Washington  becomes  there  hard  wheat. 

Five  hundred  thousand  American  farmers 
with  five  hundred  millions  of  dollars  have 
trekked  into  the  Canadian  Northwest.  Not 
one  tenth  of  the  hundreds  of  square  miles  of 
rich  acres  have  yet  been  sown.  Their  extent 
and  richness  challenge  credence. 

Her  ocean  fringe  is  a  primeval  forest.  For 
years  Canada  sought  reciprocity  privileges 
with  the  United  States.  This  would  warrant 
building  her  railroads  southward  across  the 
line.    We  repeatedly  refused.     She  was  forced 


The  Giant  Northwest  89 

to  parallel  our  great  transcontinental  lines  to 
the  Pacific.  Canadians  no  longer  talk  annexa- 
tion. They,  with  good  reason,  have  a  sense  of 
self-sufficiency.  Their  measureless  opening  re- 
sources now  roll  Pacificward  and  float  from  her 
own  Vancouver  harbor  to  the  Orient.  God's 
purpose  points  to  a  contniental  movement 
toward  the  Far  East. 

The  Problems  of  the  Northzvest  Are  Gigantic 
Instinctively  we  glance  oceanward.    Our  po-  The 

1  1  r-      \     •        •  1         T-ii   •!•        •  Philippines 

sition  at  the  door  of  Asia  m  the  Philippines  and  Hawaii 
looms  prophetic.  Hawaii,  key  to  the  Pacific, 
is  ours.  Thought  flies  back  to  the  Civil  War. 
A  different  outcome  of  that  conflict  would  have 
precluded  our  interfering  in  Cuba  and  pre- 
vented our  later  advance  into  the  East. 

Spain,  once  mistress  of  the  Pacific,  drops  be-  our  Destiny 
hind  the  horizon.  Again  in  thought  we  follow 
early  explorers.  Rivers  point  northwestward. 
The  Missouri  was  created  to  point  that  way 
and  eventually  it  becomes  a  water  trail.  There 
is  but  one  goal.  It  is  clear  why  the  eyes  of 
other  navigators  were  holden  that  they  should 
not  enter  the  Columbia  River.  An  unseen 
sworded  angel  seemed  guarding  its  mouth  until 
Gray's  little  ship  crept  up  the  coast.   The  May- 


90 


The  Frontier 


Japan  and 

China 

Changing 


India  Turning 
Toward  Us 


iiozver  carried  the  American  Republic ;  Gray's 
vessel,  the  Columbia,  was  an  ark  of  covenant; 
it  carried  law  and  life  for  the  Orient  and  its 
islands  of  the  sea. 

We  see  Japan,  the  first  modern  world  power 
of  the  East.  She  colonizes  in  Korea  and  sends 
her  sons  to  America  to  learn  of  us.  China  is 
awakening-.  Japanese,  trained  in  America,  are 
her  schoolmasters.  Her  latest  history  dwarfs 
prophets'  dreams.  When  she  comes  up  to  the 
standard  of  Japanese  living  she  will  have  one 
hundred  and  fifty  millions  that  she  cannot  feed, 
and  they  will  emigrate.  She  may  be  able  to 
protect  them  on  any  continent. 

India  is  now  turning"  her  face  toward  Amer- 
ica. She  has  one  hundred  millions  always  hun- 
gry and  they  are  beginning  to  emigrate.  We 
set  our  faces  against  the  Asiatic  at  close  range ; 
yet  the  Japanese  will  come,  and  by  sheer  force 
of  dominance  and  persistency  their  invading 
line  is  stretching  along  our  coast.  China,  de- 
spite our  exclusion,  doggedly  sticks  to  our  Pa- 
cific shore,  and  India,  met  by  American  mob 
and  Canadian  revolt,  begins  an  invasion  of  our 
Northwest,  in  which  high-caste  Brahman  does 
coarse  manual  toil  in  company  with  those  of 
lower  caste. 


for  Christ 


The  Giant  Northwest  91 

Our  sprine^s  of  destiny  burst  forth  from  the  The  Eternal 

Purpose 

eternal  purpose.  They  feed  currents  that  carry 
us  not  only  across  the  Pacific,  but  into  great 
waters  where  we  do  well  to  yield  the  helm  to 
God. 

We  have  entered  the  gates  of  the  Old  World,  a  Highway 
Our  swelling  Oriental  commerce  must  prove  a 
highway  for  our  Christ.  The  real  missionaries 
who  arrive  and  depart  along  that  route  will 
be  the  Asiatics  who  come  and  observe  and  live 
and  feel  among  us  and  then  return  again  and  in 
their  mother  tongue  tell  to  the  waiting  children 
of  the  East  what  they  sazu  and  knew  and  felt. 
This  northwest  territory,  so  vast,  so  packed 
with  varied  riches,  so  girded  with  highways  of 
trade,  so  filled  with  chosen  peoples ;  this  giant 
Northwest  with  its  hands  gripping  Asia,  and 
its  face  against  the  Asiatic;  what  problems  be- 
gin to  stagger  it,  what  issues  strive  for  mas- 
tery !  As  heroically  as  Lee  and  Whitman  pio- 
neered and  planted  our  first  banner  there,  as 
truly  do  hundreds  of  consecrated  preachers  on 
that  frontier  advance  that  standard  and  leaven 
that  commonwealth  with  the  spirit  of  Christ, 
the  gospel  of  God's  Fatherhood  for  the 
race  and  every  man  included  in  the  circle  of 
brotherhood. 


92 


The  Frontier 


Foreign  and 
Home  Mis- 
sions Are  One 


Spirit  of  the 
Modern 
Frontier 
Preacher 


This  witnessing  of  the  Church  in  our  Judea 
and  Samaria  carries  us  to  the  ends  of  the  earth. 
Foreign  missions  and  home  missions  are  one. 

What  is  the  spirit  of  this  modern  frontier 
preacher  and  his  message  to  us?  What  stress 
is  upon  him  and  what  is  God's  call  to  the 
Church  that  he  be  sustained?  How  are  we 
meeting  that  call?  In  answering  these  ques- 
tions we  note  that 


Need  in 
Lumber 
Camps 


Cheering  the 
Chaplain 


The  Northwest  Is  a  Giant  in  Its  Needs 

We  glance  first  at  what  is  secondary.  In 
Washington,  Oregon,  and  Idaho  possibly  two 
hundred  thousand  men,  for  the  greater  part  of 
the  year,  are  in  lumber  camps.  The  work  is 
constantly  shifting  and  continues  Sundays. 
Modern  logging  devices  keep  every  man  alert 
and  preoccupied  during  the  daylight  hours. 
The  men  are  responsive  to  manly,  tactful  mis- 
sionary effort. 

A  dozen  camps,  some  separated  by  twenty 
miles,  may  constitute  a  two  week's  circuit.  The 
missionary  travels  on  foot.  When  he  knows 
his  work  the  men  are  glad  to  see  him.  The 
following  is  a  side-light :'  *T  am  sure  you  would 
have  rejoiced  if  you  had  been  at  Camp  Three 

1  Quoted  from  Everett  T.  Tomlinson. 


The  Giant  Northwest  93 

last  night  when  I  returned  from  Camp  Nine, 
three  miles  distant,  where  I  held  meetings  in 
the  afternoon.  I  had  promised  the  boys  I 
would  return  in  the  evening  to  hold  a  second 
service.     It  became  dark  and  the  boys  said, 

' will  not  come  back.'    About  six-thirty 

when  I  came  out  on  the  railroad  tracks  about 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  camp,  I  began  to 
sing.    The  clerk  heard  me  and  rushed  into  the 

bunk  house  and  called  out,  * is  coming, 

boys!'  The  boys  made  a  break  for  the  door 
and  stood  there  listening  till  I  got  nearer  and 
then  the  whole  fifty  of  them  broke  into  'Three 
cheers  for  the  chaplain,'  and  I  don't  believe 
even  Roosevelt  would  have  been  cheered  more 
loudly.  After  a  little  rest  and  the  cook  and 
'cookess'  had  come  in,  the  evening  service  was 
opened  by  singing  'Throw  Out  the  Life-line,' 
a  song  they  especially  enjoy.  I  asked  the  fore- 
man if  the  roof  was  good  and  strong,  and  he 
assured  me  that  plenty  of  hay-wire  had  been 
used  on  the  corners,  so  I  told  the  boys  to  pull 
out  every  stop.  After  a  thirty-minute  song- 
service,  I  spoke  on  'Excuses,'  from  Luke  xiv, 
18,  and  not  a  man  left  his  seat  during  the  serv- 
ice. I  have  some  good  reports  to  make  when  I 
see  you." 


94 


The  Frontier 


Will  Affect 
the  Frontier 
Settlements 


Mining 
Communities 


While  this  is  a  passing  phase  of  work  and 
not  directly  one  of  planting  churches,  yet  these 
men  should  receive  far  greater  spiritual  atten- 
tion than  now.  Numbers  of  them  who  have 
pioneered  all  the  way  from  New  Brunswick, 
hardy,  rugged-  and  great-hearted,  remain  in 
the  wake  of  the  camps,  clear  up  the  land,  and 
build  their  cabins.  The  wife  is  inured  to  hard- 
ship and  helps  plant  the  new  home.  Gener- 
ally she  is  of  a  type  that  brings  out  her  hus- 
band's better  qualities.  Thus  faithful  service 
in  the  logging  camp  may  strongly  influence  the 
frontier  settlement. 

The  mining  town  or  camp  presents  one  of 
the  most  stubborn  factors  in  frontier  church 
life.  Foreigners  often  predominate.  This 
means  a  repetition  of  the  alien  religious  situa- 
tion In  other  parts  of  the  United  States,  but 
w^ith  emphasis,  for  the  mines  are  worked  seven 
days  in  the  week.  The  mining  companies,  with 
notable  exceptions,  ignore  Sabbath  law,  and 
not  infrequently  their  less  enlightened  labor- 
ers ignore  all  law.  The  mines  may  be  worked 
in  three  shifts  of  eight  hours  each.  Boarding- 
houses  adopt  a  corresponding  schedule  for 
meals  and  beds.  The  miners'  shifts  are  changed 
each  week.     This  means  a  rotating  congrega- 


The  Giant  Northwest  95 

tion  of  those  who  attend  church.  Saloons  may 
never  close.  Three  shifts  of  bartenders  cover 
the  twenty-four  hours. 

In   a    Montana   minine:   city   of   eisrhty-five  typical 

°  -'  .  Mining  City 

thousand  people,  a  part  of  whom  are  miners, 
there  are  over  two  hundred  saloons  and  five 
breweries.  The  saloons  of  that  one  city  out- 
number all  the  churches  in  that  third  largest 
state  of  the  Union.  This  is  a  beautiful,  modern 
city.  Its  various  business  enterprises,  in  sta- 
bility and  appointments,  fully  equal  municipali- 
ties of  its  size,  yet  last  year  one  boarding-house 
sheltered  twenty  college  bred  men  only  two  of 
whom  attended  church.  Seven  attempts  to 
start  a  Young  Men's  Christian  Association 
have  failed.  Churches  pull  against  heavy  odds. 
Thus  the  work  assumes  various  phases,  rang- 
ing all  the  way  from  large  towns,  prosperous, 
materialistic,  indifferent,  down  to  settlements 
that  resemble  the  city  slum. 

In  the  smaller,  isolated  mining  towns,  and  smaiier 

Towns  and 

especially  in  camps,  anything  like  settled,  pro-  camps 
gressive  Church  life  is  about  impossible.  Often 
a  place  is  a  center  of  other  interests  besides 
mining.  It  may  be  a  supply  town  for  other 
mines  and  also  it  may  border  on  an  agricultural 
region,  affording  helpful  Church  conditions. 


96 


The  Frontier 


Important 
Work 


Foster,  the 
Missionary  at 
Council 


Reaching  Out 


Probably  not  more  than  one  twentieth  of  the 
work  of  home  mission  boards  is  among  the 
mines.  Yet  it  is  important.  It  demands  the 
best  talent  of  the  Church.  Young  business 
men  of  large  educational  equipment  are  there 
in  numbers.  The  following  gives  an  idea  of 
the  gospel  messenger  in  an  Idaho  frontier  town 
where  mining  and  other  interests  unite. 

"Take  our  work  at  Council,  Idaho.  The 
P.  &  I.  R.  R.  went  up  from  Weiser  to  Coun- 
cil— seventy  miles.  Council  has  a  little  cluster 
of  shacks  but  is  the  terminal  town.  It  would 
of  necessity  be  the  supply-point  for  all  the  re- 
gion. It  is  the  gateway  to  the  Seven  Devils 
and  the  Payette  Lakes.  We  sent  in  Foster. 
He  was  a  pioneer,  versatile,  robust  with  cour- 
age, hope,  grace,  piety.  Out  of  the  rough 
heterogeneous  population  made  up  of  prospec- 
tors, adventurers,  and  others  he  gathered  a 
church. 

*'The  early  work  was  heroic.  It  had  ele- 
ments of  the  frontier  which  were  wdld,  pictur- 
esque, comic,  tragic,  but  the  little  church  grew 
and  housed  itself  in  a  meeting-house  and  par- 
sonage. It  reached  out  with  mission  work  to 
White  Schoolhouse,  Upper  Valley,  Mickey,  In- 
dian Valley    (which  had  been  organized  be- 


The  Giant  Northwest  97 

fore),  Upper  District,  Midvale,  Meadows, 
West  District,  Hornet  Creek.  No  other  de- 
nominations were  operating  in  the  field.  It 
was  our  work.  Foster  was  bishop  of  the 
reahn,  and  our  society  of  trained  workmen  and 
women  covered  the  territory  and  was  foster- 
mother  to  the  whole  people. 

"Foster,  the  organizer,  hero,  pioneer,  and  Dead  wastes 
messenger  of  God  to  do  the  work  of  the  mother 
missionary  society — a  wonderful  example  of 
the  need,  energy,  efficiency  of  the  work  we  are 
doing — work  which  makes  alive  the  dead 
wastes  of  the  mountain  and  wilderness ;  work 
that  has  no  ally,  no  competitor.  The  field  is 
our  own.  To  neglect  it  is  to  relegate  the  re- 
newed realm  to  godlessness  and  vice.  Would 
God  our  eastern  friends  could  know  the  power, 
opportunity,  necessity  of  our  missions  in  the 
new  fields ! 

"Now  the  tender  pathos.  'Minnie'  the  "Minnie" 
gentle,  earnest,  loving  wife  of  Foster,  through 
exposure  in  the  rude  shack  where  they  lived 
and  overworked,  and  her  frail  body  worn  out 
by  the  hard  service  and  long  rides  over  the 
rude  trails,  grew  faint,  and  sinking,  gradually 
went  through  the  golden  gate  before  her  life 
was  half  spent. 


98 


The  Frontier 


Tribute  to 

Sacrifice 


A  Holy 
Benediction 


Still  Forward 


"We  buried  her  at  Christmas  time.  The  Ht- 
tle  camp  and  all  the  realm  were  in  tears. 
Freighters,  ranchmen,  prospectors,  miners, 
sheep-herders,  saloon  men,  and  magdalens 
wiped  away  the  fast  flowing  tears.  Sweet, 
silent  tribute  to  a  sacrificing  life,  giving,  serv- 
ing, and  making  the  world  better  to  the  last. 

"The  little  church  was  nearly  built  when  she 
entered  it  the  last  time  and  sat  for  an  hour  in 
prayerful  thought,  her  tears  flowing  freely  be- 
cause she  knew  she  might  not  see  the  dedica- 
tion. There  was  a  tender  pathos  in  her  words 
as  she  said,  'My  people  will  worship  here  in 
prayer  and  song.'  The  little  city  was  still  on 
the  day  we  buried  her.  Even  the  saloons  were 
closed.  Love  ruled  in  all  hearts.  Tears  flowed 
down  cheeks  of  hardy  men.  Her  death  was  a 
holy  benediction. 

"Foster  with  his  four  little  girls  lived  and 
worked.  Broken,  weary,  but  sustained,  bear- 
ing up  and  going  forward.  He  said,  'I  don't 
know  how  to  preach  since  Minnie  left  me,  but 
the  people  hold  me  up  and  say,  "You  never 
preached  so  well."  '  " 

Crucial  Missionary  Conditions 
Suppose  now  we  unroll  our  map.    Generally 


The  Giant  Northwest  99 

speaking  the  Northwest  is  in  four  parts.  The 
northern  prairie,  inchiding  North  and  South 
Dakota  and  eastern  Montana;  the  Rocky- 
Mountain  section,  taking  in  western  Mon- 
tana and  part  of  Idaho;  the  inter-mountain 
country  between  the  Rockies  and  the  Coast 
Range  called  the  Inland  Empire,  and  which 
we  may  term  the  Spokane  country;  and  lastly 
the  Pacific  slope. 

Let  us  outline  crucial  missionary  conditions  Present    , 

Conditions— 

at  this  date.  Beginning  with  North  and  South  The  oakotas 
Dakota  trace  the  Missouri  River  through  both 
states.  West  of  the  Missouri,  on  account  of 
the  discovery  of  diy  farming,  also  because  of 
railway  expansion,  the  development  just  now, 
particularly  in  South  Dakota,  is  so  rapid  as  to 
submerge  all  present  home  missionary  provi- 
sions to  meet  the  situation. 

The  seventy  thousand  square  miles  of  North  Foreign 

•'  ^  ,  .  Settlers  in 

Dakota  are  dotted  not  only  with  American  North  Dakota 
homes,  but  Poles,  Russians,  Germans,  Syrians, 
Hungarians,  Hollanders,  Icelanders,  and  half- 
breeds  are  there  in  numbers.  In  some  sections 
the  foreign  contingent  amounts  to  sixty  or  even 
eighty  per  cent,  of  the  settlers. 

The  American  settlers  are  pouring  in  from  American 
older  sections  of  the  country.     Fifteen  years 


lOO 


The  Frontier 


To\vns  and 
Their  Moral 
Direction 


South  Dakota 

Largely 

Americao 


ago  the  population  of  North  Dakota  was  one 
hundred  and  sixty-five  thousand,  to-day  it  is 
more  than  three  times  that  and  in  ten  years  it 
will  reach  a  million.  This  is  due  to  railway 
development.  The  western  third  of  the  state 
is  being  homesteaded  so  rapidly  that  there  are 
whole  counties  of  new  settlers.  One  town  not 
on  the  map  eight  years  ago  has  fifteen  hundred 
people  and  it  takes  six  or  eight  men  to  help  the 
station  agent  handle  the  freight. 

The  railways  building  are  obliged  to  lay  out 
towns  every  twelve  miles.  A  conservative 
South  Dakota  business  man  estimates  that  this 
coming  development  will  outrun  that  of  older 
parts  of  his  state.  "Ninety  railway  stations  are 
building  along  nine  hundred  miles  of  road. 
Banks,  grain-elevators,  hotels,  general  stores; 
medical,  printing,  law,  and  land  offices ;  business 
and  professional  interests  of  all  kinds,  are  in- 
viting young  men  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Pacific  to  come  to  a  new  land.  They  come 
where  there  are  no  precedents.  They  must 
determine  them.  What  shall  they  be?  The 
Church  must  answer  that. 

South  Dakota,  on  the  whole,  presents  con- 
ditions similar  to  her  sister  state,  but  more  in- 
tensive and  on  a  larger  scale.     Its  people  are 


The  Giant  Northwest  loi 

mostly  American.  As  early  as  1900  South  Da- 
kota had  four  hundred  thousand  inhabitants, 
only  fourteen  thousand  of  whom  could  not 
speak  English. 

The  Indians  have  begun  to  hold  land  in  sev-  Indians 
eralty  in  the  great  reservations  breaking  up 
in  the  south,  but  they  make  up  less  than  five  per 
cent,  of  the  population  there. 

A  writer  pictures  the  manner  in  which  peo-  stream  of 
pie  arrive  and  how  they  begin  life  on  these 
Dakota  prairies.  "Each  family  was  permitted 
to  take,  free  of  railroad  charge,  ten  head  of 
live  stock,  together  with  household  goods  and 
farming  implements.  When  their  train  trailed 
up  into  the  new  land  the  pilgrims  w^ere  emptied 
into  little  towns  just  springing  up,  or  dropped 
upon  the  bare  and  open  prairie,  one  hundred 
here,  two  hundred  there.  Once  a  party  of  two 
thousand  overflowed  one  village  of  four  hun- 
dred people.  The  few  settlers  who  had  arrived 
before  them  drove  in  from  many  miles  around 
and  helped  the  newcomers  as  best  they  could. 
The  freight  cars  were  backed  on  sidings  and 
used  to  sleep  in  until  the  immigrants  could 
build  their  own  homes.  Every  dwelling,  store, 
church,  and  schoolhouse  within  twenty  miles 
was  filled  to  overflowing  with  these  families. 


102 


The  Frontier 


Absorbed  by 
the  Prairies 


Tide  Flowing 
Into  Montana 


Securing 
Corner  Lots 
for  Churches 


"Within  a  week,  however,  the  overflow  had 
vanished  from  the  httle  towns  and  the  freight 
cars  on  the  prairie  siding  lost  their  lodgers. 
The  immigrants  brought  their  horses  and  farm 
wagons  with  them.  As  soon  as  their  home- 
stead claims  were  located  and  filed,  they  hauled 
out  lumber  to  build  shacks,  or  with  the  help  of 
neighbors  made  their  sod  houses.  Then  the 
'homesteader'  loaded  his  family,  his  household 
goods,  and  his  farming  tools  into  his  wagon, 
and  trailed  out  across  the  prairie  to  his  new 
home.  The  day  after  he  had  put  the  house  to 
rights  he  began  to  break  land  for  the  spring 
sowing  of  wheat.  The  prairie  seemed  fairly  to 
swallow  these  thousands  of  settlers  and  to  cry 
for  more."^ 

This  tide  is  pouring  from  the  Dakotas  over 
the  borders  into  Montana  and  five  hundred 
thousand  cattle  last  year  were  driven  from  the 
ranges  never  to  return.  The  cowboy  vanishes. 
In  eastern  and  southern  Montana  the  increase 
in  population  for  the  last  two  years  is  thrice  as 
rapid  as  before. 

A  busy  skirmish-line  reaches  out  to  the  foot- 
hills of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  An  alert  mis- 
sionary pioneers  along  new  railroads  and  picks 

1  Paine,  The  Greater  America,  86. 


The  Giant  Northwest  103 

up  corner  lots  for  churches,  and  trusts  his 
board  to  make  good  on  first  payments.  Incom- 
ing people  will  care  for  the  balance,  and  every- 
where there  are  invading  multitudes. 

Suppose  w^e  cross  the  Rocky  Mountains  into  spo^ane 

1         T    1  X-  •  1         o       1  T       Country  and 

the  inland  Empire,  the  bpokane  country,  it  Pacific  siope 
stretches  three  hundred  and  seventy  miles  west- 
ward and  more  than  two  hundred  miles  north 
and  south.  It  is  so  new  to  settlement  that  on 
your  map  it  may  appear  almost  a  blank;  but 
three  hundred  thousand  people  are  already 
there,  and  they  are  but  the  beginning,  for  steam 
and  electric  lines  push  everywhere.  If  we  cross 
the  Coast  Range  to  the  Pacific  slope  the  inhab- 
itants there  so  increase  that  the  cities  of  a  state 
double  in  four  3'-ears. 

What  is  the  Church  doing  to  meet  this  situa-  Efforts  to 
tion  ?  It  is  so  new  that  she  is  hardly  aware  of  ^eeds 
it.  Yet  in  the  field  itself  signs  of  advance  are 
unmistakable.  The  few  reapers  report  large 
harvests.  One  board  in  North  Dakota  last  year 
dedicated  fifteen  churches.  An  association  ad- 
mitted ten  churches,  and  could,  with  men  and 
money,  have  organized  twice  as  many  more  in 
the  same  territory.  Another  denomination  in 
one  corner  of  that  state  has  organized  forty 
churches  in  five  years.     There  is  little  duplica- 


ro4 


The  Frontier 


Outlook  of 
the  Workers 


One  District 


tioii  of  forces.  Out  of  one  hundred  and  sev- 
enty-one societies  of  one  denomination,  one 
hundred  and  twenty-five  are  in  communities 
where  there  is  no  other  Protestant  church  of 
the  same  tongue. 

What  is  the  outlook  of  men  at  the  front,  mis- 
sionaries who  invest  everything?  One  general 
missionary  in  North  Dakota  says  that  there  are 
eight  whole  counties  where  people  are  going  in 
by  the  thousand  and  where  towns  are  springing 
up  in  every  direction,  and  the  call  is  insistent 
for  work  to  be  started  at  many  points.  Still,  he 
declares,  there  is  yet  to  be  planted  the  first  Eng- 
lish-speaking church  of  his  denomination. 

A  district  superintendent  of  South  Dakota 
now  wrestling  with  eleven  great  counties  has 
voluntarily  attached  four  other  counties  west- 
ward, and  all  because  otherwise  his  Church  is 
making  no  provision  to  care  for  that  country. 
His  district,  thus  enlarged,  covers  fully  a  third 
of  the  southern  part  of  the  state.  Speaking  of 
his  work  he  says  that  in  ten  years  his  denomi- 
nation may  have  a  great  following  there,  but  if 
so  it  means  devoted  preachers  with  devoted 
money  to  pay  them.  He  reminds  us  that  little 
men  with  little  money  behind  them  mean 
diminutive  results. 


The  Giant  Northwest  105 

111  Montana  there  are  more  than  two  thou-  '^^^ 

Unreached 

sand  school  districts  in  wliich  no  regular  serv-  in  Montana 
ices  of  any  kind  are  held  and  four  fifths  of  them 
are  never  reached  at  all  by  any  sort  of  religious 
influences.  The  situation  grows  more  distress- 
ing as  new  districts  are  forming  faster  than  the 
religious  occupation  of  the  old  ones,  and  this 
has  been  going  on  for  ten  years.  A  board  rep- 
resentative in  charge  of  Montana,  who  has  been 
a  missionary  in  Africa,  says  that  he  found  no 
greater  needs  on  the  Dark  Continent  than  in 
Montana.  In  the  mountains  of  Idaho  are 
young  people  of  eighteen  who  have  never  heard 
a  sermon. 

In  the  Spokane  district  a  superintendent  re-  openings  in 

■^      _  ^  .  the  Spokane 

ports  that  while  fifteen  hundred  communicants  Region 
have  been  added  in  a  single  year,  yet  his  Church 
does  not  occupy  one  half  the  places  open  to  it 
now,  and  with  the  present  rapid  increase  of 
population,  within  two  years  he  cannot  supply 
one  place  in  four.  A  bishop  says,  fifty  new 
churches  could  be  erected  if  he  had  an  initial 
building  appropriation  of  twenty-five  thousand 
dollars. 

One  in  charge  of  a  field  in  Oregon  reports  Hunger  for 

*  ^  ^  the  Gospel  in 

that      Across    another    mountain    range    are  Oregon 
other  great  rich  valleys  rapidly  being  settled 


io6 


The  Frontier 


■Wide-spread 

Religious 

Destitution 


Conditions  in 

Western 

Washington 


and  developed,  but  where  there  is  not  one  ser- 
mon in  a  year.  They  are  hungry,  many  of 
them,  for  the  gospel,  but  we  cannot  give  them 
any  promise  under  the  existing  circumstances. 
We  cannot  get  sufficient  money  to  rightly  de- 
velop the  fields  that  we  are  occupying.  What 
can  we  do  with  the  Macedonian  cries  ?  We  can 
only  pray  and  wait. 

Throughout  Washington  and  Oregon  may 
be  found  scores  of  narrow  valleys  teeming  with 
people.  No  one  is  doing  anything  for  them  re- 
ligiously, as  but  little  is  attempted  by  any 
Church  for  Washington  or  Oregon  outside  the 
towns.  In  southwestern  Oregon  is  a  county  of 
about  fifteen  hundred  square  miles  in  which  live 
at  least  twenty-five  hundred  people,  mostly 
American,  and  no  denomination,  according  to 
the  report  made  last  year,  is  doing  any  work 
whatever  in  that  whole  county.  They  are  abso- 
lutely without  Church  privileges. 

One  in  charge  of  a  large  field  in  western 
Washington  does  not  attempt  to  enumerate 
fields  that  should  be  occupied  this  coming  year. 
He  declares  the  religious  destitution  of  western 
Washington  to  be  appalling;  that  outside  the 
larger  towns  very  little  religious  work  is  being 
done  by  any  denomination.     In  his  division 


The  Giant  Northwest  107 

only  two  hundred  and  nine  towns  out  of  eleven 
hundred  and  forty-six  have  church  organiza- 
tions leaving  nine  hundred  and  thirty-seven 
tozvns  and  villages  zvithout  any  religions  priv- 
ileges zvhatever.  Over  half  the  children  in 
western  Washington  have  never  been  enrolled 
in  a  Sunday-school.  The  whole  region  is  in  its 
infancy  and  is  developing  with  astounding  ra- 
pidity.    Where  in  this  race  is  the  Church  of 

God? 

Self-sacriiicing  Pastors 

You  ask  what  about  these  missionary  pas-  Far-stretching 

•'  Circuits 

tors  ?  The  circuit  system  is  their  only  possible 
method.  One  preacher,  for  example,  has  a  par- 
ish ten  miles  wide  and  forty  miles  long.  In  it 
are  four  towns  aggregating  twelve  hundred 
people  in  addition  to  wide  reaches  of  rural  com- 
munities. He  drives  thirty  miles  each  Sunday, 
preaches  three  times  and  holds  services  on 
week-nights.  He  is  the  only  pastor  of  any  kind 
officiating  in  that  field,  yet  adjoining  unshep- 
herded  communities  of  fifty  and  a  hundred 
people  desire  a  sermon  from  him  if  only  now 
and  then.  This,  of  course,  is  impossible.  Peo- 
ple in  these  wide  parishes,  in  attending  worship 
make  sacrifices  we  know  nothing  about.  They 
travel  ten  and  twenty  miles  and  return. 


io8 


The  Frontier 


Difficulties 
of  Travel 


Slender 
Support 


Unwavering 
Courage 


The  missionaries  in  Idaho  must  travel  many 
miles  on  foot,  because  at  times  of  the  year 
neither  horse  nor  conveyance  can  follow  the 
road.  Snow-shoes  are  seen  at  the  doorway  of 
the  missionary.  Streams  and  mountain  tor- 
rents must  be  forded.  One  of  them  writes, 
"Mud,  slush,  miles,  leagues,  mountains,  streams 
unbridged,  forests  not  tenanted,  canyons  un- 
lighted,  wolves  unmuzzled,  and  other  things 
too  numerous  to  mention  are  more  interesting 
than  attractive,  along  some  of  the  ways  to  the 
places  where  the  people  are  to  be  found." 

These  men,  all  too  few,  whom  the  Church 
sends  into  these  wide  fields,  she  slenderly  sup- 
ports. The  cost  of  living  is  high.  Out  of  a 
salary  of  say  six  hundred  dollars  must  be  paid 
a  fuel  bill  of  one  hundred  dollars.  The 
preacher  may  keep  two  horses  to  cover  his 
wide  stretch  of  country.  How  are  we  allowing 
families  of  our  missionary  preachers  to  live? 
If  it  were  not  for  the  opportune  supplies  of 
Woman's  Home  Missionary  organizations, 
man  after  man  would  have  been  literally 
starved  off  the  field.  Heroines  live  in  those 
parsonages. 

And  how  do  these  men  feel  ?  Are  they  ready 
to  retreat?     One  in  referring  to  the  present 


The  Giant  Northwest  109 

speaks  for  himself.  "The  marks  of  stress  and 
strain  are  everywhere  apparent  when  we  look 
over  this  year  of  financial  famine ;  for  in  it  we 
have  lived  on  half  rations,  with  one  half  the 
appropriation  of  five  years  ago  and  a  larger 
camp  to  care  for  than  we  had  then.  And  yet, 
with  the  exception  of  two  or  three  fields  that, 
because  of  a  lack  of  appreciation  of  onr  situa- 
tion, considered  themselves  unjustly  discrim- 
inated against,  not  a  murmur  has  been  voiced. 
Hardships  have  been  borne  and  posts  have  been 
maintained  with  grim  determination  and  cheer- 
ful hope,  and  wherever  there  came  a  chance  for 
a  dash  into  new  territory  the  response  has  been 
no  sullen  protest  that  we  have  more  than  we 
can  take  care  of,  but  a  cheer  and  a  rush  that 
have  put  new  life  into  our  ranks.  So  even  if 
our  faces  are  a  little  drawn  and  belts  pulled  up 
a  hole  or  two  more  than  normal  we  come  out 
of  the  year  with  the  unfailing  good  humor  and 
optimism  of  the  American,  Avith  some  new 
gains  to  record,  and  a  discipline  that  has  done 
us  good. 

"Do  vou  wonder  that  we  do  not  more  rap-  caii  for 

Christian 

idly  reach  self-support  in  these  vast  stretches  cooperation 
of  country,  where  our  churches  are  scores  and 
often  hundreds  of  miles  apart?    Do  you  won- 


no  The  Frontier 

der  that  reductions  seriously  cripple  us;  that 
we  are  in  desperate  need  of  funds;  that  every 
cut  on  the  scant  allowance  made  for  so  great 
and  so  growing  a  state  means  the  cutting  down 
of  life  necessities;  that  it  means  pruning  the 
tree  down  to  the  root-stock  with  little  chance 
for  leafage  and  none  for  fruit  ?  Never  has  our 
nation  watched  a  development  so  rapid  in  any 
section  of  her  domain.  Never  were  opportu- 
nities for  so  colossal  a  worldwide  influence 
spread  before  men  as  are  now  spread  out  on 
this  Pacific  coast.  Never  were  calls  for  Chris- 
tian help  more  numerous  and  urgent.  And 
never  have  our  hands  been  so  fettered  and  our 
resources  so  limited.  We  do  not  urge  more 
equitable  distribution,  but  juster  appreciation. 
We  do  not  ask  that  Massachusetts  should  have 
less  but  that  the  great  West  should  have  more. 
We  do  not  ask  you  to  cut  off  slices  from  other 
states  that  we  may  eat,  but  we  do  plead  for 
such  increased  giving  to  our  national  Society 
as  will  allow  a  proportionate  generous  provi- 
sion for  us.  Invest  in  us.  We  will  pay  it  back. 
Grub-stake  us,  brethren;  your  share  will  be 
enormous.  Advance  the  capital  for  locations 
and  prospects  and  operating  expenses,  and 
you  will  see  astonishing  returns." 


The  Giant  Northwest  iii 

Our  Responsihility 
We  are  trustees  of  a  sriant  heritage.     Lee  Trustees  of 

°  °  a  Precious 

and  Whitman  and  a  consecrated  host  bought  it  Heritage 
with  their  hves.  What  is  our  sacrifice?  Our 
Northwest  and  its  Puget  Sound  country  face 
the  Orient.  Are  we  making  it  a  world 
base  of  supply?  We  feed  Asia  with  wheat, 
what  about  the  bread  of  life?  A  farmer  in  Illi- 
nois, who  gets  his  mail  by  rural  free  delivery, 
sent  a  hundred  dollars  to  one  of  the  home  mis- 
sionary boards.  He  said  the  offering  meant 
pinching  and  saving  for  his  wife  and  self,  as 
the  net  income  of  their  little  farm  was  less  than 
three  hundred  dollars.  Before  this  he  had  sent 
liberal  checks  to  the  same  board.  He  writes 
that  there  are  so  many  opportunities  to  help  the 
Master,  he  is  going  to  do  his  best  for  a  little 
while  yet.  He  quotes  a  modern  preacher  that 
"Heaven  lies  just  beyond  where  a  fellow  does 
his  best."  Is  not  his  life  so  linked  to  God's 
world  purpose  that  he  plows  as  well  as  prays 
unto  the  Lord  ?  His  zeal  exemplifies  the  spirit 
that  will  animate  the  Church. 

"The  weary  ones  had  rest,  the  sad  had  joy 

That  day,  and  wondered  how. 
A  ploughman  singing  at  his  work  had  prayed, 
'Lord, help  them  now.'" 


112  The  Frontier 

QUESTIONS    ON   CHAPTER   III 

Aim  :  To  Show  the  Marvelous  Material  Progress 
AND  Possibilities  and  the  Religious  Needs  of 
THE  Northwest 

1.  Name  the  states  that  are  included  in  the  North- 
west. 

2.  How  did  these  states  become  a  part  of  the 
United  States? 

3.  Compare  them  in  area  with  New  York,  Penn- 
sylvania, Iowa,  and  Georgia. 

4.  Compare  the  Northwest  in  area  with  Germany, 
France,  and  England. 

5.  What  other  state  can  be  added  to  Ohio  and 
Pennsylvania  to  equal  the  area  of  Oregon? 

6.  Locate  the  Northwest  in  latitude  with  countries 
in  Europe  and  Asia. 

7.  Can  you  name  any  inlet  in  the  United  States 
that  offers  greater  natural  harbor  facilities  than 
Puget  Sound? 

8.  How  much  nearer  is  Puget  Sound  to  China  and 
Japan  than  San  Francisco? 

9.  Name  some  of  the  principal  products  of  the 
Northwest  that  the  Orient  needs. 

10.*  Will  the  Panama  Canal  stimulate  trade  between 
the  East  and  West  coasts  of  the  United  States? 

11.  Name  some  of  the  products  of  the  Northwest 
that  are  needed  in  the  East. 

12.  Compare  the  climate  in  Oregon  and  Montana 
with  that  in  the  state  where  you  live.  Which 
do  you  prefer,  and  why? 


The  Giant  Northwest  113 

13.*  As  a  young  man  where  would  you  prefer  to 
establish  yourself  in  business,  in  the  East  or 
the  Northwest?     Give  reasons. 

14.*  Name  some  of  the  difficulties  in  Christian  work 
among  lumbermen? 

15.  Name  some  of  the  temptations  peculiar  to  lum- 
bermen and  miners. 

16.  What  two  extremes  in  social  and  intellectual 
life  are  found  among  miners? 

17.*  Name  some  of  the  difficulties  in  Christian  work 

among  miners. 
18.*  Among  which  one  of  these  two  classes  would 

you  prefer  to  work,  and  why? 
19.     How  docs  the  inrush  of  foreigners  magnify  the 

home  mission  problem  in  the  Northwest? 
20.*  Name  some  of  the  difficulties  in  Christian  work 

among  homesteaders. 

21.  Why  cannot  they  support  a  minister  and  build 
their  own  church? 

22.  Did  the  church  with  which  you  are  connected 
receive  any  financial  assistance  outside  of  the 
local  community  when  it  was  first  organized? 

2^.*  Describe  what  you  would  consider  an  ideal 
minister  in  one  of  these  Northwestern  parishes. 

24.  Where  would  you  find  such  a  man  now? 

25.  How  large  should  his  salary  be? 

26.*  If  Christianity  is  not  strongly  entrenched  in 
our  country  can  we  hope  to  win  the  Orient  for 
Christ? 

27.*  Give  as  many  reasons  as  you  can  why  you 
believe  that  the  Church  should  immediately  in- 
crease its  force  of  Christian  workers  in  the 
Northwest. 


114  The  Frontier 

REFERENCES    FOR    FURTHER    STUDY 

CHAPTER  HI 

I.  The  Northwest. 

Carr:    "The  Great  Northwest."     Outlook,  June,  '07. 

Clark:  Leavening  the  Nation,  XHI. 

Northrop:    "The  Great  Northwest."     World  To-day, 

January,  '06. 
Oberholtzer :     "Opening    of    the    Great    Northwest." 

Century,  March,  '07. 
Rader:    in  Methodism  and  the  Republic,  63-78. 
Puddefoot :  The  Minute  Man  on  the  Frontier,  X. 

II.  Oregon. 

Clark:  Leavening  the  Nation,  XIH. 

Drake:  The  Making  of  the  Great  West,  233-241. 

Elford :  "Oregon ;  An  Inland  Empire."  Overland 
Monthly,  June,  '05. 

Van  Dyke :  "Big  Woods  of  Oregon."  Outing,  Feb- 
ruary, '06. 

III.  Washington. 

Clark:  Leavening  the  Nation,  XIII. 

IV.  Montana. 

Clark :  Leavening  the  Nation,  X. 

Elrod :  "Resources  of  Montana  and  Their  Develop- 
ment."   Science,  May  20,  '04. 

V.  Marcus  Whitman} 

Mow^ry:  Marcus  Whitman,  XII. 

Nixon :  How   Marcus  Whitman   Saved   Oregon,   VI, 

VIII,  X. 
Shelton :  Heroes  of  the  Cross  in  America,  IV. 

1  For  additional  references,  see  Bibliography,  pages  265-279. 
Reference  should  also  be  made  to  denominational  mission- 
aries who  pioneered  in  these  sections. 


THE  WEST  BETWEEN  AND 
BEYOND 


"5 


Below  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado,  with  Ne- 
vada and  California  on  the  west  and  Arizona  on  the 
east,  is  a  region  of  great  aridity.  Here  date-palms, 
oranges,  lemons,  pomegranates,  figs,  sugar,  and  cotton 
flourish  where  water  can  be  applied,  and  ultimately 
a  region  of  country  can  be  irrigated  larger  than  was 
ever  cultivated  along  the  Nile,  and  all  the  products  of 
Egypt  will  flourish  therein. 

— Powell 

Nevada  farmers  are  very  prosperous  on  the  average, 
taking  one  year  with  another,  and  probably  much  more 
so  than  the  farmers  in  more  pretentious  localities. 
For  the  most  part,  they  were  poor  when  they  came 
and  have  grown  steadily  better  off.  The  climate  is 
perfectly  adapted  to  the  production  of  all  the  cereals 
and  hardy  fruits.  The  wheat  is  perfect,  with  a  full, 
rich  kernel  and  a  clean,  golden  straw,  free  from  smut 
and  rust.  It  has  taken  prizes  at  all  the  great  exposi- 
tions. With  a  variety  of  soil,  on  the  different  slopes 
of  hillside,  plain,  and  valley,  there  are  conditions  to 
meet  almost  every  requirement  in  an  agricultural  way 
within  the  limitations  of  climate. 

The  great  industry  of  Wyoming  from  the  time  of  its 
first  settlement  has  been  stock-raising.  Its  agriculture 
has  been  mostly  auxiliary  to  this.  Herds  of  horses, 
cattle,  and  sheep  are  grazed  upon  the  enormous  free 
pasture  or  range  from  spring  to  autumn,  and  then  fed 
upon  the  native  or  alfalfa  hay  raised  in  the  irrigated 
valleys.  This  industry  has  been  the  source  of  local 
prosperity  and  enlisted  great  sums  of  eastern  and 
foreign  capital. 

— Sinythe 


Ii6 


IV 
THE  WEST  BETWEEN  AND  BEYOND' 

San  Francisco  harbor,  possibly  not  less  im-  outstanding 

\  ■'  Features 

portant  than  Puget  Sound  in  the  Northwest,  is 
the  Pacific  golden  gateway  opening  from  this 
marvelous  young  domain  toward  an  ancient 
hemisphere.  Kansas  City  is  a  railway  portal 
from  the  east,  guarding  the  entrance  to  both 
this  west  and  the  southwest  country.  A  study 
of  a  good  railway  map  is  suggestive.  It  marks 
the  zones  of  development  and  shows  radiating 
centers.  The  railways  dominate  the  West. 
Wherever  they  pass  through  regions  with  pos- 
sibilities towns  and  settlements  string  the  line 
like  beads.  A  relief  map  is  expressive.  Ne- 
braska and  Kansas  gradually  rise  westward. 
Wyoming  and  Colorado  are  like  a  high  rolling 
sea  solidified.  The  Rocky  Mountains  strike 
straight  down  through  these  states.  The  cli- 
max is  Colorado,  the  highest  state  between  the 

1  The  section  that  lies  between  the  Northwest  and  the 
Southwest:  Western  Kansas,  Western  Nebraska,  Colorado, 
Wyoming,  Utah,  Southern  Idaho,  Nevada,  and  parts  of  Cali- 
fornia. 

117 


ii8 


The  Frontier 


Great  Variety 


Self-evident 
Need 


oceans.  It  is  a  continental  watershed.  Next, 
between  the  Rockies  and  the  Coast  Range,  are 
Utah,  southern  Idaho,  and  Nevada,  a  high 
broken  table-land,  yet,  by  contrast  to  the  re- 
gions rimming  them,  they  form  a  mammoth 
inland  basin.  Then  follows  a  precipitous 
plunge  over  the  Sierras,  which  lands  us  in  semi- 
tropical  California. 

These  altitudes  and  valleys,  wind-swept 
plains  and  sheltered  lowlands,  afford  a  variety 
of  climate,  productiveness,  and  scenery  no- 
where duplicated  in  an  equal  area.  They  prob- 
ably embrace  the  richest  mining  belt  on  the 
planet.  Colorado  towers  not  only  physically 
above  this  "West  Between"  domain,  but,  apart 
from  California,  in  development  it  is  easily  the 
most  advanced  state  therein.  Wyoming  is 
comparatively  crude.  Utah  is  one-sided  in 
both  material  and  moral  growth.  Nevada  is 
a  lusty  infant.  All  are  big  with  treasure  and 
unfolding  strength,  but  in  Colorado,  while  all 
is  morning,  there  is  ripeness  and  maturity  of 
life.  In  Colorado,  Wyoming,  Idaho,  and  Utah, 
woman  enjoys  the  right  of  suffrage  equally 
with  man. 

In  the  western  parts  of  Nebraska  and  Kan- 
sas we  have  missionary  conditions  less  inten- 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      119 

sive,  but  similar  to  those  in  North  and  South 
Dakota,  described  in  the  last  chapter.  New 
railway  development,  dry  farming,  and  irriga- 
tion are  in  evidence.  It  will  be  hard  to  con- 
vince any  missionary  of  these  wide  fields  that 
the  Northwest  offers  conditions  more  critical 
or  places  more  numerous  that  should  instantly 
receive  the  open-handed  consideration  of  the 

Church. 

Colorado 

A  glance  at  the  map  might  leave  an  impres-  immense 

,_.,,.,  1-1  •  Resources  of 

sion  that  Colorado  is  about  two  thirds  unm-  Colorado 
habitable  mountains:  but  these  ranges  are 
scarred  by  many  narrow  valleys  with  a  climate 
all  their  own.  Colorado's  western  slope  pre- 
sents a  marked  contrast  to  its  eastern  half. 
Warm  winds  from  the  Gulf  of  California  make 
localities  there  ideal  for  luscious  fruits.  "Peach 
Day"  at  Grand  Junction  means  free  bounty  to 
all  w^ho  come.  On  this  west  slope  there  is  more 
water  than  irrigable  land.  Eastern  Colorado 
w^as  first  developed.  It  began  with  the  railway. 
Capital  was  munificent.  Streams  of  immi- 
grants cooperated  and  the  new^  commonwealth 
leaped  forward  amazingly.  First  was  the  gold 
mining  which  now  pays  fifty  millions  of  dollars 
a  year ;  also  two  millions  of  irrigated  acres  con- 


I20 


The  Frontier 


Public- 
Gpirited  Men 


Elements  of 
Progress 


tribute  forty  millions,  manufactures  one  hun- 
dred million  dollars,  and  other  added  sources 
equal  manufactures.  This  is  all  within  one 
generation.  Colorado  has  a  population  of 
more  than  half  a  million.  Its  climate  and 
scenery  are  famous. 

This  state  has  been  fortunate  in  its  public- 
spirited  men.  Immense  fortunes  taken  from 
mines  and  various  enterprises  have  been  ex- 
pended in  the  commonwealth  that  bestowed 
them.  This  is  in  marked  contrast  to  the  spirit 
of  capitalists  who  in  the  past  have  exploited 
Nevada  and  Wyoming,  and  spent  elsewhere 
the  millions  extracted  there.  Thus  Denver 
ranks  as  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  progres- 
sive cities  of  the  Union.  Colorado  Springs,  by 
the  public  spirit  of  a  leading  citizen,  has  become 
nationally  noted  as  a  place  of  residence.  The 
Greeley  Colony,  founded  on  irrigation,  has 
been  a  model  for  other  like  laudable  settle- 
ments. 

Twenty-four  railways  penetrate  all  parts  of 
the  state.  Zealous  local  pride  and  patriotism 
make  available  the  people's  best  for  Colorado's 
uplift.  Its  religious  and  intellectual  life  is  vig- 
orous. Its  churches,  at  the  centers,  are  strong. 
Its  public  and  Church  schools  are  excellent. 


/ 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      121 

Missionary  opportunities,  however,  are  numer- 
ous and  striking. 

It  is  difficult  for  people  in  older  sections  to  outside 
understand  why  a  wealthy  young  state  should  stiii  Required 
not  fully  care  for  its  own  religious  interests. 
If  the  Church,  in  such  states,  controlled  the 
wealth  there  the  case  would  be  reversed.  In 
the  growth  of  a  commonwealth,  however, 
among  its  latest  developments  is  the  devote- 
ment  of  large  treasure  to  Jesus  Christ.  Rapid 
material  progress  at  the  start  instils  a  mate- 
rialism that  makes  outside  contributions  to  spir- 
itual ends  even  the  more  necessary.  But  such 
missionary  beginnings  will  prove  fruitful. 

The  first  Protestant  denomination  in  Colo-  Large  and 

Quick  Returns 

rado  began  in  Central  City.  Last  year  that  Possiwe 
particular  congregation  gave  an  average  of 
three  dollars  per  member  for  missions.  Never- 
theless, the  general  situation  is  so  new  that  a 
single  denominational  body  says  of  one  part 
of  the  state:  "If  we  had  the  money  we  could 
this  year  build  twenty-five  new  churches  and 
open  forty-two  new  preaching  places."  Many 
localities  have  never  had  a  minister.  People 
will  come  pouring  into  the  state  as  a  result 
of  present  railway  extension.  The  returns  on 
present  Church  investments  will  be  great.    One 


Pressure  on 
Scattered 


122  The  Frontier 

denomination  increased  by  three  thousand 
members  last  year,  about  three  times  the  rate 
of  the  year  before.  One  superintendent  asks 
help  to  open  fifteen  places.  Another  declares: 
"If  I  had  three  hundred  dollars  I  could  put  five 
preachers  into  five  counties  where  there  is  no 
Protestant  service  held,  and  a  multitude  of  peo- 
ple making  new  homes  are  there  asking  us  to 
come  to  them." 

A  similar  story  comes  from  many  quarters. 

Workers  The  prcssurc  on  isolated  workers  is  tremend- 

ous. A  missionary  writes  that  they  cannot 
press  the  battle  to  the  utmost.  The  thin  line  of 
attack  is  so  painfully  scattered  that  there  is  no 
shoulder  to  shoulder  courage  in  the  conflict. 

An  Extensive       j^  Baca  Couuty  ouc  pastor  has  a  circuit  cov- 

Circuit  ^  , 

ering  two  hundred  miles  which  must  be  trav- 
eled by  team.  His  salary  is  four  hundred  dol- 
lars. He  reports  forty  conversions  for  the 
year.  He  invests  his  life.  How  much  does  it 
cost  us  ?  "We  can  take  much  out  of  the  life  of 
a  circuit  preacher  and  his  family,  but  we  cannot 
get  it  all  that  way." 
Urgent  From  fifty  to  a  hundred  thousand  people 

came  into  eastern  Colorado  last  year.  One 
writes:  "Appeal  after  appeal  comes  to  me 
from  this  great  area   [Colorado  and  adjacent 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      123 

states].  Shall  we  falter  now  or  shall  we  fur- 
nish the  sinews  of  war  for  those  who  are  will- 
ing to  make  the  heroic  sacrifices  and  go  for 
their  Master's  and  these  people's  sakes"  ? 

Wyoming 
Wyoming,  with  physical  features  less  pro-  Wyoming, 

-'  °'  .  the  Pennsyl- 

nounced  than  Colorado,  is  a  marked  contrast  vaniaof 
in  internal  improvement.  It  has  probably  not  *  ^west 
far  from  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  thousand 
people,  less  than  one  and  a  half  per  square  mile, 
for  a  territory  about  twice  the  size  of  New 
York  State.  It  has  immense  untouched  min- 
eral and  other  natural  resources.  Fully  one 
fifth  of  the  state  is  underlaid  with  coal.  Its 
petroleum  has  named  it  the  "Pennsylvania  of 
the  West." 

A  million  acres  are  irrigated  or  in  process  Grazing  and 

-  ,  .  T-'-'i  •  -11        Irrigation 

of  reclamation.  Its  n-rigation  law  is  widely 
known  and  has  been  extensively  copied.  It  is 
based  on  the  proposition  that  water  belongs  to 
the  public.  About  one  ninth  of  the  state  is  cov- 
ered with  forests.  Hundreds  of  manufactures 
are  in  operation.  It  is,  however,  preeminently 
a  grazing  country.  In  a  single  year  its  wool  clip 
was  six  millions  of  dollars.  Its  cattle  number 
seven  hundred  thousand.    Lack  of  railways  has 


124 


The  Frontier 


Railway 
Lines  and 
Mineral 
Deposits 


prevented  progress.  Only  one  line  has  trav- 
ersed the  state,  and  that  through  the  most  un- 
inviting part.  After  years  of  slow  advance  a 
resident  missionary  says  concerning  the  new 
situation :  ''Happily,  now  all  this  has  changed. 
On  all  sides  the  doors  have  not  only  been 
opened,  but  have  been  torn  off  their  hinges  to 
admit  the  homesteader.  The  national  govern- 
ment seems  to  vie  with  the  state  government 
in  paving  the  way  for  the  settlement  of  this 
commonwealth.  The  discovery  that  this  is 
one  of  the  richest  states  in  the  Union  in  natural 
resources  has  been  followed  by  the  order  for 
the  expenditure  of  millions  of  dollars  in  irriga- 
tion projects.  All  this  without  a  dollar  of  cost, 
other  than  the  actual  expense  per  acre,  accrues 
to  the  purchaser.  For  the  land  he  pays  fifty 
cents  per  acre;  for  the  water  right  he  pays  in 
ten  equal  payments,  running  over  ten  years, 
just  what  it  costs.  With  ten  millions  of  arable 
acres  subject  to  settlement  on  these  or  other 
easy  terms,  it  seems  needless  for  anybody  to 
remain  land  hungry. 

"These  conditions  are  bringing  thousands  of 
excellent  farmers  from  Iowa,  Illinois,  Indiana, 
Missouri,  Nebraska,  and  elsewhere.  Not  a 
desolate  waste,  but  a  'land  of  milk  and  honey/ 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      125 

this  is  found  to  be.  Instead  of  a  country  where 
bhzzards  breed,  it  is  in  many  respects  the  best 
cHmate  on  the  continent.  The  railroads,  too, 
are  contributing  to  the  development  of  the 
state.  Instead  of  a  single  railway  along  the 
southern  border  there  are  soon  to  be  four  roads 
intersecting  the  state  from  east  to  west.  Two 
other  lines  are  to  cross  the  state  from  north  to 
south.  Deposits  of  coal,  iron,  copper,  lead,  sil- 
ver, and  gold  are  attracting  investors  from 
every  quarter." 

This    superintendent    adds    that    conditions  caii  for 

Mission  Re- 

now  call  for  twice  the  present  pastoral  force  enforcement 
in  his  field.  His  denomination  had  less  than 
four  hundred  members  in  that  state  ten  years 
ago,  now  they  have  more  than  four  times  that 
number,  and  about  twenty-two  hundred  in  Sun- 
day-schools. Yet,  at  best,  many  live  pitiably 
isolated  from  a  gospel  ministry.  We  quote 
from  a  missit)nary  periodical :  "Back  from  the 
railroads  are  hundreds  of  homes  and  ranches, 
forty  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  from  the 
town  where  the  people  go  once  or  twice  a  year 
to  do  their  trading,  camping  out  while  going 
and  coming.  They  do  not  mind  these  things  in 
health,  but  when  sickness  and  death  come,  God 
be  merciful ! 


126  The  Frontier 

Loneiysorrow  "Some  time  ago  death  entered  a  home  that 
was  one  hundred  and  twenty  miles  from  the 
railroad  and  took  away  a  little  child.  No  peo- 
ple outside  the  family  were  there  at  the  time 
and  a  furious  blizzard  raged  without.  It  was 
necessary  that  some  one  should  ride  that  one 
hundred  and  twenty  miles  to  the  town.  There 
was  no  one  to  go  but  the  mother's  sister,  a 
young  girl,  so  she  threw  the  saddle  on  her  pony 
and  started  at  midnight  for  the  destination 
which  she  reached  the  next  day.  Here  a  little 
casket  and  some  clothing  was  strapped  on  the 
back  of  the  saddle  and  on  the  evening  of  the 
third  day  the  girl  arrived  at  the  stricken  home 
having  ridden  two  hundred  and  forty  miles. 
At  that  sad  burial  there  was  no  one  in  that 
whole  countryside  to  offer  a  prayer,  read  a  pas- 
sage of  Scripture,  or  speak  a  word  of  comfort 
to  those  who  w'ere  in  sorrow. 

"^"""•'f  "A  missionary  went  into  that  country  later 

Waiting  •'  ,  ,  ,  .     ,  , 

on,  and  one  of  the  old-tmiers  grasped  his  hand 
and  looking  wist'fully  into  his  face  said:  'Sir, 
we  have  waited  twenty  years  for  you.*  Why 
was  this?  Not  because  the  missionary  socie- 
ties were  not  doing  their  part,  but  because  the 
churches  had  allowed  the  missionary  treasuries 
to  become  empty. 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      127 

"One  of  our  missionaries  took  a  territory  The  Pathetic 
twenty  thousand  square  miles  in  extent  in 
which  there  were  seven  churches  and  eight  mis- 
sions, with  nine  new  ones  to  open.  In  that 
whole  territory  there  were  but  half  a  dozen 
churches  of  other  denominations  and  they,  for 
the  most  part,  were  pastorless.  Twenty  thou- 
sand square  miles !  What  could  one  or  two  or 
three  ministers  do?  And  one  day  when  the 
missionary  was  two  hundred  miles  down  the 
road  a  little  procession  wound  its  way  through 
a  gap  in  the  mountain.  There  were  cowboys 
booted  and  spurred,  some  weeping  women,  and 
in  an  old  wagon  a  long  pine  box.  The  little 
company  stopped  at  the  edge  of  a  little  hamlet, 
and  one  of  the  boys  rode  up  to  the  general  store 
and  asked  the  manager  if  there  was  a  gospel 
slinger  there?  The  manager,  a  deacon  in  our 
little  church,  shook  his  head ;  he  could  not  tell 
those  people  that  the  missionary  society  could 
not  help  support  a  missionary  and  they  were 
without  a  pastor.  The  cowboy's  head  dropped, 
and  he  seemed  overcome  by  his  disappointment. 
*We  thought  sure  there'd  be  some  one  here. 
Bill's  bronc  stepped  in  a  gopher  hole  day  'fore 
yesterday  and  throwed  and  dragged  him. 
We kind'r— thought ' 


128 


The  Frontier 


A  Layman's 

Response 


Keep  Watch 
of  Wyoming 


Depressed 
Area 


"The  manager  looked  across  that  burning 
waste  to  that  pathetic  httle  group  waiting  so 
patiently.  He  choked  up,  then  told  the  man  to 
call  his  friends  and  go  to  the  church,  and  him- 
self, his  fright  forgotten  in  his  sympathy,  con- 
ducted the  services." 

The  Church  which  keeps  in  touch  with  Wyo- 
ming for  the  next  few  years  and  shows  its  faith 
by  generous  reenforcements  of  money  and 
workers,  will  raise  up  for  itself  and  the  king- 
dom a  mighty  following.  Keep  close  watch  of 
the  map  of  Wyoming. 

Great  Interior  Basin 

Utah,  Nevada,  and  southern  Idaho  are  parts 
of  our  "Great  Interior  Basin."  Each  continent 
of  the  world  has  a  similar  depression.  That  of 
Europe  is  the  largest,  ours  is  the  smallest.  It 
has  been  known  as  the  "Great  American  Des- 
ert." Its  waters  do  not  get  beyond  its  borders. 
The  rivers  all  flow  into  lakes  that  have  no  out- 
lets or  they  are  lost  in  desert  sands.  It  em- 
braces the  southeastern  part  of  Oregon,  parts 
of  Idaho  and  Wyoming,  the  whole  of  Nevada, 
about  half  of  Utah,  a  strip  off  the  eastern  line 
of  California,  and  a  large  area  In  the  southern 
part  of  that  state. 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      I129 
It  has  a  roiis:hly  triansfitlar  shape  with  its  Dimensions 

o      •'  ^  '-  ^  and  Elevation 

apex  to  the  south.  Each  angle  is  occupied  by 
extensive  irrigated  areas  or  irrigation  projects. 
Its  extreme  length  is  eight  hundred  and  eighty 
miles  and  its  width  at  the  latitude  of  Salt  Lake 
City  about  five  hundred  and  seventy-two  miles. 
Its  area  approximates  two  hundred  and  ten 
thousand  square  miles.  At  its  widest  point  the 
general  elevation  of  the  lowlands  is  three  thou- 
sand feet.  A  central  elevated  region  north  and 
south  divides  the  desert  into  two  areas  of  rela- 
tive depressions  with  Salt  Lake,  Utah,  on  the 
east  and  Carson,  Nevada,  on  the  west. 

"Southward  the  land  descends  to  even  below  broadly 

Sketched 

sea-level  in  the  Imperial  Valley.  The  rivers  all 
flow  into  lakes  that  have  no  outlet  or  are  lost  in 
desert  sands.  In  the  eastern  depression,  the 
Mormons  since  1847  have  partially  developed 
the  territory  by  irrigation.  In  Carson  basin, 
Nevada,  about  ninety  thousand  acres  are  under 
cultivation  by  private  enterprise  and  there  is 
enough  other  land  susceptible  of  irrigation,  be- 
cause of  the  water-supply,  to  bring  the  total  up 
to  five  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  acres.  The 
Truckee-Carson  irrigation  scheme  built  by  the 
government  will  reclaim  nearly  four  hundred 
thousand  acres. 


130  The  Frontier 

Irrigation       '      "Ncvada  IS  the  dryest  arid  state.     It  is  the 

Possibilities  -^  _  _ 

most  thinly  populated  of  any  in  the  Union,  hav- 
ing only  about  fifty  thousand  people.  Its  area, 
109,140  square  miles,  is  equal  to  that  of  Italy, 
which  has  a  population  seven  hundred  and  fifty 
times  as  great.  Not  one  of  its  acres  in  a  hun- 
dred is  improved  farm  land,  thus  it  has  more 
territory  for  settlers  than  any  other  part  of 
the  United  States.  The  irrigated  area  in  Utah 
comprises  eight  counties  and  has  about  two 
hundred  thousand  inhabitants.  Nevada  on  its 
acres  that  may  be  irrigated,  and  are  already  un- 
der cultivation,  will  support  at  least  half  a  mil- 
lion. Mines  decrease  in  value  but  irrigated 
lands  are  an  endless  source  of  revenue.  Several 
railways  cross  this  Great  Basin.  In  building 
these  lines  skeletons  of  those  who  perished  in 
the  old  emigrant  days  were  exhumed.  It 
was  then  clearly  revealed  that  in  several 
places  the  grave-diggers  were  actually  within 
a  few  feet  of  good  water  which  to  them 
would  have  proved  a  priceless  boon,  for  be- 
neath those  burning  sands  water  is  found  all 
over  the  basin,  pure  and  sweet,  at  the  depth  of 
from  eight  to  twenty  feet.  These  lands,  when 
watered,  are  of  amazing  fertility.'" 

»  C.  J.  Blanchard. 


From  Stereograjih,  copyright,  19nl,  by  Umlerwood  &  Underwood,  New  York 

THE    PRIDE   OF   THE    MORMON'S— THE   TEMPLE,   SALT    LAKE   CITY,   UTAH 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond       131 

Utah  and  Mormonism 

Utah  requires  study.  It  is  "a  succession  of  f'^°'*^'J^" 
mountains,  desert  valleys,  and  crystal  streams, 
and  scattered  over  it  all  is  the  wealth  of  the 
mine  and  the  sleeping  potentiality — here  and 
there  partially  awakened — of  the  home,  the 
field,  the  orchard,  and  the  workshop." 

The  larsfest  portion  of  the  population,  two  Present  and 

°  -^  .  .  .  Future 

hundred  and  fifty  thousand,  live  m  a  section  population 
covered  by  a  two  hours'  railway  ride  from 
Provo  to  Ogden.  The  agriculture  of  Utah  is 
more  diversified  and  hence  more  completely 
self-sustaining  than  that  of  any  other  western 
state.  More  than  five  hundred  thousand  acres 
are  irrigated  and  twice  as  much  more  will  soon 
be  added.  This  is  a  field  affording  large  and 
favorable  opportunities  for  growth  in  popula- 
tion, and  the  territory  available  is  well  scat- 
tered over  the  state. 

The  Mormons  in  Utah  and  elsewhere  num-  Position  of 

11  1   n  r         1  Mormonism 

ber  probably  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
sand. They  have  some  twenty-three  hundred 
missionaries.  They  aim  ultimately  to  have  two 
missionaries  in  every  county  of  the  United 
States.  An  element  of  perpetuity  is  that,  in  the 
eyes  of  the  law,  the  children  of  polygamous 


132 


The  Frontier 


Monstrous 

Religious 

Teachings 


Aggressive- 
ness 


marriages  are  illegitimate.  This  fact,  in  pro- 
portion as  the  young  people  become  educated, 
tends  to  an  adherence  to  Mormonism  and  its 
teachings  for  self-defense.  Most  people  have 
too  much  sense  to  accept  Mormon  teachings  if, 
at  the  beginning,  the  Mormon  missionaries  ex- 
plained the  system  as  they  do  later  to  those  who 
become  identified  with  their  communities.  By 
that  time  the  person  finds  himself  so  involved 
that  it  is  not  convenient  to  retract.  Mor- 
monism is  un-American.  It  is  squarely  opposed 
to  the  national  government  as  such,  counts  it- 
self the  government  and  submits  to  the  laws  of 
the  United  States  only  when  it  becomes  im- 
possible to  resist.  Even  in  these  days  a  polyg- 
amist,  self-confessed,  is  elected  to  Congress  and 
not  unseated  by  the  United  States  government. 
Thus  Mormonism  seems  influential  out  of  all 
proportion  to  its  numbers. 

The  religious  teachings  of  the  Mormons  con- 
cerning God  and  human  life  are  vile  and  mon- 
strous. Unless  one  be  confronted  with  the  evi- 
dence, his  imagination  will  hardly  mount  to  the 
absurdities  of  this  sect. 

Nothing  is  more  opposed  to  Christianity.  It 
aims  to  control  the  politics  of  the  state.  It  now 
has  the  balance  of  power  in  Idaho,  Utah,  and 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      133 

Wyoming.  It  is  making  headway  in  that  direc- 
tion in  Montana,  Colorado,  and  Nevada.  The 
Mormons  are  pioneers  in  the  cultivation  of 
irrigated  land.  They  push  into  the  newly  re- 
claimed sections.  The  Church  must  be  alert 
and  aggressive  or  it  will  find  that  the  irrigated 
districts  of  several  states  have  become  centers 
so  dominated  by  Mormon  influence  that  the 
gospel  may  be  greatly  hindered  as  an  influence 
leavening  the  new  communities. 

A  Mission  Field 

The  Mormons  have  opposed  the  education  of 
the  common  people.  Missionary  schools  helped  Truth 
to  force  them  into  an  educational  system. 
Then  more  than  one  half  of  six  hundred  public 
schools  were  utilized  to  propagate  Mormon 
teachings.  Publicity  ended  this.  They  are 
forced  to  higher  standards  intellectually  and 
are  framing  a  philosophy  of  Mormonism. 
Thus  unwillingly,  but  irresistibly,  Mormonism 
is  being  pushed  into  the  light.  This  is  a  great 
advance  for  truth,  and  places  them  on  the  de- 
fensive. The  increase  of  Gentile  immigration 
and  the  rising  intelligence  among  its  own 
young  people  are  a  serious  menace  to  this  foe. 
Reports  of  missionaries  show  a  goodly  list  of 


Leaven  of 
Schools  and 


134 


The  Frontier 


Meeting 
Real  Needs 


Strength  of 
the  System 


Mormons  who  have  been  won  by  the  direct 
preaching  of  the  gospel. 

The  denominations  which  for  years  have 
been  laying  deep  educational  foundations  are 
those  now  reaping  the  larger  harvests.  The 
wife  of  an  influential  Mormon  remarked  that 
she  dislikes  sending  her  children  to  a  certain 
Protestant  mission  school.  She  knew  that  the 
local  missionary  leader  of  that  denomination 
opposed  her  husband,  but,  she  said,  she  could 
not  do  otherwise,  as  that  school  was  the  best. 

Mormon  leaders  urge  their  young  people  to 
prepare  themselves  for  their  destiny,  which  is 
to  hold  the  reins  of  the  United  States  govern- 
ment. We  must  maintain  mission  schools  and 
the  gospel  that  the  young  of  Utah  may  learn 
patriotism.  Many  of  the  Mormon  people  are 
worthy  of  our  sympathy.  They  have,  for  the 
most  part,  been  recruited  out  of  the  sturdy 
ignorant  class,  from  parts  of  Europe  and  this 
country,  and  numbers  of  them  would  doubtless 
never  have  identified  themselves  with  Mor- 
monism  had  they  known  what  they  later 
learned.  The  difficulties  attending  upon  re- 
nouncing Mormonism  and  separation  from  it 
are  great.  Converts  to  Christianity  there  may 
find  it  necessary  to  remove  to  other  communi- 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      135 

ties  in  order  to  escape  the  evils  of  a  virtual  boy- 
cott. Master  organization  reaches  to  the  last 
individual  and  any  signs  of  indifference  call  for 
immediate  attention. 

For  a  woman,  once  a  Mormon,  to  turn  her  ^  ^"^."^^'^ 

'  '        ^  Hard  Field 

back  upon  it  means  heroism  of  the  highest  or- 
der. If  the  Church,  by  any  adequate  measures, 
will  meet  the  Mormon  situation  with  a  tithe  of 
the  sacrifice  and  determination  that  repentant 
Mormons  must  exercise  to  become  Christians, 
the  outlook  will  become  far  different  than  at 
present.  We  have  no  home  field  with  a  record 
for  sustained  and  heroic  missionary  service  sur- 
passing that  of  Utah.  Men  who  for  many 
years  have  been  doing  Christian  work  there 
consider  it  the  hardest  field  either  home  or  for- 
eign. Only  the  most  consecrated  type  of  work- 
ers will  succeed.  A  general  missionary  says: 
"It  is  hard  to  get  good  men  to  come  to  Utah. 
After  coming  most  of  them  leave  at  the  first 
disappointment.  We  need  men  here  zvith  the 
same  settled  conviction  that  takes  others  to  the 
foreign  Held.  A  conviction  that  God  has 
called  them  to  this  as  a  life-work.  A  pastor 
worked  in  a  town  ninety-seven  per  cent.  Mor- 
mon for  twelve  years  and  in  the  last  year  has 
baptized  more  converts  than  during  all  the  pre- 


136 


The  Frontier 


Signs  of  En- 
couragement 


Must  be  Ade- 
quate Invest- 
ment 


ceding  years.  Suppose  he  had  left  two  years 
ago?" 

A  sign  of  encouragement  is  the  pohtical  re- 
volt in  Salt  Lake  City.  The  Smoot  case  en- 
kindled great  fear  among  the  Mormons.  Rail- 
way magnates  are  securing  the  Salt  Lake  City 
electric  light  and  railway  system,  and  are  build- 
ing new  lines.  Millions  of  dollars  are  being 
spent  there  on  railway  terminals.  Several  of 
the  largest  smelters  in  the  world  are  going  up. 
The  mining  output  for  1906  was  one  third 
greater  than  any  preceding  year.  A  Gentile  in 
Salt  Lake  City  is  investing  millions  of  dollars  in 
improved  real  estate.  The  new  railroads  and 
government  irrigation  schemes  are  opening  new 
towns.  As  the  Gentiles  move  in  the  Mormons 
may  find  it  increasingly  difficult  to  retain  their 
control  as  heretofore.  One  denomination  re- 
ports that  in  its  membership  in  Utah  ten  per 
cent,  has  come  from  Mormon  families. 

We  can  never  succeed  in  Utah  save  by  ex- 
pensive methods.  We  must  strongly  reenforce 
the  boards  working  there.  Present  provision 
is  inadequate.  This  kind  goeth  not  out  but  by 
extraction.  Enough  has  been  accomplished  to 
show  that  the  investment  is  well  worth  making 
now. 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      137 

How  the  gospel  appears  to  a  converted  Mor-  ^/^^^^^j^jf^^  ^^ 
mon  may  be  somewhat  understood  from  the 
following  written  by  one  who  is  now  a  conse- 
crated missionary  teacher:  "If  there  was  any 
one  thing  that  convinced  me  more  than  another 
that  Mormonism  is  not  true,  it  was  in  compar- 
ing the  lives  of  the  mission  teachers  with  the 
lives  of  the  Mormons.  I  hear  much  about  the 
work  in  Utah  being  discouraging.  There  may 
be  cause  for  being  discouraged,  yet  I  doubt 
whether  there  is  a  mission  field  in  Utah  where 
there  have  not  been  seen  conversions.  Am  I 
selfish?  I  may  be,  yet  I  cannot  help  feeling 
that  the  salvation  of  my  soul  was  worth  all  the 

money  spent  at and  the  sacrifices  of  the 

missionaries  when  I  consider  what  I  have  been 
saved  from — Mormonism  with  all  its  satanic 
teachings  and  practises."  This  emphasizes  the 
point  that  the  Church  which  maintains  the  best 
schools  in  Utah  will  contribute  most  to  the 
overthrow  of  Mormonism. 

"The    question   may   be    asked    why    Prot-  stronger 

^  -^  .  -^  Support 

estant  forces  have  not  accomplished  more  all 
these  years.  What  sort  of  a  chance  have  we 
given  them  ?  How  have  they  been  backed  up  ? 
Is  it  not  a  wonder  that  more  workers  have  not 
died  of  loneliness?     They  have  been  so  few 


138 


The  Frontier 


Mormons 
in  Idaho 


Examples 
of  Success 


and  their  equipment  has  been  so  meager.  Re- 
sults in  proportion  to  investment  have  not  been 
wanting.  It  is  high  time  for  the  Church  to 
awake  to  its  own  neglect.  It  may  be  found  at 
last  that  misguided  Mormons  may  form  but  a 
small  minority  as  against  those  in  the  Church 
of  God  who  have  extended  no  hand  and  have 
helped  open  no  way  for  their  escape." 

Idaho 

In  swinging  northward  from  Utah  into 
southern  Idaho  we  are  still  in  the  Great  Basin 
and  in  a  Mormon  region.  About  half  of  the 
six  thousand  in  Pocatello  are  Mormons.  They 
have  there  a  twenty  thousand  dollar  church. 
This  proportion  of  Mormons  holds  in  other 
large  towns  of  southeastern  Idaho,  while  in  the 
agricultural  district  the  ratio  reaches  eighty  or 
ninety  per  cent. 

Yet  throughout  the  state  Protestantism  is 
winning.  At  Twin  Falls  a  church  started  four 
years  ago  is  now  building  a  thirty  thousand 
dollar  structure.  An  enterprising  missionary 
rented  a  room  at  Weiser.  The  outlook  was 
discouraging.  He  found  twelve  members  the 
first  day.  In  eight  days  he  had  built  a  tempo- 
rary structure  costing  a  hundred  and  fifty  dol- 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      139 

lars.  A  revival  followed  and  in  a  month  the 
membership  grew  to  forty-five.  They  now 
have  one  hundred  and  fifty  members  and  a  six 
thousand  dollar  building.  , 

Nevada 

Nevada  is  the  fourth  state  in  size  in  the  Giant  Nevada 
Union.  Its  southern  boundary  is  in  the  same 
latitude  as  South  Carolina  while  its  northern 
limit  is  on  a  line  with  Massachusetts.  In  the 
Carson  Valley  or  sink  we  have  the  depression 
corresponding  to  the  Salt  Lake  Valley  on  the 
other  side  of  the  Great  Basin.  Nevada  is  a 
vast  table-land  averaging  in  altitude  about  four 
thousand  feet.  Its  new  development  is,  if  pos- 
sible, more  sensational  than  that  of  other  west- 
ern states. 

While  there  are  new  mining  interests  which  outiook  for 

Agriculture 

may  surpass  any  of  the  past,  yet  the  present 
and  the  future  larger  prosperity  of  Nevada  is 
based  on  agriculture.  The  agricultural  output 
over  a  series  of  years  will  not  only  eclipse  the 
wealth  from  the  mines,  but  in  an  especial  sense 
it  will  tend  to  the  more  rapid  development  of 
that  state.  The  farmers  will  find  a  ready  mar- 
ket at  the  mining  towns  for  all  they  can  pro- 
duce and  at  good  prices.    The  mining  town  will 


140  The  Frontier 

JDe  greatly  benefited  therelDy,  because  good  liv- 
ing supplies  will  be  at  hand  in  abundance  in- 
stead of  those  now  shipped  from  a  distance  and 
sold  at  exorbitant  rates. 
Lines  of  'pj-j^  Truckec-Carson  irrigation  project  in  the 

Rapid  Growth  _  .  7  . 

Carson  sink  and  Goldfield  mine  discoveries  are 
the  two  chief  factors  in  recent  rapid  increase  in 
population.  About  sixteen  hundred  miles  of 
new  railway  were  built  in  1907.  The  Goldfield 
population  leaped  last  year  to  eighteen  thousand 
and  seven  millions  of  dollars  are  being  spent  on 
new  buildings  and  improvements.  Three  other 
towns  with  an  aggregate  of  twelve  thousand 
are  near.  In  eastern  Nevada,  Ely,  the  great 
copper-mining  city,  promises  to  be  the  Butte  of 
Nevada.  Its  population  trebled  in  five  years. 
Threshold  'pj^g  Churchcs  have  a  great  field  in  this  state. 

of  a  New  Era  .... 

for  the  Church  They  are  entering  into  its  life.  The  mines  are 
now  largely  owaied  and  managed  by  men  who 
are  building  homes  in  the  state.  Dividends  are 
being  Invested  there.  The  needs  are  greater 
than  ever  and  the  situation  demands  money  and 
men  at  once.  At  Reno,  the  capital,  there  are 
students  who,  until  they  entered  the  state  uni- 
versity, never  had  the  opportunity  of  attending 
a  church  service  or  Sunday-school.  "Nevada 
to-day  offers  a  magnificent  opportunity  to  the 


TRUCKEE-CARSON    PROJECT,   NEVADA 
PURE-BLOODED    APACHE    LABORERS   CONSTRUCTING    A    ROAD   THROUGH    THE    DESERT 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      141 

Christian  missionary.  It  has  generous,  willing- 
men  and  women  who  will  repay  a  thousand  fold 
any  real  interest  taken  in  the  spiritual  welfare 
of  the  state.  The  only  question  is  wdio  will 
come  and  come  at  once." 

A  missionary  superintendent  with  a  territory  Expansive 

Figures 

about  seven  hundred  and  fifty  miles  square, 
traveled  during  the  year  fifteen  thousand  miles. 
One  mile  in  seven  was  by  private  conveyance. 
Living  expenses  are  high.  He  cites  an  extreme 
case  of  hay  selling  at  ninety  dollars  per  ton  and 
wood  at  eighty-five  dollars  per  cord.  This  is  a 
part  of  his  statement  to  his  general  committee : 

"We  have  our  banner  unfurled  in  ninety- 
eight  different  communities  that  I  know  of, 
and  are  giving  the  people  some  sort  of  religious 
service.  In  a  number  of  cases  this  amounts 
only  to  a  Sunday-school  or  an  occasional  visit 
of  a  minister,  but  it  is  all  that  the  people  can 
support  at  this  time. 

"This  territory  which  is  the  arena  of  our  Greater 

,  ,    ,  ,  Nevada  at 

conflict  is  receiving  more  than  a  passing  no-  the  Door 
tice  from  the  world  about  us.  The  prophecy 
of  my  predecessor  made  years  ago,  and  reiter- 
ated from  time  to  time,  is  w^ondrously  coming 
to  pass :  'The  new  and  greater  Nevada  is  upon 
us.'     The  tide  ebbed  until  the  mud  flats  were 


Brave 
Beginnings 


142  The  Frontier 

bare  but  it  is  flowing  in  upon  us  again  covering 
all  former  marks,  obliterating  for  us  the  rocks 
and  sands  of  former  shores  and  making  new 
Golden  Gates  and  sunny  harbors. 
Magic  of  '*We  have  one  of  the  greatest  farming  coun- 

the  \Vaters  °  ° 

tries  in  America.  We  have  the  soil;  we  have 
always  had  it.  The  problem  of  the  West  has 
always  been  not  one  of  soil  but  water  for  the 
soil.  In  the  great  basin  of  the  Lower  Carson 
Uncle  Sam  has  opened  his  great  nine  million 
dollar  farm,  on  which  he  has  undertaken  to 
deliver  the  water  to  4,375  homesteads  of  eighty 
acres  each.  And  he  has  made  good.  The 
water  is  flowing  over  the  land  in  great  abund- 
ance. And  this  is  only  a  beginning.  Similar 
schemes  on  the  part  of  the  government  will 
take  hold,  not  only  of  the  waters  of  the 
Truckee,  but  doubtless  also  of  the  Humboldt, 
the  Walker,  the  Carson,  as  well  as  other 
streams.  Private  capital  is  already  interested 
in  the  reclamation  of  swamp  and  desert  land  in 
Fall  River,  Honey  Lake,  Carson,  Antelope, 
Smith,  Humboldt,  and  Owen  River  valleys, 
opening  up  these  great  rich  valleys  to  thousands 
of  home  seekers.  The  new  Nevada  is  upon  us, 
and  it  is  not  a  desert  Nevada.  It  is  a  Nevada 
of  green  fields,  of  alfalfa,  and  of  waving  grain. 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      143 

of  great  fruit  orchards,  of  spring-time  flowers, 
and  singing  birds. 

"Nevada  is  also  the  center  of  activity  along  Railroad 

•'  °     Activity 

the  line  of  railroad  building.  Recently  there 
have  been  opened  up  in  the  Tonopah  and  Gold- 
field,  the  Las  Vegas  and  Tonopah,  the  Gold- 
field  and  Bullfrog,  the  Nevada  Northern,  the 
Sante  Fe  to  Searchlight,  the  Fallon  branch  of 
the  Southern  Pacific,  and  the  Virginia  and 
Truckee  branch  to  Gardenerville.  In  addition 
to  this  the  great  Western  Pacific  transconti- 
nental line  crosses  our  entire  territory.  Great 
railroad  corporations,  to  the  extent  of  millions 
of  money,  believe  in  the  future  of  Nevada. 
Thousands  of  men  with  all  sorts  of  businesses 
are  coming  to  us,  seeing  their  opportunity.  An 
investment  to-day  means  large  returns  to- 
morrow. Institutions  of  all  kinds  move  with 
speed  and  power. 

"The  only  institution  that  seems,  compara-  The  church 

,  1   •  1         £  1   •  •         >     •         1         ^"^*  Awake 

tively  speakmg,  to  be  markmg  tune  is  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ.  Why  is  it?  I  do  not 
know  a  single  religious  denomination  that, 
from  my  view-point  at  least,  is  doing  one 
half  of  the  work  it  might  accomplish.  When 
every  other  sort  of  business  concern  sees  its 
opportunity,   why  does  the  greatest  business 


144 


The  Frontier 


Western 

California 


San  Francisco 
a  Center 
of  Power 


corporation  known  to  man  neglect  its  opportu- 
nity? In  writing  for  publication  and  in  per- 
sonal letters  and  conversations  not  a  few,  and 
repeatedly  from  the  platform,  I  have  said  that 
'Dollars  invested  by  our  Church  to-day,  in 
propagating  work  in  Nevada,  will  return  in 
thousands  to-morrow.'  But  the  question  of 
money  return  ought  to  have  no  part  in  the  prob- 
lem. The  people  are  here  and  are  coming  to 
lis  by  the  thousands.  Jesus  died  on  Calvary  to 
save  them.  The  Church  has  a  duty  to  perform 
concerning  their  salvation." 

California 

In  northern  California  is  a  retarded  expan- 
sion caused  by  large  sections  of  country  held 
heretofore  for  grazing  and  raising  grain.  The 
coming  development  of  inland  waterways  there 
and  also  the  quickening  of  the  soil  by  moisture 
are  presenting  the  Church  with  conditions  sure 
to  become  acute  unless  intelligently  considered. 
One  who  travels  over  that  country  tells  his 
board  that  he  has  work  as  purely  missionary  as 
can  be  found  anywhere  in  the  United  States. 

It  is  difficult  to  appreciate  the  sweep  of 
power  emanating  from  San  Francisco.  No  city 
or  state  of  the  Union,  exclusive  of  itself,  holds 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      i45 

anything  hke  the  grip  of  this  metropoHs  on  the 
Oriental    world.      We    have    pictured    Puget 
Sound  and  shown  its  pregnant  relationship  to 
the  East.    San  Francisco  is  differently  situated 
commercially,  yet  holds  overbalancing  present- 
day  advantages.    It  is  central  on  the  coast,  with 
no^  frontier  inconveniently  near.     Much  of  the 
territory  covered  by  this  chapter  is  tributary 
to  it.     Lines  of  influence,  like  sun's  rays,  ra- 
diate from  and  center  there  from  every  part 
of  the  United  States.    As  a  financial  hub  where 
converge  world  forces  it  also  radiates  across 
the  Pacific.     It  is  full-orbed.    In  it  cluster  the 
greatest  Christian  Oriental  propagandas  on  this 
side  of  the  globe.    From  America  nothing  reli- 
giously affects  China  and  Japan  so  profoundly 
as  the  work  of  home  mission  boards  in  San 
Francisco.     Church  schools  there  are  interna- 
tional.    One  great  denomination  grips  Japan 
from  San  Francisco  almost  as  effectively  as  by 
its  agencies  in  that  country. 

This  is  a  large  subject  and  there  is  not  space  wonderful 
here  for  it.  We  advise  readers  to  follow  up 
this  general  theme  through  their  various 
boards.  We  introduce  the  discussion  that 
we  may  urge  generous  support  for  all  accred- 
ited Christian  agencies  centering  in  San  Fran- 


146 


The  Frontier 


Buddhism 
on  the 
Pacific  Coast 


Stupendous 

World 

Openings 


cIsco.  That  city  is  to  become  one  of  the  great- 
est of  all  time.  Providence  and  its  providential 
harbor  determine  that.  In  English-speaking 
work  the  Church  meets  difficulties  there  faced 
in  no  other  city  of  America.  Protestantism  in 
San  Francisco  is  pivotal  and  world-embracing. 
Let  the  Church  comprehend  that  fact  and  she 
will  make  it  her  spiritual  Gibraltar  facing  the 

East. 

Forces  in  Array 

Japanese  Buddhist  missions  expend  forty 
thousand  dollars  per  year  to  plant  that  faith 
on  the  Pacific  coast.  This  is  probably  twice 
what  any  Protestant  Church  appropriates  for 
Japanese  work  there.  Buddhism  has  a  finer 
headquarters  building  in  Fresno,  California, 
than  any  mission  building  of  the  most  numer- 
ous Protestant  body  operating  on  the  coast.  It 
has  cultured  men.  Next  door  to  a  Protestant 
mission  in  San  Francisco  is  a  Buddhist  mission. 
This,  by  way  of  illustration,  shows  that  great 
as  is  otherwise  our  task  there,  yet  it  is  inten- 
sified, because  the  heathen  world  is  not  quies- 
cent. The  Orient  invades  our  western  coast 
with  its  religions  and  is  aggressive. 

The  Church  of  God  does  right  nobly,  but  did 
any  body  of  people  in  any  age  live  in  such  a 


Tlie  West  Between  and  Beyond      147 

world  at  home,  and  face  such  a  world  Pacific- 
ward  as  do  we  just  now?  The  situation  is  as 
glorious  as  stupendous.  Nothing  but  our  best 
will  save  other  races  and  ourselves.  We  rise 
or  fall  together.  We  cannot  leave  this  for  an- 
other generation.  It  will  be  determined  before 
then.  The  battle  is  on.  America  is  the  for- 
tress. Who  wins  America  wins  ultimate  world- 
capitulation. 

QUESTIONS  ON  CHAPTER  IV 

Aii\r :    To  Realize  the  Urgent  Call  to  the  Church 
FROM  These  Rapidly  Growing  States 

I.*  Name  some  of  the  advantages  that  San  Fran- 
cisco as  a  harbor  has  at  present  over  Puget 
Sound. 

2.  Name  the  states  included  in  the  discussion  of 
this  chapter. 

3.  Compare  the  area  of  Colorado  with  that  of 
England  and  Scotland. 

4.  Compare  the  area  of  Utah  with  Ohio  and 
Tennessee. 

5.  Compare  the  area  of  Wyoming  with  Oregon. 

6.  Which  one  of  these  states  in  this  section  most 
resembles  in  its  products  Pennsylvania? 

7*  Do  you  believe  that  it  will  be  able  to  support  a 
population  as  dense  as  Pennsylvania?     Why? 

8.  In  which  state  of  these  two  sections,  the  North- 
west and  the  West,  would  you  prefer  to  live, 
and  why? 


1 48  The  Frontier 

9.*  Which  one  of  these  two  sections  has  the  greater 
commercial  resources  and  possibilities?  Give 
reasons. 

10.*  Do  you  believe  these  western  states  can  sustain 
as  large  a  population  per  square  mile  as  the 
states  east  of  the  Mississippi  River?  Give 
reasons. 

11.  What  will  be  the  population  of  the  United 
States  when  the  section  west  of  the  Mississippi 
River  is  as  densely  populated  as  the  section 
east  of  the  Mississippi  River? 

12.  Name  the  factors  that  are  the  most  influential 
in  increasing  the  population. 

13.*  Which  is  the  more  permanent,  an  agricultural 
or  a  mining  community?     Why? 

14.  Where  in  the  Bible  do  the  Mormons  find  a 
basis  for  their  religion? 

15.  Why  would  you  prefer  not  to  have  your  sister 
brought  up  in  a  polygamous  household? 

16.  Why  is  Mormonism  un-American? 

17.  On  what  grounds  is  Mr.  Smoot  allowed  to  hold 
his  seat  in  the  United  States  Senate? 

18.  Contrast  this  sect  in  its  social  and  religious 
spirit  and  teaching  with  Christianity. 

19.  Why  do  you  suppose  this  sect  has  made  such 
progress  in  the  United  States? 

20.  What  lessons  can  Christians  learn  from  the 
Mormons  ? 

21.  Why  has  the  Church  of  Christ  not  done  more  to 
Christianize  the  Mormons? 

22.  After  reading  this  chapter  in  which  section  do 
you  think  missionary  work  is  most  needed? 


The  West  Between  and  Beyond      149 

23.  What  type  of  Christian  effort  is  most  in 
demand  ? 

24.*  Why  cannot  a  wealthy  state  Hke  Colorado 
finance  its  own  home  mission  work? 

25.*  Give  as  many  reasons  as  you  can  for  imme- 
diately occupying  these  sections  for  Christ. 

REFERENCES   FOR  FURTHER   STUDY 
CHAPTER    IV^ 
I.  Colorado. 
Clark :  Leavening  the  Nation,  XI. 
Drake :  The  Making  of  the  Great  West,  308-314- 
Mills :     "Economic    Struggle    in    Colorado."      Arena, 
February,  '06 ;  March,  '06 ;  May,  '06 ;  October,  '06. 
Smythe:     The  Conquest  of  x\rid  America,   Part  HI, 
Chapter  H. 

H.  Wyoyning. 
Clark:  Leavening  the  Nation,  X. 
Smythe:     The  Conquest  of  Arid  America,   Part  HI, 
Chapter  VHL 

HL  Mormons  and  Morino-nisin. 

Clark:  Leavening  the  Nation.  XV. 

Davis :  "Practical  Results  of  Mormonism."  Mis- 
sionary Review  of  the  World,  March,  '07. 

Drake:  The  Making  of  the  Great  West,  264-268. 

Guernsey:  Under  Our  Flag.  132-160. 

Horwill :  "Investigation  of  the  Mormon  Church." 
Albany  Review,  June,  '07. 

Kinney:  "Present  Situation  Among  the  Mormons." 
Missionary  Review  of  the  World,  August,  '06. 

Smythe:  The  Conquest  of  Arid  America,  Part  II, 
Chapter  I. 

1  Ciirrent  magazines  should  be  consulted  for  other  refer- 
ences on  these  subjects. 


THE  NEW  SOUTHWEST 


isi 


The  Southwest  is  different  from  all  other  parts  of  the 
country.  The  Anglo-Saxon  is  everywhere  else  in  the 
ascendant.  Here  the  Latin  races  are  dominant.  It  is 
astonishing  to  find  so  many  oldest  churches  all  over 
the  country.  The  superlative  is  a  national  trait.  We 
have  either  the  oldest  or  the  youngest,  the  greatest  or 
the  smallest,  or  the  only  thing  in  the  world.  However, 
it  is  almost  certain  that  the  oldest  church  and  house 
are  to  be  found  in  Santa  F6.  The  Church  of  San 
Miguel  was  built  seventy  years  before  the  landing  of 
the  Pilgrims,  and  the  house  next  to  the  church  fifty 
years.  It  is  the  oldest  settled,  is  the  furthest  behind, 
has  the  most  Church-members  per  capita,  and  is  the 
most  ignorant  and  superstitious  part  of  the  land.  In 
one  part  Mormonism  holds  sway.  In  the  other  Roman 
Catholicism  of  two  centuries  ago  is  still  the  prevailing 
religion. 

— Puddefoot 

Place  the  50,000,000  inhabitants  of  the  United  States 
in  1880  all  in  Texas,  and  the  population  would  not  be 
as  dense  as  that  of  Germany.  Place  them  in  New 
Mexico,  and  the  density  of  population  would  not  be  as 
great  as  that  of  Belgiuin.  Those  50,000,000  might 
all  have  been  comfortably  sustained  in  Texas.  After 
allowing,  say  50,000  square  miles  for  "desert,"  Texas 
could  have  produced  all  our  food  crops  in  1879 — 
grown,  as  we  have  seen,  on  164,215  square  miles  of 
land — could  have  raised  the  world's  supply  of  cotton, 
12,000,000  bales,  at  one  bale  to  the  acre,  on  19,000 
square  miles,  and  then  have  had  remaining,  for  a  cattle- 
range,  a  territory  larger  than  the  state  of  New  York. 
Place  the  population  of  the  United  States  in  1890  all 
in  Texas,  and  it  would  not  be  as  dense  as  that  of  Italy; 
and  if  it  were  as  crowded  as  England  this  one  state 
would  contain  129,000,000  souls. 

— Strong 


152 


Decided 
Advance 


V 

THE  NEW  SOUTHWEST 

It  is  so  new  that  one  hardly  knows  where  to 
begin  the  story.  It  is  as  histy  as  new.  The  de- 
cided advance  has  been  since  1900  and  the  re- 
markable acceleration  is  within  three  years. 
The  Southwest  includes  Arizona,  New  Mexico, 
Oklahoma,  and  Texas.  Arkansas  and  western 
Louisiana  have  characteristics  similar  to  these 
four  commonwealths. 

Natural  Domain  and  People  in  the  Large 

These  six  divisions  have  as  much  territory 
as  France,  Germany,  and  Austria-Hungary,  Population 
which  have  a  population  of  1 50,000,000.  The 
Southwest  has  7,000,000.  It  is  predicted  that 
men  now  living  ma}''  see  75,000,000  there.  It 
is  called  the  land  of  sunshine  and  opportunity. 
In  one  year  New  York  recorded  118  cloudy 
days  and  El  Paso,  Texas,  36. 

When   Arizona  and   New  Mexico   are   ad-  f^.^°^ 

Arizona  and 

mitted  as  states  they  will  rank  in  size  in  the  New  Mexico 
order  named,  four  and  five,  and  Nevada  will 
153 


Extent  and 
Possible 


154 


The  Frontier 


Oklahoma 
and  Texas 


Present 
Growth  of  the 
Southwest 


Accessions 
from  Cities 


be  moved  from  four  down  to  six.  It  is  as  far 
across  Arizona  and  New  Mexico  from  east 
to  west  as  from  New  York  to  Chicago. 

Oklahoma  more  than  equals  in  area  New 
England  and  Delaware,  leaving  out  Maine, 
while  Texas,  which  extends  southward  almost 
as  far  as  does  Florida,  could  be  sliced  into  four 
and  two-third  lowas. 

The  most  rapid  development  in  the  Union  is 
just  now  going  on  in  the  Southwest."  The 
home  missionary  situation  is  nowhere  more 
acute  and  more  freighted  with  destiny.  In  the 
decade  ending  with  1900  the  center  of  popula- 
tion advanced  but  ten  miles  westward,  but  the 
growth  of  the  Southwest  drew  it  three  miles 
southward.  One  hundred  thousand  a  month 
is  its  increase  in  population.  Home-seekers' 
excursions  are  frequent.  Trains  are  so  filled 
as  to  necessitate  several  sections.  The  people 
are  ninety-six  per  cent.  American.  They  come 
from  between  the  Appalachians  and  the  Miss- 
issippi. 

Texas  and  Oklahoma  are  now  receiving 
larger  accessions  than  any  other  states.  Those 
who  come  to  the  Southwest  are.  generally 
speaking,  experts  in  the  selection  of  land  and  in 

1  Harvey,  Metropolitan  Magazine,  August,  1908. 


s  of 
crease 


The  New  Southwest  155 

its  tillage.  Many  are  from  the  cities.  A  per- 
ceptible current  from  the  city  toward  the  soil 
is  significant. 

In  Roosevelt  County,  New  Mexico,  where  in  sample 

•^  Increasi 

1900  no  one  lived,  there  are  now  homes  on  two 
thousand  quarter  sections.  The  Imperial  Val- 
ley, Arizona,  has  doubled  its  people  within  one 
year  and  now  has  twenty-five  thousand. 

Nature  in  the  Southwest,  as  elsewhere  west  Treasures 

.  Disclosed 

of  the  Mississippi,  has  worn  a  forbidding  as- 
pect. This  has  turned  men  to  other  parts  of 
the  country.  When,  however,  the  divine  pur- 
pose ripened,  the  government,  the  agrictiltural 
college,  and  railway  development  all  conspired 
to  unlock  and  advertise  dormant  treasures  so 
long  disguised. 

Religious  Foundations 
If  American  Protestantism  were  to  center  Pioneer 

Mission 

in  the  Southwest  all  its  home  missionary  ener-  service 
gies  at  present  employed  in  different  parts  of 
the  United  States,  it  would  find  there  an 
ample  field.  Denominational  destinies  are  be- 
ing swiftly  determined.  A  locality  is  quick  to 
appreciate  the  Church  which  begins  its  min- 
istry among  the  people  when  most  it  is  needed, 
that  is,  at  the  beginning. 


156  The  Frontier 

Investing  in  js^  denomination  which  stays  with  the  people 

Foundations  _  ^  -^  ^        -^  _ 

in  their  days  of  adversity  is  the  Church  of  their 
choice  in  the  years  following.  In  proportion 
as  a  mission  board  provides  for  rural  commu- 
nities is  its  later  work  in  the  cities  prosperous. 
City  churches  are  largely  built  up  out  of  small 
towns.  A  general  officer  of  a  prominent  body 
complains  that  in  a  wide  section  of  the  West 
his  Church  is  almost  without  a  following.  He 
gives  as  a  reason  their  pioneer  neglect  of  rural 
communities  there.  The  type  of  Protestantism 
to  which  the  Southwest  will  respond  and  which 
will  become  the  Church  of  its  adoption  is  the 
type  that  not  only  selects  advantageous  centers 
where  conditions  are  least  primitive,  but  which 
also  starts  with  the  people  at  the  bottom  and 
builds  itself  into  their  daily  stress  and  struggle. 
Whatever  Church  is  to  figure  largely  in  the 
Southwest  must  begin  now.  It  must  invest 
largely  and  contribute  its  highest  type  of  men. 
It  will  reap  what  it  sows.  A  hesitating  admin- 
istration will  prove  disastrous. 

In  all  the  years  of  initial  missionary  growth 
in  the  Southwest,  years  in  which  a  rough  fron- 
tier life  seemed  but  little  responsive  to  the  la- 
bors of  consecrated  men,  these  faithful  souls 
rested  in  the  assurance  that  God's  Word  would 


Results  from 
Earlier  Sowing 


The  New  Southwest  157 

not  return  void.  Now,  Hke  a  field  well 
i:)loughed  and  carefully  sown,  the  Southwest 
everywhere  is  responsive  to  former  spiritual 
tillage.  The  old-timers  remark  upon  the  trans- 
formation. 

The  saloon  is  becoming  unpopular.    It  is  not  Reform 

,  Tendencies 

so  long  ago  that  bull-fights  in  Arizona  contrib- 
uted to  the  building  of  a  cathedral.  Now  gam- 
bling has  been  swept  clean  from  both  Arizona 
and  New  Mexico,  while  Texas  comes  forward 
with  its  new  antigambling  laws.  The  senti- 
ment for  intellectual  improvement  is  positive 
and  school  privileges  are  excellent.  The  rough 
element  in  life  retires.  It  is  no  longer  in 
good    form. 

While  these  signs  of  encouragement,  born  interests  of 

.  ,  .       .  ,    ,  -111  t^s  Newer 

of  early  missionary  labors,  are  seen  m  the  older  settlements 
settled  communities,  yet  almost  everything  is  to 
be  done  in  the  rapidly  forming  newer  settle- 
ments. Reenforcements  all  out  of  proportion 
to  those  in  the  older  towns  are  imperative. 
While  most  of  the  people  may  have  lived  else- 
where in  a  Christian  community,  yet  their  re- 
moval to  a  region  where  all  is  new  tends  to 
unsettle  the  foundations  of  spiritual  life.  They 
are  completely  absorbed  in  the  preliminary 
struggle  of  existence  and  in  establishing  homes 


158 


The  Frontier 


Prompt 

Action 

Will  Prevent 

Drifting- 


Mexicans  and 
Indians 


and  surroundings  which  must  be  built  in  virgin 
newness  from  the  ground  up. 

The  community  is  without  precedents. 
Without  strong  anchorage  it  will  drift.  With- 
out a  positive  dominating  spiritual  leadership  it 
will  not  progress  morally.  We  inherit  so  much 
in  standards  and  observances  which  have  be- 
come parts  of  a  fixed  order,  that  we  are  uncon- 
scious of  these  shaping  influences  of  life  and 
character.  In  a  new  settlement  there  is  little 
moral  background  or  perspective,  hence  the 
necessity  for  the  most  effective  agencies. 
Mediocre  men  and  measures  may  prove 
harmful  as  they  prejudice  the  situation  against 
future  well-directed  efforts.  This  is  all  to  show 
that  what  is  done  for  the  Southwest  should 
be  done  novv%  and  that  efforts  lacking  in  states- 
manship and  resources  will  prove  a  disappoint- 
ment. Spiritual  experiments  will  not  fit  a  situ- 
ation marked  by  tremendous  material  certain- 
ties. 

In  sections  where  Mexicans  and  Indians  are 
numerous,  advance  is  retarded.  The  Indians, 
for  the  most  part  inoffensive  and  industrious, 
present  needs  calling  for  efforts  as  purely  mis- 
sionary as  in  the  foreign  field.  This  is  also  true 
of  the  Mexicans  who  are  much  of  a  dead  lift. 


Features  of 
Arizona 


The  New  Southwest  159 

Missions  thoroughly  manned  among  these  peo- 
ples are  fruitful,  but  they  present  conditions  in 
sharp  contrast  to  the  work  among  Americans. 

Arkona 

Arizona  is  spoken  of  as  a  land  apart.  Its 
air  suggests  the  great  Sahara  Desert  or  that  of 
Mount  Sinai,  Arabia.  The  territory  is  divided 
by  cliffs  running  diagonally  northwestward. 
The  northern  part  has  an  elevation  of  about 
six  thousand  feet,  with  pine  forests  covering 
ten  thousand  square  miles.  Arizona  has  the 
largest  untouched  forest  in  the  United  States. 
The  southern  part  of  the  territory  offers  great 
opportunities  for  settlement,  as  irrigation  has 
wrought  changes  there  more  wonderful  than  in 
any  other  part  of  the  United  States.  A  climate 
almost  tropical  cooperates  with  a  soil  like  that 
of  the  Nile  Valley. 

Arizona  is  a  little  larger  than  Italy  with  its  Population 

.     .  and  Water- 

population   of   thirty-three   millions   of   people   supply 

and  but  little  smaller  than  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  with  forty-three  millions.  The 
annual  rainfall  is  less  than  seven  inches,  but  it 
has  ten  millions  of  acres  susceptible  of  irriga- 
tion. Arizona  stands  most  in  need  of  conserv- 
ing its  streams  and,  providentially,  conditions 


i6o 


The  Frontier 


Conditions 
To  Be  Met 


A  Typical 
Town 


are  most  favorable  to  that  end.  The  Roosevelt 
Reservoir  will  be  one  hundred  feet  higher  than 
Niagara  Falls. 

Living  expenses  are  very  high.  This  necessi- 
tates missionary  appropriations  larger  than  for 
other  sections  of  the  country.  This  is  equally 
true  of  several  parts  of  the  Southwest.  A  rail- 
way from  Phoenix  to  Los  Angeles  opens  new 
territory  where  towns  are  building.  Imme- 
diate attention  bestowed  there  will  richly  repay 
missionary  investment. 

An  Arizona  town  in  the  southern  part  may 
illustrate  conditions.  It  has  17,500  people,  half 
of  whom  are  Mexicans  and  Indians.  Classed 
with  the  Americans  are  many  Jews  and  Roman 
Catholics.  One  third  of  the  influential  people 
are  Jews.  Not  more  than  one  fourth  of  the 
Americans  are  interested  in  Church  matters. 
This  means  that  the  normal  field  of  operations 
is  among  but  one  eighth  of  the  population.  In 
the  building  of  a  fine  church,  apart  from  some 
aid  by  local  banks,  not  more  than  two  hundred 
dollars  w^as  secured  in  the  town  outside  the  de- 
nomination itself.  The  illustration  shows  how, 
in  the  initial  stages,  missionary  aid  is  necessary. 
Stimulating  \  preacher  who  may  command  a  large  hear- 

opportunities    ing  End  occupy  a  place  of  influence  in  one  of 


The  New  Southwest  i6i 

these  cities  will  succeed  almost  anywhere  in  the 
United  States.  The  intellectual  atmosphere  is 
stimulating,  as  the  brightest  and  most  progres- 
sive young  business  men  from  all  parts  of  the 
country  carry  on  the  enterprises  and  fill  the  pro- 
fessions. There  is  much  latitude  in  religious 
thinking  and  a  spirit  of  toleration.  J\Iate- 
rialism,  however,  strongly  dominates.  A 
manly,  vigorous  thinker,  well  equipped  and 
spiritually  endowed,  will  find  in  such  a  minis- 
terial field  one  after  his  own  heart. 

Concerning  Health-Seekers 
In  passing,  we  refer  to  a  matter  incidental  cautions  to 

'^^  =>'  _  Health- 

to  our  subject  but  important.  Many  people  seekers 
journey  to  the  Southwest  in  search  of  health. 
It  would  seem  that  some  are  not  informed  be- 
fore going  concerning  the  climate.  While 
there  is  much  sunshine  and  the  air  has  all  the 
curative  properties  ascribed  to  it,  yet  in  the  win- 
ter months  the  extremes  of  temperature  de- 
mand about  the  same  comforts  and  protection 
one  needs  in  the  eastern  states.  Many  who  go 
there,  with  but  the  shelter  of  a  tent,  must  cer- 
tainly endure  hardships.  Increased  cost  of  liv- 
ing makes  ordinary  home  essentials  the  more 
difficult  to  obtain.    One  who  goes  there  to  re- 


l62 


The  Frontier 


Christian 
Ministrations 


gain  health  will  find  it  desirable  to  be  well  pro- 
vided with  funds. 

Frontier  churches  in  some  localities,  in  addi- 
tion to  their  efforts  to  maintain  religious  work, 
not  always  self-supporting,  find  in  their  midst  a 
parish  of  transient  health-seekers  whose  dis- 
comforts may  heavily  tax  the  sympathy  and 
ministrations  of  local  societies.  And,  while  the 
personnel  may  change,  the  number  may  not  les- 
sen. Pastors  of  missionary  churches  receive 
letters  asking  that  special  attention  be  given 
some  loved  one  temporarily  residing  there. 
The  churches  and  pastors  seek  to  minister  ten- 
derly to  the  many  sick  always  with  them. 

Reference  is  made  to  this,  in  its  relation  to 
home  missions,  that  the  Church  generally  may 
inform  itself  concerning  this  extensive  need. 
Church  hospitals  for  tuberculosis,  properly  lo- 
cated, will  prove  of  untold  service. 

Home  missionary  work  in  the  Southwest 
With  the  Sick  has  bccu  retarded  because  many  of  the  churches 
have  been  supplied  with  pastors  who  were  there 
to  recuperate.  These  men  were  servants  of 
God  and  their  hero-ic  struggle  to  regain  health 
was  in  every  way  commendable,  but  they  were 
not  able  to  push  the  work  where  most  it  needed 
reenforcement.     This  condition  is  now  largely 


Need  of 
Church 
Hospitals 


Problems 
Connected 


The  New  Southwest  163 

eHminated.  It  emphasizes  the  need  ahxady 
mentioned  of  sanitariums  in  locaHties  whei*e 
the  Church  may  properly  care  for  its  members, 
hundreds  of  whom  might  be  restored  to  heakh 
by  such  beneficent  ministry. 

New  Mexico 
New  Mexico  embraces  features  of  our  oldest  ^^""^y 

New  Mexico 

American  civilization.  Santa  Fe  claims  pri- 
ority in  age  over  other  cities  in  the  United 
States.  An  old  church  there,  said  to  have  been 
reared  in  1540,  has  a  bell  bearing  the  date 
135 1.  An  adobe  house  near  at  hand  is  pointed 
out  as  older  than  the  church. 

The  old  and  the  new  blend  in  New  Mexico,   R^p'** 

^      ^  •  rr-y  Modern 

but  the  new  takes  on  remarkable  vigor.  Twen-  Growth 
ty  thousand  homes  occupying  two  millions  of 
acres  have  been  established  in  a  part  of  that 
territory  in  a  single  year.  In  twelve  months 
the  number  of  post-offices  advanced  from  three 
hundred  and  twenty-two  to  five  hundred  and 
twenty-three.  The  new  life  of  New  Mexico  is 
emphatically  modern.  This  is  seen  in  the  char- 
acter of  its  rapidly  building  towns. 

One  misses  nothing  of  the  recent  and  the  ^^chu'^rcSTes" 
best    in    conveniences    of    living.      Churches  Planted 
planted  in  growing  centers  cannot  be  less  at- 


1 64 


The  Frontier 


The  Pecos 
Valley 


Population 

and 

Resources 


tractive  than  those  in  similar  towns  elsewhere. 
Missionary  appropriations  that  might  have 
proved  effective  five  years  ago  will  now  entirely 
fail  to  command  the  situation.  The  conditions 
to  be  overcome  are  similar  to  those  mentioned 
as  existing  in  Arizona.  The  aid,  however, 
while  it  must  be  substantial,  is  needed  but  for 
a  little  time.  An  able  preacher  backed  by  a 
home  mission  board  will  soon  have  a  prosper- 
ous self-supporting  church,  whose  perennial 
contributions  toward  the  work  of  the  board 
which  nurtured  it  will  reimburse  the  treasury 
many  times  its  initial  investment. 

The  Pecos  Valley  in  the  southeastern  part 
presents  a  new  development  which,  in  complete 
transformation  and  extent,  will  satisfy  any  one 
who  is  at  all  interested  in  an  ideal  home  mission 
field.  In  1890  only  lean  cattle  found  subsist- 
ence there.  Now  its  numberless  artesian  wells 
water  a  soil  that  can  be  cultivated  almost  con- 
tinuously. Sugar-beets  raised  here  show  the 
highest  per  cent,  of  beet-sugar  known.  One 
apple  orchard  produced  a  seventy  thousand  dol- 
lar crop.  This  extensive  valley  within  two 
years  will  be  densely  populated. 

New  Mexico  at  the  last  census  had  two  hun- 
dred thousand  people.     It  has  now  probably 


X 

i^^^i^^i^           ■*■ 

*  "*  ■'  "iS'' J 

d 

1 

^1 

^^^HB^-           '^rai 

HPHI 

H 

i 

1 

^^^^1 

>«  '.y  T  '•5 . '  •' ■  !fJi.^  "t  'W 

^IB 

BE 

H 

H 

■~^...mM 

m 

1 

1 

ii 


t/  .fi.2.iy?»S3ffiGR.«  ■ 


r> 


^"k^ 


^■1 


ni8| 


MAIN    STREET   OF   AN   OKLAHOMA   TOWN,   AUGUST   SIXTH 

MAIN    STREET   OF   SAME   TOWN    AUGUST   SIXTEENTH 

MAIN    STREET    OF   SAME   TOWN,   NOVEMBER    SIXTH,   SAME    YEAR 


Oklahoma's 
Development 


The  New  Southwest  165 

twice  that  number  and  is  expected  to  reach  a 
half  milHon  by  1910.  Among  the  natural  re- 
sources of  New  Mexico  are  one  and  a  half 
millions  of  acres  of  coal  land  and  five  millions 
of  acres  of  timber.  In  the  northwest  is  a  wide 
section,  now  remote  from  railways,  but  with 
natural  resources  certain  to  bring  a  large  popu- 
lation. Missionary  workers  will  do  well  to 
keep  this  part  of  New  Mexico  well  within  their 

angle  of  vision. 

Oklahoma 

Oklahoma  is  so  recent  to  history  that  those 
born  the  year  it  was  admitted  as  a  territory  are 
still  in  their  'teens.  It  is  not  seventeen  years 
from  the  lonely  haunt  of  the  jack  rabbit  and 
coyote  to  a  land  filled  with  magnificent  farms, 
bustling  towns,  sooty  mines,  and  smoking  in- 
dustrial plants. 

Oklahoma  for  the  next  few  years  presents  TheChurch-s 

.  ,  .    .  .    ^^      .         Opportunity 

one  of  the  exceptional  opportunities  of  Chris- 
tendom to  strongly  entrench  Christianity.  The 
Church  that  does  not  at  once  become  strongly 
aggressive  there  will  find  later  beginnings  diffi- 
cult. The  growth  in  population  and  raihvay 
extension  is  unparalleled  for  the  same  period. 

No  other   state  has  been   admitted  to  the  Growth  of 

T  T    •  -1  •    1      1  •  T  1  Population 

Union  with  so  many  inhabitants,     it  now  has  and  Towns 


1 66  The  Frontier 

one  million  five  hundred  thousand  and  is  able 
to  support  five  millions  more.  It  is  difficult 
anywhere  in  the  state  to  get  farther  than 
twenty-five  miles  from  a  railway.  The  open- 
ing up  of  the  "Big  Pasture"  is  one  of  the  latest 
attractions.  This  means  a  whole  section  of 
country  preempted  by  a  thrifty  American  peo- 
ple. Churches  should  immediately  dot  that 
region.  Cities  and  towns  are  substantial, 
although  their  grow^th  is  phenomenal.  Okla- 
homa City,  the  distributing  center,  had  in  1900 
about  ten  thousand  people.  To-day  it  has  forty 
thousand.  Seven  cities  have  populations  of  ten 
thousand  or  more.  There  are  thirty-five  towns 
of  between  twenty-five  hundred  and  ten  thou- 
sand. Three  towns  in  the  southwest  part  of 
the  state  have  grown  in  four  years  from  noth- 
ing to  four  thousand,  six  thousand,  and  eight 
thousand  respectively.  There  are  sixteen  hun- 
dred and  fifty-two  towns  on  the  map.  Okla- 
homa has  accomplished  in  fifteen  years  what  it 
took  Kansas  forty  years  to  attain. 
A  strategic  Oklahoma  is  strategfic.     Its  climate  and  soil 


tate 


t.' 


would  alone  make  it  influential,  but  its  central 
location  and  accessibility  ordain  it  a  potential 
commonwealth  from  which  will  emanate  lines 
of  communication  to  many  parts  of  the  coun- 


The  New  Southwest  167 

try.  There  is  nowhere  such  an  interminghng 
of  northern  and  southern  people.  Its  Church 
Hfe  will  be  cosmopolitan.  Its  Christianity  will, 
of  necessity,  have  large  vision,  which  means  the 
missionary  spirit.  The  foreign  field  may  find 
here  another  strong  base  of  supply. 

Oklahoma's    location    gives    it    agricultural  wide  Range 

o  t5  of  Products 

possibilities  for  products  of  both  a  temperate 
and  semitropical  climate.  Three  fourths  of  its 
land  is  adapted  to  cotton  and  four  fifths  of  it 
to  wheat.  It  may  now  rank  as  fourth  among 
cotton  states.  A  writer  says  that  Oklahoma 
can  supply  the  West  with  cotton  goods  made 
in  its  own  mills  run  by  natural  gas.  It  can  fur- 
nish illuminating  oil  to  the  Northwest,  and 
pave  the  cities  of  the  Union  with  its  asphalt. 

Since     iQOO     Oklahoma's     factories     have  Progress 

^  _  Since  1900 

doubled,  the  output  has  tripled,  and  the 
capital  invested  quadrupled.  She  has  more 
banks  than  Kansas  and  Nebraska  combined. 
She  publishes  five  hundred  and  seventy-five 
newspapers  and  periodicals.  Her  one  hundred 
and  five  thousand  Indians,  real  and  theoretical, 
are  outnumbered  by  whites  fourteen  to  one. 

It  is  estimated  that  three  fourths  of  the  men  ^  caii  for 

Energetic 

and  boys  and  half  of  all  the  people  are  outside  Action 
any  religious  body.     There  are  many  Indians, 


1 68  The  Frontier 

but  the  problem  is  that  of  whites,  as  the  Indians 
will  be  largely  absorbed.  The  mission  boards 
are  awake  to  the  situation.  They  are  endeav- 
oring to  arouse  the  Church  to  a  sense  of  what 
is  passing.  An  insistent  call  comes  to  one  of 
the  boards  for  aid  in  building  twenty  churches. 
Two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  each  will  insure 
their  erection,  as  the  larger  part  of  the  money 
will  be  contributed  locally.  To  secure  results 
initial  donations  are  necessary,  as  settlers  who 
build  homes  on  new  soil  often  find  their  re- 
sources overdrawn.  A  few  strong  men  placed 
just  now  in  southwestern  Oklahoma,  at  a  cost 
to  the  boards  of  about  five  hundred  dollars 
each,  to  supplement  self-support  in  the  local 
church,  will  mean  a  great  return  to  the  denomi- 
nation which  has  the  foresight  and  liberality 
to  make  the  investment.  Conditions  in  Okla- 
homa are  stable,  with  no  likelihood  of  a  back- 
ward movement. 

Tcvas 

Texas  an  'p^  ^^^^  outliue  Tcxas  is  an  ambitious  task. 

Imperial 

State  One  can  draw  a  straight  line  for  nine  hundred 

miles  within  the  state.  Along  with  Oklahoma 
it  shows  the  present  high-water  mark  of  ad- 
vancement in  the  United  States.  It  ranks  fifth 
in  population.     It  is  predicted  that  by  1950  its 


The  New  Southwest  169 

people  may  number  thirty  millions.  Texas  and 
Oklahoma  are  destined  to  become  our  empire 
states  both  in  people  and  material  output. 

Years  agfo  Texas  sfave  eastern  capitalists  ten  Present 

_  ==  =>  /^  Inrush  of 

counties  in  the  Panhandle  to  build  its  state  cap-  settiers 
ital.  The  capitalists  erected  a  fine  structure 
and  now  their  reward  is  a  large  one.  This 
land,  held  for  grazing,  with  ten  acres  or  more 
needed  for  each  steer,  is  now  found  to  be  good 
wheat  soil.  Everywhere  in  Texas,  as  in  the 
Panhandle,  the  great  ranches  are  being  sur- 
veyed into  farms.  The  purchaser  may  secure 
what  land  he  needs  down  to  ten  acres.  The  in- 
rush of  settlers  is  bewildering.  Along  one 
railroad  for  a  distance  of  one  hundred  and  fifty 
miles  but  five  families  lived  a  little  time  ago, 
now  more  than  twenty  thousand  heads  of  fami- 
lies are  there,  four  fifths  of  whom  came  in 
twenty  months. 

Texas  now  produces  sixty-three  varieties  of  Great  variety 

^  -^  of  Products 

agricultural  products.  In  the  southeastern  part 
along  the  Rio  Grande,  a  hundred  miles  inland, 
a  rare  quality  of  sugar-cane  is  grown.  It  will 
heavily  affect  the  world's  sugar  market.  Thou- 
sands of  acres  in  the  vicinity  of  Corpus  ChristI 
are  turned  to  prolific  truck  patches  where, 
throughout  the  winter,  the  landscape  is  green 


170 


The  Frontier 


El  Paso 


Railways  ot 
Texas 

Centering  at 
Galveston 


with  the  finest  garden  produce  for  northern 
markets.  The  Bermuda  onion  yield  is  enor- 
mous. This  land  a  short  time  since  sold  for  a 
dollar  and  fifty  cents  an  acre.  The  oil  output 
of  southwest  Texas  annually  foots  up  millions 
of  barrels. 

El  Paso  in  the  extreme  southwest  is  on  the 
borders  of  Texas,  New  Mexico,  and  Mexico. 
It  is  a  port  of  entry  from  Mexico.  While  it  is 
an  old  city  its  forty-three  thousand  population 
has  mostly  been  gathered  within  a  few  years. 
It  is  the  largest  city  for  five  hundred  miles  east, 
north,  or  west,  and  for  fifteen  hundred  miles 
south.  It  is  the  commercial  gateway  to  Ari- 
zona, New  Mexico,  and  west  Texas.  As  a 
home  missionary  center  its  importance  is  not 
likely  to  be  overestimated.  Several  denomina- 
tions have  recently  erected  fine  churches  there. 

For  forty  3^ears,  up  to  1905,  Illinois  led  in 
total  railway  trackage.  Now  Texas  leads  with 
twelve  thousand  five  hundred  miles  and  has 
nearly  five  times  the  area  of  Illinois  in  which  to 
expand.  Galveston  is  one  of  the  most  prom- 
ising cities.  With  its  proximity  to  the  Panama 
Canal,  with  the  teeming  Southwest  at  its  back, 
with  a  growing  network  of  railways  to  trans- 
port to  its  harbor  the  countless  resources  of 


The  New  Southwest  171 

mines  and  acres,  who  will  forecast  the  future 
of  Galveston? 

The  Wide  Outlook 
As    the    Northwest    culminates    in    Puget  G^t^^^yto 

^         the  Panama 

Sound,  and  the  West  Between  in  San  Fran-  canai 
cisco,  so  the  Southwest  will  find  its  gateway 
through  Galveston  to  the  Panama  Canal.  This 
means  the  Southwest  pouring  itself  out  upon 
the  Orient  and  western  South  America.  We 
now  have  less  to  do  with  South  America  than 
with  Asia.  The  Panama  Canal  lessens  the  dis- 
tance from  New  York  to  Asia  by  seven  thou- 
sand miles,  but  Galveston,  nearer  even  than 
New  Orleans,  has  by  location  large  advantages 
over  New  York  in  freight  passing  through  the 
divided  Isthmus. 

The  startling  changes  wrought  by  great  cur-  The  church 

.  1         r-  1         Should 

rents  of  trade,  soon  to  spring  from  the  South-  Prepare  for 
west  and  to  flow  through  the  Panama  Canal,  ^^^"^"^^ 
are  difficult  to  predict.  That  they  will  surpass 
all  present  anticipations  of  the  Church  is  cer- 
tain. Protestantism  should,  without  loss  of 
time,  scan  and  study  the  Southwest  and  be 
ready  for  the  tide  that  is  rising  in  that  country. 

Why  is  Porto  Rico  a  new  sister  to  our  South-  our  Neglect 
west?    And  why  for  so  long  a  time  have  we  America 


172  The  Frontier 

been  on  little  more  than  speaking  terms  with 
our  older  sister,  South  America?  Longingly 
she  and  Latin  America  have  looked  our  way. 
They  have  fashioned  some  twenty-one  repub- 
lics since  ours  was  born.  They  have  had  a  hard 
•  time  with  their  various  violent  internal  dis- 
orders. We  have  been  neighborly  enough  to 
afford  protection  by  gesticulating  toward 
would-be  foreign  intruders  so  that  they  have 
been  made  to  understand;  but,  on  the  whole, 
we  have  been  so  busy  with  our  growing  family 
and  setting  them  all  up  in  housekeeping  that 
we  have  left  South  America  much  to  herself. 
South  South  America,  with  more  than  twice  the 

American  r     t        -n    •       t    c  1         'i-  i* 

Advancement  area  of  tlic  United  States  and  with  its  thirty- 
five  millions  of  people,  has  in  the  last  few  years 
advanced  with  giant  strides.  Governments 
there  are  becoming  stable.  Many  parts  of  their 
continent  rival  the  most  progressive  of  our  own 
land.  We  can  learn  of  Brazil  and  the  Argen- 
tine Republic  concerning  public  improvements. 
The  productive  power  of  the  people  rapidly  in- 
creases and  we  are  told  that  South  America 
is  a  country  of  such  vast  and  varied  resources 
as  to  need  the  surplus  capital  of  both  America 
and  Europe  for  its  development. 

Mark  the  location  and  tilt  of  South  America. 


The  New  Southwest  173 

Boston  is  on  a  direct  Hne  with  Valparaiso  on 
the  west  coast.  "The  principal  ports  of  the 
western  coast  of  South  America  will  be  from 
60  to  1,700  miles  nearer  to  New  York  than 
to  San  Francisco."  South  America  pushed 
straight  north  would  about  fit  into  our  east 
coast.  On  the  west  coast  note  Chili  with  its 
singular  history  and  its  tremendous  awakening, 
as  if  it  were  in  a  competitive  race  to  be  abreast 
of  Texas  at  the  Isthmian  Canal  opening. 

What  does  all  this  mean  ?    No  man  may  now  The  North- 

.    .  westward 

fully  answer,  but  an}'-  one  may  direct  his  vision  outiook 
to  outstanding  headlines  pointing  unmistakably 
the  way  of  our  future.  Glance  again  north- 
westward. About  and  contributory  to  Puget 
Sound  is  wheat,  wheat.  Why  were  not  the 
millions  on  millions  of  acres,  yellow  with  bread 
for  Asia,  located  elsewhere  than  in  a  territory 
seemingly  made  to  order,  to  fit  a  world  harbor 
specially  constructed  to  float  commissary  fleets 
to  an  eastern  hemisphere  ? 

And  in  the  Southwest  is  Galveston,  backed  '^^l^^^^^' 
again  by  wheat.    Yes  and  more.    Texas  alone  open  Door 
can  supply  the  world  with  one  fifth  more  cot- 
ton than  now  grows  on  the  whole  globe.    Cot- 
ton,   not   wool,    is   what   clothes   the   eastern 
world.    Again,  Texas  and  Louisiana  feed  man- 


174 


The  Frontier 


Molded  for 
a  Mission 


The  Export 
Trade 


kind  with  three  quarters  of  all  the  rice  eaten, 
and  they  stand  ready  to  produce  every  kernel 
now  grown,  a  full  present-day  ration  of  rice 
for  India,  China,  Japan,  and  every  other  land. 

Look  at  the  map,  and  note  how  little  territory 
lopped  off  at  the  northwest  would  have  cut  out 
Puget  Sound.  Again,  look  at  Texas.  Why  is  it 
elongated  and  sharpened  in  the  direction  of  the 
Panama  Canal  ?  One  may  answer  that  the  Rio 
Grande  was  made  the  boundary  line  and  deter- 
mined this  elongated  Texas.  True,  but  why 
was  not  the  continent  so  molded  that  the  river 
would  have  emptied  into  the  Gulf  farther  north 
and  left  more  rice  and  cotton  country  on  the 
Mexican  side  of  the  line?  Texas  then  would 
not  appear  on  the  map  as  if  it  had  been  gripped 
by  a  Hercules  and  stretched  to  a  point  extend- 
ing far  southward  in  an  effort  to  make  it 
meet  something. 

You  answer,  this  was  to  give  Galveston  a 
wide  sweep  of  country  that  it  might  be  a  mighty 
export  city,  the  second  of  the  United  States, 
outranked  only  by  New  York.  And  why  do 
the  lands  radiating  from  that  particular  port 
nearest  the  Panama  Canal,  groan  with  their 
profusion  of  cotton,  rice,  and  wheat?  And 
why  were  not  the  lands  located  elsewhere  ? 


The  New  Southwest  175 

Why  is  a  rice-raising  expert,  to  whom  rice-  ^*^*chinese 
growers  go  for  ideas,  located  with  his  model  Experts 
plantation  in  Texas  ?  And  is  there  any  signifi- 
cance in  his  being  an  Oriental,  a  distinguished 
Japanese?  A  colony  of  Japanese  devoted  to 
rice  culture  are  there.  One  of  them  owns  1,600 
acres.  He  is  also  one  of  the  wealthiest  land- 
owners in  Japan.  He  may  vote  in  his  own 
country,  because  of  the  class  to  which  he  be- 
longs, for  a  representative  to  the  House  of 
Peers.  He  employs  expert  farmers  from  Japan 
as  foremen.  His  white  neighbors  are  his  labor- 
ers. Another  Japanese  of  our  Southwest  has 
been  a  member  of  the  Japanese  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives and  also  principal  of  the  noted  Jap- 
anese educational  institution  founded  by  Nee- 
sima.  The  Chinese  are  there,  good  farmers, 
getting  the  best  from  rich  land.  Why  is  it 
that  Orientals,  both  in  the  Northwest  and  in 
the  Southwest  fringe  our  export  harbors  to 
Asia? 

Again,  why  is  the  most  phenomenal  railway  ^  super- 
development  of  the  Union  in  Texas,  and  all   Purpose 
available  for  Galveston?    Then  mark  the  time 
element.    Why  was  Texas  awakened  into  this 
amazement  of  production  at  about  the  time  the 
Panama  Canal  was  started  ?    Why  did  the  rail- 


176  The  Frontier 

way  fever  in  Texas  break  out  at  about  the  same 
time?  Why  did  Galveston  rise  from  its  over- 
whehning  disaster  of  a  few  years  ago  and  build 
as  if  dominated  by  a  superhuman  purpose? 
Was  there  a  conscious  Panama  Canal  motive 
which  actuated  the  human  side  of  these  well- 
timed  movements?  To  affirm  that  such  was 
the  case  might  be  ridiculous.  But  is  it  unrea- 
sonable to  suggest  that  back  of  all  this  there 
may  be  a  "purpose,  which  is  purposed  in  the 
earth"  ? 
Fa^c^trr^"  It  may  be  permissible  to  note  that  in  the 

Southwest  Jews  are  numerous.  In  various 
cities  they  direct  and  dominate  large  business 
interests.  Study  the  relation  of  the  Jews  to  the 
growth  of  Galveston  and  its  commerce.  Mark 
their  present  influence  in  endeavoring  to  make 
it  a  harbor  of  entry  for  immigrants  as  well  as 
a  port  of  world  trade.  And  then,  as  in  your 
thought  all  radiating  lines  of  commerce  be- 
come luminous  because  of  the  Christ  who  maps 
them  and  makes  them  bearers  of  his  proclama- 
tion to  the  nations,  you  may  recognize  that  in 
this  new  dispensation  Israel  once  more  appears 
and  that  the  rejected  Messiah  still  gives  to  his 
countrymen  a  place  of  honor  in  his  imperial 
advance. 


The  New  Southwest  177 

"The  touch  of  race  on  race  across  the  Pacific  1°"''^  °L 
grows  warmer  every  day.  Through  the  chan- 
nels of  trade,  through  the  sending  over  of  hun- 
dreds of  young  men  into  educational  work  in 
the  Orient,  through  the  contact  opened  up  by 
their  looking  to  us  for  professional  instruction 
and  through  an  ever-growing  travel,  the  touch 
of  life  on  life  becomes  more  intimate.  The 
only  safety  for  the  awakening  people  in  the 
Philippines,  in  China,  and  in  Japan  is  to  fill 
these  channels  with  the  water  of  life,  as  well  as 
with  the  secular  freight  they  bear. 

"Paul  saw  a  man  of  Macedonia  beckoning  ^  ^^"7  . 

"^     Macedonian 

him  to  bring  the  gospel  over  into  Europe.  We  caii 
cannot  estimate  the  results  to-day  of  his  obe- 
dience to  that  heavenly  vision.  There  stands 
over  against  ...  us  ...  a  man  forty 
times  as  great  as  Paul's  man,  beckoning 
us  to  bring  the  gospel  over  into  Asia.  He  calls 
to  us:  'Make  your  whole  coast  an  apostle  to 
the  Gentiles.  Fill  the  heads  of  your  people 
with  Paul's  gospel  and  their  hearts  with  his 
love,  and  then,  through  the  touch  of  your  com- 
mercial, political,  social,  educational  and  reli- 
gious life  upon  ours,  come  over  into  Asia  and 
help  us.'  "' 

1  Dr.  Charles  L.  Thompson. 


178  The  Frontier 

QUESTIONS    ON    CHAPTER    V 

Aim  :    To  Realize  the  Call  to  the  Church  in  the 
Rapid  Development  of  the  Southwest 

1.  Name  the  states  included  in  this  section. 

2.  How  do  France,  Germany,  and  Austria-Hun- 
gary compare  with  the  Southwest  in  area? 

3.  How  does  Texas  compare  with  Germany  in 
area,  population,  and  possible  resources? 

4.  How  does  Arizona  compare  with  Nevada  in 
area,   population,   and   possible   resources? 

5.  How  many  times  can  Pennsylvania  be  superim- 
posed on  Texas? 

6.  How  does  Oklahoma  compare  with  France  in 
climate  ? 

7.  Name  the  chief  products  of  the  Southwest. 

8.*  Do  you  believe  the  Southwest  has  greater  com- 
mercial possibilities  than  the  Northwest?  Give 
reasons. 

9.  To  which  state  in  the  Southwest  would  you 
prefer  to  go  as  a  farmer?     Why? 

10.  To  which  state  in  the  Southwest  would  you 
prefer  to  go  as  a  business  man?    Why? 

11.  How  do  the  Northwest  and  Southwest  compare 
in  area  and  population  ? 

12.  Name  the  states  that  offer  a  good  climate  for 
tuberculosis  patients. 

13.  Can  a  state  be  expected  to  care  for  invalids  from 
other  states? 

14.  Are  the  newly-established  churches  able  to  pro- 
vide for  the  care  of  invalids  from  other  sections? 


The  New  Southwest  179 

15,     By  what  agency  are  hospitals  for  consumptives 

to  be  established? 
16.*  Name  the  factors  that  are  contributing  most  to 

the  development  of  the  Southwest. 

17.*  What  is  the  dominating  motive  among  men  in 
entering  these  new  sections? 

18.*  Why  is  the  Church  less  aggressive  than  com- 
mercial enterprises? 

19.  What  do  you  consider  some  of  the  greatest 
temptations  in  a  new  community? 

20.  Give  some  examples  of  high  moral  ideals  in 
these  states? 

21.*  Is  an  old  established  or  a  new  community  most 
easily  influenced?     Why? 

22*  In  which  section  of  the  West  do  you  believe 
there  is  the  greatest  need  for  Christian  workers 
now?     Give  reasons. 

23.  To  which  state  would  you  prefer  to  go  as  a 
Christian  worker?     Why? 

24.*  Which  section  do  3'ou  consider  the  most  stra- 
tegic in  its  relationship  to  foreign  countries  and 

why  ? 

25.*  Sum  up  as  carefully  as  you  can  the  immediate 
need  for  home  missionary  workers. 

REFERENCES    FOR    FURTHER    STUDY 

CHAPTER  V 
I.  The  Southwest. 

Harvey:    "The  Great  Southwest."     Munsey's  Maga- 
zine, March,  '05. 


1  For  additional  references,  see  Bibliography,  pages  265-279 


i8o  The  Frontier 

Matson :  "The  Awakening  of  Nevada."  Review  of 
Reviews,  July,  '06. 

Ogden:  "Farming  in  the  Southwest."  Everybody's 
Magazine,  November,  '07. 

Puddefoot:  The  Minute  Man  on  the  Frontier,  XXII.. 

"The  Growth  of  Southwest  Texas."  Review  of  Re- 
views, February,  '06, 

II.  Texas. 
Bessey:      "Vegetation     of    Texas."       Science,     April 

19,  '07. 
Cunniff:    "Texas  and  the   Texans."     World's  Work, 

March,  '06. 
Mowry:     The     Territorial     Growth    of    the    United 

States,  V. 

III.  Oklahoma. 

Clark:  Leavening  the  Nation,  XI. 

Cunniff:  "The  New  State  of  Oklahoma."  World's 
Work,  June,  '06. 

Hough:  "Rise  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma."  Apple- 
ton's  Magazine,  April,  '07. 

McGuire :  "Big  Oklahoma."  National  Geographic 
Magazine,  February,  '06. 


THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS  AND 
SOME  OTHER  PEOPLES 


i8x 


Much  that  was  vicious  in  the  administration  of  In- 
dian affairs  has  been  eliminated  during  recent  years. 
The  system  of  Indian  education  was  never  better, 
never  more  liberally  supported  by  the  government, 
and  in  allotting  good  land  in  severalty  to  Indians 
whose  reservations  still  contain  good  land,  we  are  ful- 
filling our  obligation  to  those  individual  Indians.  But 
from  the  portion  of  the  nation's  trust  which  fell  into 
the  political  pot  we  have  the  barren  reservations, 
perpetuated  for  many  thousands  of  Indians  of  the 
second  and  third  generation  whom  we  must,  perforce, 
continue  to  support,  or  "civilize"  as  railroad  section 
hands  and  ditch  diggers  and  sellers  of  bead-work, 
while  the  white  man  cultivates  their  good  land.  We 
now  show  a  belated  eagerness  to  square  ourselves  with 
these  Indians  by  allotting  to  them  their  choice  of  land 
from  the  poor  remnants  which  have  been  left  to  them 
after  the  many  choosings  of  the  white  man — a  pathetic 
spectacle,  this  granting  Indians  the  choice  of  land  on 
which  no  well-equipped  white  man  could  make  a  living. 
This  portion  of  our  great  obligation  is  beyond  redemp- 
tion. 

— Htimphrey 


However  future  legislation  may  affect  the  numbers 
of  Chinese  coming  to  America  is  no  part  of  this  dis- 
cussion. Present  facts  and  conditions  are  sufficient 
stimulus  to  greatest  endeavor.  The  existence  of  so 
many  Chinese  now  among  us;  the  increasing  number 
of  native-born,  who  are  eligible  for  citizenship;  the 
great  possibilities  of  the  Chinese  as  individuals  and 
as  a  people;  the  expediency  and  eternal  rightness  of 
cultivating  friendly  relations  with  neighboring  nations; 
the  unique  x^osition  of  America  as  the  embodiment  and 
exponent  of  the  highest  civil  and  religious  life  and  in- 
stitutions yet  developed;  the  certainty  that  if  we  do 
not  Christianize  the  Chinese  they  will  paganize  us — 
all  these  and  other  considerations  impose  obligations, 
responsibilities,  and  necessities  which  we  cannot  escape, 
and  give  us  unequaled  prestige  and  opportunity  for 
evangelizing  the  Chinese. 

— James 


VI 

THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS  AND  SOME 
OTHER  PEOPLES 
An  obstruction   in   a   stream   indicates   the  current  and 

Obstruction 

swiftness  of  its  current.  Waters  will  flow. 
The  obstruction  opposes  and  there  is  commo- 
tion. The  Indian  has  been  stationary.  Prog- 
ress swept  around  and  by  him.  The  Indian 
objected.  The  stream  foamed  in  agitation 
about  him  or  swept  him  away. 

Man  and  nature  are  coordinate.     They  rise  Man  Bound 

.  .  Up  With 

or  relapse  together.  The  difference  in  nations  Nature 
is  in  their  different  relations  to  nature.  Man 
cannot  rise  save  by  conquest  of  nature,  and  na- 
ture is  raw  and  crude  and  wild  until  domesti- 
cated by  man.  Nature  is  the  complement  of 
man  and  reflects  man.  A  pictured  group  of 
men  will  tell  you  their  natural  environment  and 
a  pictured  landscape  will  indicate  the  kind  of 
people  living  there.  Paul  tells  how  the  perfect- 
ing of  nature  awaits  the  perfect  man.  "For  the 
earnest  expectation  of  the  creation  waiteth  for 
the  revealing  of  the  sons  of  God.  For  we  know 
that  the  whole  creation  groaneth  and  travaileth 
183 


1 84 


The  Frontier 


Working 
Together 


Working 
Apart 


God  the  Key 
to  Enlight- 
enment 


The  Anglo- 
Saxon  and 
America 


in  pain  with  us  until  now."  Paul's  full  vision 
of  the  situation  is  set  forth  in  verses  eighteen 
to  twenty-five  of  the  eighth  chapter  of  Romans. 

Man  who  acknowledges  the  kinship  of  na- 
ture, and  devoutly  yokes  himself  to  her,  and 
works  in  companionship  with  her  and  God, 
transforms  both  himself  and  nature.  The  wil- 
derness is  changed  to  an  Eden,  and  the  man  is 
transfigured  into  a  son  of  God. 

Man  may  repudiate  his  higher  relationship 
to  nature  and  she  will  repudiate  him.  He  re- 
mains a  slave,  for  freedom  comes  only  by  con- 
quest. She  tells  him  no  deep  secrets.  He  lurks 
afraid,  superstitious.  His  God  even  must  be 
appeased.  He  is  a  barbarian,  and  lives  in  a  wil- 
derness. If  you  would  see  how  far  we  have 
come,  study  a  blanket  Indian. 

But  nations  know  nature  only  as  they  know 
God,  The  gospel  reveals  God.  Thus  Chris- 
tian nations  are  enlightened,  free,  powerful. 

When  the  early  Anglo-Saxon  came  to  this 
continent  he  at  once  proceeded  to  subdue  it. 
He  has  been  busy  at  it  ever  since.  That  strug- 
gle has  made  him  the  modern  Anglo-Saxon, 
and  he  has  made  the  United  States  of  America. 
Neither  could  have  been  produced  without  the 
other.     But  this  early  Anglo-Saxon  brought 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  185 

God,  the  Holy  Scriptures,  and  conscience  with 
him.  Could  either  this  country  or  the  typical 
American  have  been  possible  without  obedience 
to  God  and  the  ten  commandments  ?  This  ques- 
tion helps  to  measure  the  missionary  and  what 

we  owe  him. 

Antipodal  Races 

The  white  man,  when  he  landed,  found  the  ^l"'^'"'' 
Indian  in  surroundings  that  had  environed  him  white  Man 
for  centuries.  All  present  potentialities  were 
there.  And  yet  this  red  man  had  left  almost  no 
mark  on  his  world.  Had  some  plague  silently 
divested  this  North  American  continent  of 
every  inhabitant,  few  signs  would  have  re- 
mained, save  in  the  Southwest,  to  indicate  that 
the  land  was  once  inhabited.  The  Indian  gave 
no  challenge  to  nature,  and  both  sulked  in  sav- 
agery. These  two  types  of  man  meeting  on 
this  continent  explain  their  antagonisms. 

The  antipodes  met.    How  could  they  mingle  ?  ^^'ppJ;^^^^^ 
Not  that  their  relationships  might  not  have  Makes  the 
been  more  humane,  not  that  the  more  enlight-  ^p'^^^^" 
ened  should  not  have  been  more  considerate 
and  tolerant  concerning  his  dusky  brother.   All 
this  might  have  been,  and  many  a  page  of  our 
history  be  marked  with  beneficence  rather  than 
blood — would  God  it  were  so !— yet,  in  the  out- 


i86 


The  Frontier 


come,  the  whites  would  be  a  supreme  and  the 
Indians  a  subject  race.  Why?  The  paleface 
grappled  with  nature,  the  red  man  did  not. 
This  fixed  the  rank  of  each. 

While  we  cannot  excuse  unholy  antagonisms 
nor  deny  the  Indian  any  just  right,  we  may  bet- 
ter interpret  history  if  we  hold  this  key,  namely, 
that  these  two  representatives  of  the  race  stood 
for  principles  as  opposed  as  light  and  darkness, 
life  and  death.  They  could  never  blend;  one 
must  go  down  before  the  other.  Suppose  the 
white  race  had  been  driven  into  the  sea  and  the 
aborigines  had  held  the  soil  until  now,  what 
kind  of  a  country  would  this  be  and  what  dif- 
ferent direction  would  have  been  given  to  the 
history  of  the  world  ? 

We  must  not  be  interpreted  as  in  anywise 
excusing  the  white  man  where  he  might  have 
accorded  better  treatment  to  the  Indian ;  but 
we  do  well  to  keep  in  mind  that  this  country 
was  an  evolution,  and  that  its  Indian  policy 
was  likewise  an  evolution. 

Demand  for  Living  Room 
What  White         Broadly  speaking,   the  earlv  settlers  asked 

Occupancy  ,    ,  ,  '' 

Involved  only  Hviug  room.  But  this  meant  forests  felled, 

roads,  farms,  mills,  towns,  wide  communica- 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  187 

tion — in  short,  the  destruction  of  the  wilder- 
ness. This  in  turn  meant  ruined  hunting- 
grounds  and  the  obliteration  of  primitive  In- 
dian life.  The  white  man  could  not  avoid  this. 
The  Indian  could  not  permit  it  and  remain  an 
uncivilized  Indian.  In  either  case  it  was  a  grim 
struggle  for  self-preservation.  The  Indian  re- 
sisted encroachment,  the  other  fought  for 
subsistence. 

The   intention   of  the  white   man   was,    on  a  Benevolent 

Intention 

the  whole,  benevolent.  As  the  stronger,  his 
thought  was  not  to  annihilate  the  weaker.  The 
two  races  could  not  mix,  for  no  two  ideals  of 
living  could  be  more  antagonistic.  What  was 
essential  to  one  was  abhorrent  to  the  other; 
therefore  they  agreed  to  live  apart.  The  white 
man  made  a  treaty.  It  provided  hunting- 
grounds  and  wide  domain  for  the  Indian  where 
he  might  live  unmolested. 

Factors  in  the  Field 

But    the    Anglo-Saxon    little    dreamed    the  ^7^^^^"''°" 
largeness  of  his  future.     In  course  of  time  a  white  Race- 
normal  advance  overflowed  the  Indian  frontier,   stolidity 
Dissensions  followed,  antagonisms  were  kin- 
dled, wars  broke  out.     It  was  impossible  for 
these  two  races  to  see  alike.     They  looked  in 


The  Frontier 


Border 
Warfare 


Efforts  of 
Missionaries 


opposite  directions.  The  Indian  was  always 
moved  on,  and  every  move  might  have  been 
thought  the  last.  The  government  again  and 
again  violated  treaties,  but,  in  most  cases,  the 
government  met  issues  as  unpremeditated  as  to 
the  Indian  they  seemed  unjust.  Progress  had 
come  that  far.  It  could  not  pause  unless  it 
changed  its  nature.  The  Indian  sat  stolidly 
smoking  in  front  of  his  wigwam,  squarely  in 
the  road  of  human  advance.  The  Indian  did 
not  care  to  advance,  he  insisted  on  being  let 
alone.  This  meant  that  humanity  must  double 
on  its  track  backward  toward  barbarism. 

We  cannot  now  easily  appreciate  that 
ever-recurring  dilemma — the  American  Indian. 
That  the  border  line  of  two  such  civilizations 
was  that  of  border  wars  and  bitter  hostilities  is 
not  surprising.  Taking  humanity  for  what  it 
is  and  was,  taking  savagery  for  what  it  may  be, 
our  colonial  Indian  history  is  not  after  all  diffi- 
cult to  explain. 

These  early  annals  are  brightened  by  illus- 
trious examples  of  Christian  brotherhood  to- 
ward the  original  inhabitants.  David  Brain- 
erd,  Eliot,  Edwards,  and  others,  choicest  spir- 
its of  a  noble  race,  gave  themselves  without 
stint  to  the  uplift  of  the  red  man.    The  response 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  189 

was  proportionate  to  the  sacrifice,  and  gave 
early  pledge  of  the  power  of  the  gospel  to  save 
aborigines  as  well  as  the  civilized. 

These  efforts  were  among  the  highest  expres-  working  of 

°  .  Elemental 

sions  of  a  heroic  Church.  Had  they  continued,  Forces 
relationships  would  have  been  more  friendly, 
but  never  do  we  find  the  Indian  rising  to  a  posi- 
tion of  nature  conquest.  At  best  he  follows 
weakly  and  hesitatingly  in  the  white  man's 
tracks,  and,  save  in  his  own  element,  he  is  a 
secondary  race.  Wars  follow,  and  the  condi- 
tions of  life  for  generations  tend  to  strenuous 
crudeness.  Life  was  elemental — so  formative, 
shifting,  and  new  that  the  higher  graces  of 
thought  for  others  with  missionary  zeal  were 
hardly  to  be  looked  for;  yet,  that  they  flour- 
ished so  extensively  is  indicative  of  the  mascu- 
line Christianity  of  those  times.  Since  then  we 
have  been  preoccupied  by  internal  development 
and  an  expansion  beyond  all  thought  of  early 
Americans.  Landmarks,  limitations,  and  fron- 
tiers of  those  days  were  fitted  to  another  age 
and  country  than  the  United  States  of  to-day. 

Tribal  divisions  have  made  work  among  un-  obstacles  of 

'f  Tribe  and 

tamed    inhabitants    of    the    country    difficult.   Language 
There  was  no  written  language.    This  resulted 
in  such  variations  of  speech  as  to  make  it  im- 


190 


The  Frontier 


Present 

Indian 

Population 


Distribution 
of  Indians 


possible  for  one  tribe  to  understand  another. 
It  has  been  estimated  that  they  employed  two 
hundred  different  languages. 

Numbers  mid  Distribution 

The  present  number  of  Indians,  exclusive  of 
Alaska,  is  from  250,000  to  300,000.  While 
estimates  differ  concerning  the  aborigines  in 
the  country  at  the  time  of  its  discoA^ery  and 
later,  some  prominent  authorities  of  to-day 
think  the  number  has  never  been  greater  than 
now.  The  Indian  is  not  dying  out ;  his  birth- 
rate increases. 

Concerning  the  present  distribution  of  the 
Indians  and  our  national  policy  regarding 
them,  we  quote  from  Dr.  S.  H.  Doyle.  They 
are  divided  into  seven  classes  as  follows: 

"i.  The  Six  Nations  of  Nezv  York.  These 
number  about  5,500,  and  are  but  little  removed 
from  the  simpler  life  of  the  poor  whites  of  the 
state, 

"2.  The  Five  Civilised  Tribes.  These  are 
the  Cherokees,  Chickasaws,  Choctaws,  Creeks, 
and  Seminoles.  They  live  in  Indian  Territory, 
and  number  nearly  67,000.  The  gospel  has 
been  preached  and  schools  maintained  among 
these  tribes  for  generations,  so  that  few  traces 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  191 

of  their  native  Indian  Hfe  are  seen  among  them 
to-day. 

"3.  The  Eastern  Cherokees  of  North  Caro- 
lina. These  refused  to  go  westward  with  the 
great  body  of  their  sixty  tribes  years  ago, 
but  remained  among  the  mountain  homes  of 
their  forefathers.  Their  population  is  about 
35,000. 

"4.  Indians  on  Reservations.  These  reser- 
vations are  under  the  control  of  the  national 
government,  are  not  taxed  or  taxable,  and  are 
to  be  found  in  almost  every  one  of  the  western 
states.  The  population  of  the  reservations  is 
over  125,000. 

"5.  The  Pueblos  of  Neiv  Mexico.  The  an- 
cestors of  the  Pueblos  were  a  remarkable  and 
ancient  people.  They  were  neither  warlike 
nor  migratory,  but  dwelt  in  houses,  built 
of  bricks,  after  a  style  of  architecture  pecu- 
liarly their  own.  The  Pueblos  number 
nearly    10,000. 

"6.  The  Apaches.  They  consist  of  about 
400  prisoners  of  war,  under  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 

"7.  Imprisoned  Indians.  These  are  in  na- 
tional, state,  or  territorial  prisons.  Their  num- 
ber is  about  200. 


192 


The  Frontier 


Periods  of 

Governmental 

Relation 


Colonial 
Period 


Historical  Survey 

"The  relation  of  the  United  States  govern- 
ment to  the  Indian  has  been  divided  into  three 
periods:  the  colonial,  the  national,  and  the 
modern,  the  last  beginning  with  the  presidency 
of  General  Grant. 

"The  colonial  period  was  characterized  by- 
constant  wars,  bloodshed,  and  rapine.  The 
trouble  arose  mainly  from  the  fact  that  the  two 
races  and  civilizations,  differing  vastly  in  char- 
acter, had  been  brought  together  on  our  shores 
with  the  coming  of  the  white  man.  Yet  the 
fact  cannot  be  disguised  that  the  most  bloody 
Indian  wars  and  massacres  of  colonial  days 
were  inspired  by  the  whites  themselves.  The 
English  and  the  French  struggled  for  a  century 
for  supremacy  in  America,  and  in  these  strug- 
gles both  nations  and  even  the  American  colo- 
nists did  not  scruple  to  use  the  Indians  as  allies 
when  sorely  pressed.  'French  tomahawks  and 
scalping-knives  struck  dov/n  and  mutilated 
English  women  and  children,  in  the  exposed 
settlements  of  Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania, 
and  Virginia.  French  officers  were  in  com- 
mand at  Deerfield,  at  Fort  William  Henry,  and 
at  Braddock's  defeat.    Nor  does  history  record 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  193 

that  they  put  forth  any  effort  to  prevent  the 
horrors  perpetrated  by  the  Indians.  Nor  was 
England  in  her  hour  of  need  more  scrupulous.' 

"The  national  period  of  the  government's  National 
relation  to  the  Indian  has  been  called  *a  century 
of  dishonor.'  Peace  with  the  Indians  was  im- 
possible, because  of  the  insatiate  greed  of  the 
settler  for  the  Indian's  land.  To  prevent  set- 
tlement upon  the  lands  allotted  to  the  Indians 
was  impossible.  Washington  tried  it  but  failed. 
He  recommended  to  Congress  that  'no  settle- 
ment should  be  made  west  of  the  clearly  marked 
boundary  line,  and  that  no  purchase  of  land 
from  the  Indians  except  by  the  government 
should  be  permitted.'  This  recommendation, 
however,  was  disregarded,  and  another  Indian 
war  was  the  result.  In  the  earliest  treaties 
made  by  the  government  with  the  Indians, 
where  boundary  lines  were  distinctly  marked, 
the  lands  designated  were  given  to  the  Indians 
forever,  and  white  settlers  were  left  to  the 
mercy  of  the  Indians  for  punishment.  On  Jan- 
uary 21,  1785,  such  a  treaty  was  made  with  the 
Ottawas,  Chippewas,  and  Delawares.  But 
these  treaties  were  utterly  disregarded  by  the 
whites,  and  the  wars  followed  which  resulted 
in  the  defeat  of  General  St.  Clair  and  the  mas- 


Modern 
Period 


194  The  Frontier  --" 

sacra  of  his  troops,  and  in  the  victory  of  Gen- 
eral Anthony  Wayne  over  the  Miamis,  These 
wars  are  ilkistrative  of  every  war  that  has  oc- 
curred with  the  Indians  from  that  time  to  this. 
Treaties  were  made,  promising  lands  to  the  In- 
dians, 'while  water  ran  and  grass  grew.'  The 
ink  in  which  the  treaty  was  written  was  scarcely 
dry  before  our  unrestrained  and  unrestrainable 
settlers  would  proceed  to  violate  their  terms. 
This  invariably  led  to  irritation,  and  to  indi- 
vidual acts  of  revenge  on  the  part  of  the  In- 
dians, and  then  followed  war. 

"The  modern  period  of  our  relations  with 
the  Indians  began  with  the  first  term  of  General 
Grant  as  President.  In  1870  he  introduced 
vs^hat  has  been  called  'The  Peace  Policy.'  He 
announced  his  intention  of  dealing  with  the  In- 
dian question  in  a  more  just  and  friendly  man- 
ner. He  advocated  their  civilization,  the  edu- 
cation of  their  children,  and  the  fulfilment  of 
treaty  obligations.  He  appealed  to  Christian 
bodies  to  assist  in  their  amelioration.  As  a  re- 
sult of  his  policy  the  'Indian  Rights  Associa- 
tion' was  formed.  It  consists  of  nine  members, 
for  whose  services  no  salary  is  paid.  The  work 
of  the  association  is  to  'spread  correct  informa- 
tion, to  create  intelligent  interest,  to  set  in  mo- 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  195 

tion  public  and  private  forces  which  will  bring 
about  legislation,  and  by  public  meetings  and 
private  labors  to  prevent  wrongs  against  the 
Indian  and  to  further  good  works  of  many 
kinds  for  him.'  The  'Woman's  National  In- 
dian Association'  is  a  supplementary  body, 
which  deals  philanthropically  with  the  Indian 
as  an  individual.  It  establishes  missions  where 
there  are  none  and  turns  them  over  to  Christian 
denominations,  who  will  care  for  them. 

"The  Peace  Policy  has  produced  splendid  re-  ^'^"  ^^"'^y 
suits.  Indian  outbreaks  are  less  frequent. 
Military  outposts  have  been  abandoned,  and 
some  have  even  been  turned  into  schools.  Sav- 
age and  barbarous  customs  are  giving  way  to 
the  forms  of  civilization. 

"The  Department  of  the  Interior  at  Wash- 
ington has  charge  of  the  government  of  the  In- 
dians. The  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs  is 
at  the  head  of  the  Indian  office,  which  is  a  bu- 
reau in  this  department.  About  one  half  of  the 
Indians  to-day  are  on  reservations — a  term 
applied  to  the  land  set  apart  or  reserved  by  the 
government  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  In- 
dians. On  each  reservation  is  a  government 
agent,  who  has  associated  with  him  a  physician, 
clerk,  farmers,  policemen,  and  other  employees, 


Present 
Organization 


196 


The  Frontier 


Evils  of 

Reservation 

System 


Indian 
Education 


all  of  whom  are  paid  by  the  government.  The 
entire  establishment  is  called  an  Indian  agency. 
The  agents  are  responsible  to  the  Commissioner 
of  Indians,  who  is  appointed  by  the  President 
and  resides  in  Washington. 

"One  of  the  worst  features  of  the  Reserva- 
tion System  is  the  distribution  of  rations.  The 
reservations  are  not  fitted  for  agriculture.  The 
inhabitants  have  therefore  to  be  fed  by  the  gov- 
ernment, which  deals  out  rations  periodically 
to  many  of  the  tribes.  This  is  a  vicious  system. 
It  breeds  laziness  and  incapacity.  It  gives  the 
Indian  agent,  if  he  be  unscrupulous,  a  danger- 
ous advantage  over  those  for  whom  he  should 
care,  for  he  can  give  or  withhold  the  rations, 
and  thus  has  the  very  lives  of  the  'nation's 
wards'  in  his  hands.  The  Indian  by  such  a  sys- 
tem never  can  be  taught  to  become  a  self- 
respecting  and  self-supporting  citizen. 

"The  education  of  the  Indian  boys  and  girls 
is  receiving  special  attention  by  the  govern- 
ment. It  aims  to  educate  them  both  indus- 
trially and  intellectually.  For  this  purpose 
it  has  established  non-reservation  boarding- 
schools,  reservation  boarding-schools,  and  res- 
ervation and  independent  day-schools.  The  In- 
dians also  attend  state  and  territorial  public 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  197 

schools,  contract  day  and  boarding-schools, 
and  mission  day  and  boarding-schools.  The 
object  of  Indian  education  is  not  so  much  to 
give  a  'higher  education'  as  it  is  to  fit  the  boys 
and  girls  for  the  duties  of  every-day  life.  The 
course  of  instruction  is  patterned  after  that  in 
our  common  schools,  and  to  this  is  added  in- 
dustrial training.  In  the  large  non-reservation 
schools  shoemaking,  harness-making,  tailoring, 
blacksmithing,  plastering,  and  brickmaking  and 
laying  are  taught  with  considerable  effective- 
ness." 

Recent  Radical  Change 

We  have  inserted  this  quotation  at  length 
as  it  concisely  sums  up  the  past  and  outlines  the 
present  policy  down  to  the  last  three  or  four 
years.  In  that  time  radical  changes  have  been 
introduced.  They  provide  that  the  Indian  as 
rapidly  as  possible  shall  pass  from  government 
tutelage  and  be  placed  like  every  other  citizen 
face  to  face  with  nature  and  there  fix  his  own 
status.  The  reason  for  this  is  fairly  summed 
up  in  the  following,  quoted  from.  Julia  H. 
Johnston's  Indian  and  Spanish  Neighbors: 

"When  the  best  thing  has  been  said  for  the  ^he 

'='  .  .       "  Last  Man ' 

Indian,  he  is  to-day  the  last  man.  The  immi- 
grants landing  at  Ellis  Island  in  three  months 


Indian 
Citizenship 


198  The  Frontier 

outnumber  the  entire  Indian  population,  and 
four  times  as  many  Porto  Ricans  as  there  are 
Indians  have  come  under  our  stars  and  stripes. 
The  negro  question  is  forty  times  as  great  as 
the  Indian  question.  But  shall  the  red  man  be 
forgotten?  Not  if  the  Church  has  a  message 
from  God,  for  God  forgets  no  man  in  his 
message." 
Allotments  -pj^g  Indian  is  to  be  absorbed  within  twenty- 

and  Industry 

five  years.  He  will  be  known  only  as  an  Amer- 
ican citizen.  The  Dawes  act  of  1887,  modified 
by  the  Burke  law,  provides  that  the  Indians  are 
to  receive  allotments  of  land,  160  acres  each, 
and  as  soon  as  any  show  ability  to  manage  their 
own  affairs  they  are  to  receive  title  to  the  land 
and  are  clothed  with  the  right  to  vote.  More 
than  half  the  Indians  in  the  United  States  are 
now  voters  and  have  received  their  land  allot- 
ments. Government  education  for  the  Indian 
began  by  an  appropriation  of  $20,000  in  1877. 
The  yearly  amount  is  now  nearly  $4,000,000. 
Most  judicious  and  painstaking  efforts  are  made 
to  secure  work  for  the  Indians  on  the  railways, 
irrigation  dams,  in  the  sugar-beet  fields,  and 
elsewhere.  They  prove  valuable  helpers,  and 
on  the  whole  the  labor  demand  is  greater  than 
the  supply. 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  199 

An  appropriation  of  $25,000  was  made  to  ^J,^^*^*'°° 
protect  the   Indians   of   the   Indian   Territory   intoxicants 
against  the  illegal  traffic  in  intoxicants.     The 
work  done  by  the  government's  agent  and  his 
helpers  is  most  gratifying. 

For  the  last  twenty-five  years  our  govern-  a  Quarter 
ment  has  applied  itself  to  the  improvement  of  Honor^  ° 
the  red  man  as  probably  no  other  nation  has 
ever  devoted  itself  to  the  needs  of  a  ward.  Our 
Indian  wrongs  have  been  many  and  deep.  To 
be  understood  they  must  be  studied  in  their  in- 
dividual bearings;  but  concerning  the  present 
attitude  and  efforts  of  the  government  for  the 
betterment  of  that  race  there  can  be  no  ques- 
tion. 

This  "last  man"  needs  our  sympathy  because  sympathy 
of  the   rapid  and  revolutionary  changes  that 
confront  him.    Their  aim  is  beneficent  but  none 
the  less  confusing  to  the  Indian. 

The  Indians  are  now  being  named  so  that  a  Names  and 
family  record  may  be  continuous.  This  means  Basis 
that  the  tribe  disappears  and  the  family  becomes 
paramount.  The  most  marked  advance  has 
been  among  the  "Five  Civilized  Tribes"  of 
Oklahoma — formerly  a  part  of  Indian  Terri- 
tory. A  study  of  their  progress  and  present 
status  is  important. 


200 


The  Frontier 


Indian  Missions 


Initial  Barriers 


Personal 

Standing 
Now  the  Aim 


Lifelong 
Workers 
Needed 


This  brings  us  to  the  immediate  and  present 
bearing  of  missions  on  the  Indian  problem,  A 
hindrance  to  missionary  success  has  been  the 
scandalous  treatment  of  the  aborigines  by  the 
whites.  A  sullen  hatred  met  the  white  mis- 
sionary. Considering  the  difficulties  and  the 
comparatively  small  number  of  Indians,  mis- 
sions among  them  have  been  successful  beyond 
what  might  have  been  expected.  A  new  era  of 
Indian  missions  is  nov\^  upon  us. 

We  must  meet  our  native  brother  in  his  new 
relationships.  Family  life,  social  obligations, 
business  relationships,  all  are  to  have  the  same 
meaning  to  him  as  to  any  man.  He  is  to  be 
encouraged  to  stand  alone  and  to  learn  that 
there  is  One  only  whom  any  man  may  safely 
trust  for  guidance. 

The  demand  is  for  recruits  who  will  enlist  for 
life,  learn  the  language  of  the  people  to  whom 
they  go  and  there  build  a  life-time  of  ministry 
into  a  new  and  changing  order.  The  success 
of  these  missions  in  the  past,  with  all  the 
disadvantages  of  the  reservation  system  or 
worse,  is  among  the  brightest  annals  of 
the  kingdom. 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  201 
At  least  eig'lit  Protestant  denominations  are  f/^^* 

°  _  Christian 

engaged  in  this  work.     Our  red  neighbors  are  Bodies 
accessible.     Possibly  we  cannot  better  summa- 
rize than  to  quote  again  from  Julia  H.  John- 
ston :^ 

*'An  Indian  chief  wrote  to  a  southern  board  ^  Pathetic 

Plea 

of  missions :  *God  did  not  reject  us,  I  hope 
his  friends  wdll  not  reject  us.  I  hope  your 
board  will  soon  send  a  man  in  the  name  of 
Christ  to  come  and  seek  and  save  the  poor  lost 
red  man.  We  are  distressed  on  every  side. 
We  want  friends  and  help.  Our  last  and  only 
hope  is  in  the  Church  of  Christ.  Our  woes  are 
heavy  upon  us.' 

"Before  the  first  missionaries  came  to  Saddle  opposition 

,  •  Overcome 

Mountam,  Oklahoma,  the  hearts  of  the  Indians 
were  steeled  against  all  white  men.  Their  ob- 
jections to  a  government  school  were  so  great 
that  another  site  was  chosen.  When  the  Great 
Father  brought  them  a  missionary,  a  little  bit 
of  a  woman  who  could  not  defend  her  scalp 
against  them  for  five  minutes,  they  were  might- 
ily stirred,  and  said,  *We  will  let  this  Jesus 
woman  sit  down  with  us  because  the  Great 
Father  has  sent  her.' 

"At  first  they  objected  to  'the  church  road,'     "The  way 

■'  ■'  Ahead  Road ' 


» Indian  and  Spanish  Neighbors,  83,  84. 


202 


The  Frontier 


"Aim-day-co' 


Bishop 

Ridley's 

Testimony 


and  would  have  no  building,  fearing  the  'bad 
white  man'  would  come,  but  at  last,  some  time 
after  the  organization  of  the  missionary  so- 
ciety, 'God's  Light  upon  the  Mountain,'  they 
changed  their  minds  about  'the  church  road' 
and  called  it  'the  way  ahead  road,'  which  the 
teacher  had  showed  them. 

"Another  lovely  young  teacher  among  these 
people  was  called  by  them  'Aim-day-co.'  The 
Kiowa  chief.  Big  Tree,  thus  explained  the 
name :  'When  we  Kiowas  see  any  one  going 
the  wrong  road  and  into  danger,  we  cry  out, 
"Aim-day-co — Turn  this  way."  Our  sister  saw 
ns  on  the  wrong  road — she  saw  our  great  dan- 
ger and  called  to  us,  "Turn  this  way.  Turn  to 
Jesus."      Thus  we  call  her  "Aim-day-co."  '  " 

Inspiring  Results 

A  comprehensive  statement  comes  from  the 
Episcopal  Bishop  of  California,  having  super- 
vision over  an  immense  territory  reaching  to 
Alaska.  Bishop  Ridley  says  that  he  remembers 
"when  there  was  not  a  Christian  Indian  from 
the  tidal  waters  to  the  river  sources  among  the 
mountains,  but  that  now  there  is  not  a  tribe 
without  church,  school,  and  a  band  of  praying 
Christians. 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  203 
"From  that  earher  to  this  later  day,  encour-  south  Dakota 

Communi- 

agements  have  contmiied.  In  December,  1904,  cants 
the  Indian  population  of  South  Dakota  was 
20,000,  Of  these  4,000  were  communicants  in 
about  one  hundred  congregations  of  one  de- 
nomination, some  districts  containing  fifteen 
or  twenty  of  these.  In  making  a  circuit  of  them 
the  missionary  is  obliged  to  travel  from  two  to 
four  hundred  miles.  These  Indian  congrega- 
tions gave  last  year  $8,075. 

"The  Pima  Church,  in  Sacaton,  has  a  mem-  cook  in 
bership  of  525  persons,  the  largest  of  any 
church  in  Arizona.  This  is  one  of  seven  gath- 
ered by  that  heroic  missionary.  Rev.  Charles 
Cook,  whose  heart  was  so  stirred  by  hearing 
of  the  Pimas  from  an  army  officer  that  in  1870 
he  gave  up  the  pastorate  of  a  German  church 
under  his  care  in  Chicago  and  started  out  with- 
out pledge  of  support  from  any  board  and  with- 
out money  enough  to  pay  his  traveling  ex- 
penses. He  took  a  Bible,  a  rifle,  a  small 
melodeon,  and  some  cooking  utensils  with  him. 
While  learning  the  language,  he  supported 
himself  as  a  trader.  For  ten  years  his  labors 
seemed  vain,  but  now  the  results  show  1,100 
Christian  Indians,  and  Mr.  Cook  requires  nine 
helpers  in  his  work,  six  of  whom  are  Indians. 


>04 


The  Frontier 


A  Wonderful 

Religious 

Gathering 


"  By  This 
Sign  Conquer" 


In  one  house  of  worship  the  adults  crowd  the 
room  at  one  service,  and  in  the  evening  the  chil- 
dren fill  it.  Only  in  this  way,  turn  about,  can 
the  house  accommodate  the  numbers.  An  on- 
looker reports,  'It  may  well  be  doubted  if  such 
a  devout  and  worshipful  audience  can  be  dupli- 
cated in  our  land.' 

"  'If  there  is  anywhere  in  the  United  States 
at  any  time  of  the  year  a  religious  gathering 
which  surpasses,  or  even  equals,  in  interest  the 
annual  convocation  of  the  Indian  congregations 
of  South  Dakota  I  should  like  to  know  it,' 
writes  one  competent  to  speak. 

"At  this  time  about  2,000  people  gather. 
There  are  ten  departments,  represented  by  dele- 
gates, and  each  company  bears  aloft  a  white 
standard  with  a  cross,  and  the  motto,  'By  this 
sign  conquer,'  embroidered  in  different  colors 
for  each  division.  These  great  companies  start 
from  their  several  camps,  fall  into  line  before 
bishop  and  clergy  and  march  to  the  place  of 
meeting.  A  photograph  of  this  great  kneeling 
congregation,  engaged  in  solemn  worship  on 
the  vast  level  of  the  blue-arched  prairie,  red 
men  and  white  together,  brothers  all,  is  a  pic- 
ture which  once  seen,  though  but  in  the  com- 
pass of  a  leaflet,  can  never  be  forgotten. 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  205 
"The  representatives  of  ninety  conereo;ations   women-s 

^  .  .        .  Offerings 

gather  to  consider  woman's  work  at  this  time, 
each  delegate  anxious  to  tell  her  story  and  to 
present  the  offering  from  her  district.  These 
gifts,  at  the  last  convocation,  varied  from  three 
to  five  hundred  dollars,  and  at  the  close  of  this 
memorable  day  those  sisters  in  red  had  offered 
nearly  $2,500  for  the  missionary  work  in  South 
Dakota  and  elsewhere,  at  a  sacrifice  that  meant 
many  times  what  that  amount  would  have  cost 
white  people  in  moderate  circumstances.  Less 
than  thirty-five  years  of  missionary  work  in  this 
field  by  Bishop  Hare  and  his  clergy,  with  their 
wives,  have  changed  the  fierce,  warlike  heathen 
Sioux  into  these  devout  Christians. 

"President  (then  Governor)  Roosevelt's  ad-  Jddrels^'' 
dress  at  the  Ecumenical   Missionaiy  Confer- 
ence,^   rehearsing    his    personal     experiences 
among  the  Indians,  stirs  the  pulse-beats  even 
now,  from  the  printed  page : 

"  T  spent  twice  the  time  I  intended  to.  be-  3r"^"*'=  *°  *^'' 

■■■  ■  Missionaries 

cause  I  became  so  interested  ...  to  see  what 
was  being  done.  It  needed  no  time  at  all  to 
see  that  the  great  factors  in  the  uplifting  of 
the  Indians  were  the  men  who  were  teaching 
the  Indian  to  be  a  Christian  citizen.  .  .  .  No 

»  New  York  City,  1900.     Report,  Vol.  I,  40-43. 


2o6  The  Frontier 

more  practical  work,  no  work  more  productive 
of  fruit  for  civilization,  could  exist  than  the 
work  being  carried  on  by  men  and  women  who 
give  their  lives  to  preaching  the  gospel  of 
Christ  to  mankind. 
Transformed         "  'Qut  there  on  the  Indian  reservations  you 

Indians  "^ 

see  every  grade  of  the  struggle  of  the  last  2,000 
years  repeated,  from  the  painted  heathen  sav- 
age, looking  out  with  unconquerable  eyes  from 
the  reservation  on  which  he  is  penned,  ...  to 
the  Christian  worker  of  a  dusky  skin,  but  as 
devoted  to  the  work,  as  emphatically  doing  his 
duty  as  given  him  or  her  to  see  it  as  any  one 
here  to-night.  I  saw  a  missionary  gathering 
out  on  one  of  those  reservations,  .  .  .  not  the 
same  in  grade  but  the  same  in  kind,  as  that 
which  is  here  to-night,  and  it  was  a  gathering 
where  ninety-nine  per  cent,  of  the  people  were 
Indians ;  where  the  father  and  mother  had 
come  in  a  wagon  with  the  ponies,  with  the 
lodge-poles  trailing  behind  them,  over  the 
prairie  for  a  couple  of  hundred  miles  to  attend 
this  missionary  conference.  They  were  helped 
by  the  white  missionaries,  but  they  did  it 
almost  all  themselves,  subscribing  out  of  their 
little  all  they  could,  that  the  work  might  go 
on  among  their  brethren  who  yet  were  blind. 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  207 

It  was  a  touching  sight  to  look  at  and  a  sight 
to  learn  from. 

"'You    who    go    out    throughout    the    world    The  Altruistic 

realize  that  the  best  work  can  be  done  by  those 
who  do  not  limit  the  good  work  to  their  own 
immediate  neighborhood,  that  the  nation  that 
spends  most  effort  in  trying  to  see  that  the 
work  is  well  done  at  home  is  the  one  that  can 
spare  most  effort  in  trying  to  see  that  duty  is 
done  abroad.' 

"And  yet — there  are  forty-two  of  the  one  w*""^ 

Remaining 

hundred  and  sixty-five  existent  tribes  who  have 
not  even  heard  of  Christ." 

Our  Mexican  Wards 
Looking    toward    the    Southwest    we    see  Another 

.  .  -11         Undeveloped 

100,000  Mexicans;  our  inheritance  with  the  Race 
soil  annexed  from  Mexico.  If  one  would  see 
the  contrast  between  the  two  civilizations,  Mex- 
ican and  American,  let  him  step  across  from 
El  Paso,  Texas,  into  the  Mexican  town  of 
Juarez  on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  Rio  Grande 
in  Mexico.  The  two  places  might  seem,  save 
for  certain  modern  marks,  a  thousand  miles 
apart.  Unrestricted  gambling,  squalor,  and 
poverty  is  in  open  evidence.  The  Mexican  lets 
to-morrow  care  for  the  things  of  to-day.    Like 


2o8  The  Frontier 

the  Indian,  he  must  get  his  diploma  from  na- 
ture and  earn  it  by  the  sweat  of  his  brow.  We 
must  allow  for  heredity.  The  grade  up  which 
we  have  come  is  long  and  gradual.  Genera- 
tions are  its  milestones.  We  will  not  expect 
too  much  at  once  either  of  Mexicans  or  Indians. 
But  the  Mexican,  where  the  investment  in  him 
is  adequate,  responds.  Some  sixty  mission 
schools  with  one  hundred  and  forty  teachers 
are  in  New  Mexico. 
Encouraging         Thousands  of  Mcxlcau  people  are  Christians 

Returns  ^        ^ 

and  scores  of  them  are  preaching  the  gospel. 
The  schools,  where  boys  and  girls  are  adjusted 
to  higher  standards,  are  fundamental  tO'  future 
homes.  Although  state  or  government  schools 
may  be  of  a  high  order,  yet  the  mission  school 
fills  an  important  place,  as  an  essential  to  the 
curriculum  of  life  is  to  know  Christ  and  to  be 
trained  in  the  ways  of  modern  living.  These 
winsome,  responsive  children  and  these  young 
people,  how  they  appeal  to  the  hearts  of  their 
teachers!  As  in  other  missions,  we  find  work 
among  the  Mexicans  owes  most  to  a  few  lives 
who,  for  a  generation  or  more,  have  given 
themselves  to  this  people  and  now  as  a  result 
they  number  faithful  Christians  by  hundreds. 
This  is  exemplified  in  the  forty  years'  service 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  209 

rendered  by  Dr.  Thomas  Harwood  of  Albu- 
querque, New  Mexico.  Well-equipped  mission 
schools  and  a  thoroughly  organized  mission 
territory,  all  under  strong  Anglo-Saxon  leader- 
ship, are  essential. 

The  Japanese 
The  Japanese  are  easily  the  best  class  of  im-  Japanese 

•••  ^  Openness  to 

migrants  among  recent  arrivals.  They  repre-  Progress 
sent  the  highest  intelligence,  the  broadest  out- 
look, and  the  most  successful  initiative  of  Asi- 
atics coming  to  us.  The  upheaval  in  their  own 
land  and  the  liberating  influences  of  Chris- 
tianity and  western  civilization  divorce  the  Jap- 
anese from  dead  tradition  and  leave  them  hos- 
pitable to  all  that  humanity  has  to  offer. 

He  is  a  born  student.    His  passion  for  learn-  Passion  for 

^  _        _  Learning 

ing  is  phenomenal.  His  mental  poise  is  equaled 
only  by  his  dispassionate,  analytical  view  of  his 
surroundings.  The  Japanese  percentage  of 
illiteracy  is  the  smallest  among  the  newer  immi- 
gration. His  ideals  are  American,  and  he  as- 
similates our  civilization  and  modes  of  living 
as  if  born  to  them.  He  either  cuts  loose  from 
his  mother  country  or  entertains  the  ambition 
to  carry  back  to  it  what  will  help  place  it  at  the 
front  among  enlightened  nations. 


210 


The  Frontier' 


Industry 
and  Business 
Acumen 


Mostly  in 
Hawaii 


Very  Small 
Increase 


High  Range 
of  Pursuits 


His  industry  is  monumental.  He  wins  at  a 
price  few  pay  and  is  not  conscious  of  sacrifice. 
His  business  ability  is  of  the  first  order,  and 
whether  in  the  field  of  capital  or  labor  he  plans 
to  fit  in  so  as  to  produce  least  friction  in  our 
American  life.  His  intelligence  concerning  the 
whole  situation  here  is  almost  startling,  and 
withal,  if  forced  to  defend  his  presence  in  this 
country,  his  statements  are  so  sane,  lucid,  and 
modest  as  to  make  successful  reply  impossible. 
His  manner  of  defense  is  equal  to  its  matter. 

The  Japanese  began  coming  in  1866,  with  a 
total  of  seven  persons.  Most  of  them  have  ar- 
rived since  1900.  The  majority  are  in  Hawaii. 
At  least  one  tenth  as  many  return  each  year  as 
arrive.  Their  immigration  to  us  is  but  one 
twenty-fifth  of  that  of  the  Italians. 

Japanese  increase  in  immigration  is  insig- 
nificant as  compared  with  other  peoples.  In  five 
years,  from  1902  to  1906,  the  total  number  of 
Japanese  coming  to  the  United  States,  and 
their  distribution,  is  as  follows :  Hawaii, 
44,503;  California,  15,122;  Oregon,  1,454; 
Washington,  9,504;  other  States,  3,559. 

European  immigration  to  the  Pacific  coast  ex- 
ceeds many  times  the  Japanese.  In  1906  there 
came  but  three  Japanese  to   191   Europeans. 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  211 

About  62  out  of  each  hundred  Japanese  are 
farmers  and  farm  laborers;  but  their  percent- 
age of  professional  men  is  exceeded  only  by 
Germany.  One  in  every  eight  is  a  skilled  la- 
borer. They  show  a  larger  number  of  mer- 
chants than  those  from  any  European  country. 
Less  than  six  per  cent,  of  the  Japanese  are  of 
that  class  of  laborers  who  usually  go  to  our 
cities.  The  amount  of  money  they  bring  per 
capita  is  exceeded  only  by  the  Germans  and 
English. 

In  1 906  but  84  Japanese  were  excluded  as  ASeif-sup- 

,  , .         ,  Y        porting  People 

possibly  liable  to  become  a  public  charge.  In 
the  same  year  but  one  Japanese  was  received  in 
our  hospitals,  while  the  lowest  of  any  other  for- 
eign nationality  was  the  Scandinavians,  179. 
Nearly  98  per  cent,  of  Japanese  immigrants  are 
between  the  ages  of  14  and  44.  European  im- 
migration is  from  one  tenth  to  one  third  infant 
and  aged. 

The  Japanese  laborers  do  not  lessen  the  f/of^^s;^"^, 
wages  of  their  class.  They  are  desirable  from  structure 
a  mercantile  standpoint.  They  buy  89  per  cent, 
of  their  supplies  in  this  country.  They  are 
peace-loving.  Fifty  per  cent,  of  the  inhabitants 
of  the  Hawaiian  group  are  Japanese,  and  not 
the  slightest  trouble  has  arisen.     They  adopt 


212 


The  Frontier 


Nobly 
Meeting  the 
Earthquake 
Test 


American  methods  of  dress  and  living.  They 
do  not,  as  a  rule,  colonize  in  cities,  but  endeavor 
to  establish  independent  homes  for  the  purpose 
of  bringing  themselves  quickly  in  touch  with 
the  native  population. 

In  San  Francisco  they  were  the  first  in  the 
time  of  earthquake  and  fire  to  organize  and 
cease  to  become  recipients  of  public  aid.  Their 
plan  of  self-relief  was  more  effective  than  any 
other.  The  Japanese  government  sent  $25,000 
to  care  for  its  own  people.  But  $10,000  was 
used  by  them  and  the  $15,000  is  now  held  for 
a  benevolent  object.  The  Japanese  Emperor 
also  sent  $100,000  for  the  general  relief  fund, 
very  little  of  which  went  to  the  Japanese. 

The  Chinese 
Problem  fhc  evangcHzation  of  the  Chinese  people, 

of  Chinese  .  .  a  •  •  11 

Evangelization  whethcf  HI  China  Or  America,  is  a  problem  too 
great  to  be  treated  exhaustively  in  this  chapter. 
A  few  salient  points  only  can  be  set  forth. 

Waiving  all  political  and  economic  discus- 
sion, our  work  is  with  and  for  the  Chinese  as 
we  find  them  in  America.  There  may  be  in 
all  about  70,000  Chinese  here  between  the  At- 
lantic and  the  Pacific.  Fully  half  are  on  the 
Pacific  Coast.    In  some  large  cities  of  the  East 


Their 
Distribution 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  213 

there    are    considerable    colonies,    and    many 
smaller  cities  have  also  small  squads. 

The  Chinese  are  a  proud,  conservative,  self-  ^^'^^ 

^  .     .  .    Character- 

satisfied  people,  with  three  religious  systems  of  istics  and 
their  own,  and  a  highly  organized  civilization  "'  Treatment 
that  has  lived  down  all  contemporaries  for 
thousand  of  years ;  but,  added  to  these  inherent 
and  initial  difficulties  to  their  accepting  a  new 
and  exclusive  faith,  the  Chinese  are  met,  pur- 
sued, and  surrounded  with  difficulties,  restric- 
tions, and  indignities  not  shown  to  any  other 
people.  These  are  contrary  to  the  spirit  of  our 
faith,  and  such  as  seriously  to  prejudice  them 
against  a  faith  that  permits  such  practises  upon 
a  defenseless  people.  The  mountain  of  difficul- 
ties they  bring  with  them  is  climaxed  by  the 
artificial  ones  we  heap  upon  them. 

Conditions   of   Christian   work    among   the  Their 

^-,,  .  ...  ,  ,  1        ■  1        Reasonable 

Chniese  m  America  cannot  be  understood  with-  view 
out  some  realizing  sense  of  this  handicap. 
Some  people  seem  to  think  it  useless  to  try. 
But  Chinese  are  sensible,  reasonable,  religious, 
and  practical,  and  they  have  learned  two  , 
things :  First,  that  the  unchristian  treatment 
they  receive  represents  the  passing  sentiment 
only  of  the  thoughtless  and  hoodlum  elements, 
and  is  not  the  sober  thought  of  the  intelligent 


214 


The  Frontier 


Christian 
Brotherhood 


people  of  America,  nor  even  of  the  Pacific 
Coast;  second,  that  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
"hath  power  on  earth  to  forgive  sins." 

Chinese  v^ork  among  Chinese,  in  China  and 
in  America,  is  doing  more  than  all  other  agen- 
cies combined  toward  harmonizing  these  two 
great  peoples,  by  bringing  multitudes  of  Chi- 
nese into  spiritual  fellowship  and  fraternity 
with  ourselves,  and  by  demonstrating  to  our- 
selves and  to  the  world  now  that  great  truth 
which  Peter  and  all  the  Apostles  had  to  learn, 
that  "unto  the  Gentiles  (Chinese)  also  hath 
God  granted  repentance  unto  life." 

The  Chinese  are  not  here  as  contract  laborers 
and  they  are  not  servile.  They  come  as  free 
men.  They  do  not  depress  wages,  and  in 
skilled  labor  they  do  not  compete.  They  benefit 
white  labor.  They  are  not  an  inferior  people 
and  they  assimilate  when  they  have  oppor- 
tunity. We  need  them  industrially  more  than 
they  need  us.  They  need  the  gospel  and  it 
is  ours  to  give. 
Opposition  -pj^g  causes  of  the  exclusion  and  singular 

Only  in  a  _  '^ 

Narrow  Range  treatment  of  Chinese  and  Japanese  are  excep- 
tional, unjustifiable,  and  suicidal.  The  real 
builders  of  the  West  and  the  Christian  forces 
there  have  no  more  sympathy  with  this  attitude 


Their 
Presence 
Not  an  Evil 


H 

n 

n 

f)^M 

Wr 

.■^ 

^^mm 

l£\     ^M 

^B^ 

d 

ijI 

IpiM 

^Hv  ''^' 

w 

^^^r^^^^H '^'^                 l^^^l 

CHINESE    PASTOR   AND    FAMILY,    PORTLAND,   OREGON 
CHOIR    OF   THE   CHINESE   CHURCH,   SAN    FRANCISCO,  CALIFORNIA 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  215 

toward  Orientals  than  do  people  elsewhere.  In 
fact  they  are  sufferers  along  with  these  immi- 
grants, as  they  are  in  sore  need  of  their  service. 

We  touch  elsewhere  on  the  strategic  impor-  ^^°^^  contact 

Disarms 

tance  of  home  missions  among  these  people,  prejudice 
Close  contact  with  these  Christians  disarms  all 
prejudice.  Their  fidelity,  fervency,  and  self- 
sacrifice  challenge  the  best  that  is  in  us.  They 
prompt  us  to  a  higher  plane  of  spiritual  life  and 
service.  They  are  strangers  here  and  should 
see  reflected  in  us  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ. 
These  missions  have  resulted  in  strong  reen- 
forcements  to  the  foreign  fields. 

Chinese  Christians  in  one  denomination  in  influences 

,      .  ....  Reaching 

this  country,  at  their  own  initiative  and  ex-  oversea 
pense,  opened  and  maintain  a  Christian  mission 
in  China.  When  we  consider  the  future  of 
Japan  and  China  as  related  to  the  coming  king- 
dom, is  it  not  providential  that  on  our  own 
shores  we  may  so  deal  with  our  Eastern  bro- 
thers as  to  produce  results  more  far-reaching 
than  with  the  same  number  in  China  itself?  Is 
not  a  fair  gage  of  how  much  we  care  about 
saving  our  brother  across  the  sea,  the  interest 
we  take  in  him  when  he  is  here? 


2i6  The  Frontier 


QUESTIONS    ON    CHAPTER   VI 

Aim  :  To  Realize  the  Opportunity  for  Christian 
Effort  Among  the  American  Indians,  Mexicans, 
Japanese,  and  Chinese 

I.  The  American  Indians. 

I.*  By  what  right  did  our  forefathers  settle  in 
America  ? 

2.  To  whom  did  the  country  belong? 

3.  Were  the  Indians  making  the  most  of  their 
resources  ? 

4.*  Have  people  from  foreign  lands  a  right  to  take 
land  from  others  if  they  can  accomplish  more 
with  it? 

5.  If  the  Japanese  are  better  rice  growers  than 
Americans  does  that  give  them  a  right  to  our 
rice  lands? 

6.  What  constitutes  the  right  to  possession? 

7.  Is  the  law  that  discovery  constitutes  possession 
just  to  aboriginal  iJeople? 

8.*  Is  it  a  Christian  principle? 

9.  How  did  the  early  settlers  get  along  in  their 
relations  with  the  Indians? 

10.  Name  some  arts  that  the  pioneers  learned  from 
the  Indians. 

11.  Can  you  name  any  treaties  that  our  government 
made  with  the  Indians  that  were  violated  by  the 
Indians? 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  217 

12.  Can  you  give  an  example  of  a  treaty  with  the 
Indians  violated  by  our  government? 

13.*  By  what  right  did  our  government  place  the 
Indians  on  reservations? 

14.  How  does  the  land  on  which  the  Indians  are 
located  compare  in  productiveness  with  that 
which  they  once  held? 

15.  Is  it  possible  for  the  Indians  to  make  a  living  on 
these  reservations? 

16.  How  have  the  reservations  proved  an  injury  to 
the  Indians? 

17.*  Can  a  good  tj'pe  of  manhood  and  womanhood 
be  developed  in  laziness? 

18.  What  do  you  consider  the  best  adjustment  to 
be  made  with  the  Indians  in  view  of  our  past 
injustice  to  them? 

19.  Do  the  Indians  need  Christianity? 

20.  Are  the  Indians  ready  to  receive  gospel 
teaching? 

21.  Can  you  give  any  examples  of  good,  earnest 
Indian  Christians? 

22.  Where  are  most  of  the  Indians  now  located? 

23.  How  many  missionaries  has  your  board  among 
them  ? 

24.*  Do  you  believe  that  under  the  new  Indian  policy 
the  opportunity  for  successful  mission  work  has 
been  increased?     Give  reasons. 


2i8  The  Frontier 

II.  The  Mexicans. 

25.  How  many  Mexicans  are  there  under  our  flag? 

26.  What  are  their  chief  temptations? 

27.  What  type  of  mission  work  is  most  successful 
among  them? 

28.  Has  your  mission  board  work  among  them? 

III.  The  Japanese. 

29.  Have  the  Japanese  proved  themselves  equal  to 
the  Americans  in  commercial  activity? 

30.  Why  do  the  Japanese  come  to  the  United 
States? 

31.  What  type  of  people  come? 

32.  Do  you  know  of  any  foreigners  who  adopt 
American  customs  more  readily? 

2,?,.     What  is  their  Oriental  religious  faith? 

34.     What  kind  of  Christians  do  they  become? 

35.*  How  will  Christianizing  them  in  America  aid 
both  home  and  foreign  missions? 

IV.  TJic  Cliinese. 

36.  Do  you  believe  that  the  Chinese  may  some  day 
become  our  strongest  commercial  rivals? 

37.  Has  our  treatment  of  the  Chinese  in  this 
country  been  such  as  we  should  feel  was  just 
for  us  in  their  country? 

38.  Has  our  treatment  of  them  aided  missionary 
work  among  them? 


American  Indians  and  Other  Peoples  219 

39.  In  view  of  this,  how  do  you  account  for  the 
success  of  missions  among  them? 

40.  Sum  up  as  strongly  as  possible  the  importance 
of  mission  work  among  the  Chinese. 

REFERENCES    FOR    FURTHER    STUDY 

CHAPTER  VI 
I.  Indians. 

Forbes-Lindsay:  ''Shaping  the  Future  of  the  In- 
dians."    World  To-day,  March,  '07. 

Humphrey:  The  Indian  Dispossessed,  i-iii. 

Johnston:  Indian  and  Spanish  Neighbors,  i-iii. 

Kennan :  "Lands  of  Indians  and  Fair  Play."  Out- 
look, February  27,  '04. 

Leupp :  "Gospel  of  Work  for  Indians."  Nation, 
October  6,  '04. 

McBeth :  The  Nez  Perces  Since  Lewis  and  Clark, 
XVII,  XVIII. 

Oskison :  "Making  an  Individual  of  the  Indian." 
Everybody's  Magazine,  June,  '07. 

Oskison:  "Remaining  Causes  of  Indian  Discon- 
tent."    North  American  Review,  March  i,  '07. 

Riggin :  in  Methodism  and  the  Republic,  299-308. 

II.  Japanese  in  the  United  States. 

Fulton:  "Japanese  Pupils  in  American  Schools." 
North  American  Review,  December,  '06. 

Inglis :  "Reasons  for  California's  Attitude  Toward 
the  Japanese."  Harper's  Weekly,  January 
19,    '07. 

Johnson:  in  Methodism  and  the  Republic,  194-213. 

Kawakami :  "The  Japanese  in  California."  Inde- 
pendent, November  29,  '06. 


220  The  Frontier 

Kawakami:  "Naturalization  of  the  Japanese." 
North    American    Revievv',    June,    '07. 

Thompson :  "Japanese  in  San  Francisco."  World 
To-day,  December,  '06. 

III.  Chinese  in  the  United  States. 

Harwood :  "Extinction  of  the  Chinese  in  the  United 
States."     World's  Work,  December,  '04. 

Irwin:  "Chinese  Slave  Trade  in  California." 
Everybody's  Alagazine,  July,  '04. 

James :  in  Methodism  and  the  Republic,  171-193. 

Nickerson :  "Chinese  Treaties  and  Legislation  of 
the  United  States  and  their  Enforcement." 
North  American  Review,  September,  '05. 


THE  WEST  AND  THE  EAST 


99X 


This  North  American  continent  is  a  laboratory  of 
grace.  How  graciously  shall  the  nations  be  graced  by 
its  grace?  Men  and  continents  are  saved  to  serve. 
Only  a  saved  life  can  render  an  effective  saving  service. 
A  wise  purpose  has  chosen  this  continent  and  visited 
it  with  supremely  benign  favors.  May  God  vindicate, 
through  the  continent's  pure  ministry  to  the  world, 
the  wisdom  of  his  own  choice.  May  God  grant  that 
we,  his  colaborers,  shall  vindicate  the  wisdom  of  that 
choice. 

— McAfee 

The  Christian  young  people  of  the  American 
Churches  have  had  deposited  with  them  a  great  trust. 
"Who  say  ye  that  I  am?  "  the  Master  seems  ever  to 
be  asking  all  his  twentieth  centurj'  disciples.  By 
holding  his  exalted  ideas  fixedly  before  us;  by  gener- 
ous gifts  for  the  widening  of  his  kingdom;  by  devoted- 
ness  to  present  duty  as  he  reveals  it  to  us,  we  shall 
answer  this  supreme  question  so  clearly  that  all  about 
us  may  hear.  If  by  our  conduct  we  make  winsome 
the  gospel  and  the  life  of  the  Son  of  God;  if  we  con- 
scientiously use  our  means  as  Christian  stewards,  giv- 
ing with  a  clear  conscience  up  to  the  limit  of  our 
ability,  then  we  shall  with  cheer  and  courage  hasten 
the  coming  of  the  Master's  kingdom  in  America,  that 
America,  Christianized,  may  use  to  the  utmost  her  un- 
equaled  opportunity  for  the  evangelization  of  the 
world. 

— Shelton 


VII 

THE  WEST  AND  THE  EAST 
Suppose  we  climb  a  mountain  and  from  the  counting  the 

^'^  Mile-Stones 

outlook  trace  the  way  we  have  come.  We  re- 
count the  mile-stones  marking  our  highway  of 
national  destiny. 

W^e  again  note  our  countr}^'s  providential  The  Destined 
location  and  the  divine  plan  in  its  physical  fea- 
tures. We  scan  explorers'  paths  and  find  their 
ways  opened  or  closed  as  they  helped  or  hin- 
dered an  overshadowing  purpose.  We  watch 
the  awakening  of  the  arid  West  and  mark  the 
quickened  currents  of  life  In  the  Northwest, 
the  West,  the  Southwest.  Everywhere  we  find 
multitudes  gathering  and  titanic  forces  oper- 
ating. But  all  paths  and  rivers  and  railways 
like  veins  and  arteries  carry  our  life  streams 
ocean  ward ;  and,  there  flowing  as  they  may, 
they  all  eventually  unite  in  a  resistless  ocean 
tide  Orientward. 

Our  Internal  Development 
Our  internal  material  development  we  ob-  Railroads 
serve  is  threefold.     First  is  the  railroad.     In 
223 


224  The  Frontier 

the  earlier  days  the  crawling  "prairie  schooner" 
or  the  few  trains  on  solitary  railways,  carrying 
people  to  favored  oases  of  the  trans-Missis- 
sippi countiy,  caused  little  congestion  of  popu- 
lations, and  that  at  so  comparatively  slow  a 
rate  as  to  enable  the  Church  to  make  adjust- 
ments with  something  like  deliberateness. 
Now  the  West  is  becoming  a  net  of  railways. 
Great  trunk  lines  multiply  in  all  directions. 
Thousands  of  people  are  emptied  on  wide  areas 
in  a  single  month.  The  situation  changes  as 
by  magic.  The  old  order  of  pioneering  is  as 
inadequate  and  out  of  date  as  are  former  facili- 
ties for  travel.  The  Church  will  never  over- 
take this  swiftly-moving,  swarming  West  with 
ox-team  and  schooner. 
Opening  Up  of       Another  factor  is  the  opening  up  of  nciv  tcr- 

New  Territory  rati 

ritory.  Take  Oklahoma  and  other  broad  res- 
ervations thrown  open  to  settlers,  who  camped 
on  their  borders  like  locusts,  waiting  for  the 
entrance  shot  to  be  fired.  Improvised  towns 
spring  up  in  a  single  night,  and  improvements 
on  a  broad  scale  and  of  enduring  nature  fol- 
low with  astounding  rapidity.  Church  priv- 
ileges are  wholly  inadequate  for  multitudes 
who  never  needed  them  anything  like  as  now, 
while  at  the  same  time  the  forces  of  evil  are 


The  West  and  the  East  225 

multiplied  in  number  and  hold  the  lead,  playing 
with  deadly  execution  upon  the  laxened  moral 
life  of  the  community.  The  evil  one  pickets 
new  settlements  with  cavalry  and  machine 
guns.  The  Church  can  hardly  expect  to  cap- 
ture the  situation  with  a  few  poorly  pro- 
visioned, brave  scouts  armed  with  muskets  of 
'61. 

Another  element  is  irrigation.  Hundreds  of  i"»gation 
square  miles  marked  "desert"  are  changed  to 
acres  of  amazing  fertility;  and  this  good  work 
continues.  The  government  wasely  expends 
millions  upon  millions  in  reclaiming  "bad 
lands."  Where  the  early  pioneer  picked  his 
way  among  sagebrush  and  arid  desolation  is 
now  landscape  billowing  with  plenty  and  beau- 
tiful wath  orchards  of  luscious  fruits ;  and  this 
is  but  a  beginning.  That  is  no  place  to  bring 
the  w-ater  of  life  in  sickly,  drying  rivulets. 

An  Urgent  Crisis 
Do  not  misunderstand  us.     We  do  not  dis-  ^^^'i'^^^^ 

Response 

count  the  splendid  strategic  work  the  Church 
has  done  in  the  West.  Our  meaning  is,  such 
quick  and  unprecedented  changes  are  now  tak- 
ing place  in  these  regions,  and  on  a  scale  so 
?;tupendous,  that  opportunities  may  completely 


226 


The  Frontier 


Men  of 
Exploits 


Tense  and 

Tremendous 

Situations 


distance  us  before  we  of  the  East  awake  to  the 
new  conditions.  Whatever  is  done  there,  if 
effective,  must,  Hke  other  enterprises,  be  char- 
acterized by  alertness,  push,  statesmanship,  and 
cash.  Men  without  means  and  missionary  en- 
terprises with  meager  appropriations  find  the 
situation  too  large  for  Httle  undertakings. 

Yet  we  have  never  had  more  able  leaders, 
more  heroic,  self-denying  preachers,  or  those 
who  have  won  larger  victories  in  proportion  to 
the  munitions  supplied  than  these  splendid  men 
of  the  frontier:  young  men  from  our  colleges 
who  scorn  easier  tasks  and  clerical  emoluments ; 
men  of  exploits  who  prefer,  and  on  short  ra- 
tions if  they  must,  to  carve  empires  out  of  the 
wilderness  rather  than  to  stand  as  they  might 
in  stately  churches  and  minister  to  complacent 
congregations. 

Concerning  the  whole  home  missionary  situ- 
ation, one  who  reads  reports  coming  from  any 
part  of  the  West  encounters  appeals  for  im- 
mediate relief  of  tense  and  tremendous  situa- 
tions, and  hardly  knows  which  is  the  most 
pressing.  If  the  scope  of  this  book  covered 
the  South,  New  England,  and  the  Cities,  the 
same  heart-breaking  urgency  would,  in  various 
forms,  be  reflected  from  every  quarter. 


The  West  and  the  East  izy 

The  flood  is  already  submerging  the  mission-  Need  of  En- 

.      .  .  lightenment 

ary  boards,  but  it  is  nothing  to  what  it  may 
become  in  three  years.  The  truth  is,  we  have 
never  known  anything  Hke  the  present  stress 
in  home  missionary  enterprises.  It  is  all  so 
sudden  that  few  pastors  even  understand  about 
it.  Our  greatest  peril  is  the  ignorance  of  the 
Churches  generally  upon  the  whole  subject ;  yet, 
the  new  tide  that  rises  will  not  wait  for  us 
leisurely  to  face  the  situation.  The  emergency 
is  unprecedented.  It  cannot  be  at  all  met  in  the 
West  by  present  forces  and  present  missionary 
contributions.  We  will  here  and  there  find  a 
quiet  eddy  which  may  lead  some  to  question 
extreme  conditions  as  depicted;  yet  whoever 
covers  the  field  with  a  wide  sweep  of  observa- 
tion is  shut  up  to  but  one  conclusion.  t 

Wide  Meaning  of  Movements 
It  is  evident  to  any  who  give  the  matter  Reflex  Results 
thought  that  the  foreign  field  likewise  demands  Field 
a  general   and   positive   reenforcement.      The 
West  has  the  needed  latent  resources  of  every 
kind.     It  is  clear  that  the  older  parts  of  our 
country  will  not  alone  furnish  for  the  foreign 
field  what  is  instant  and  imperative.    An  exten- 
sion of  our  base  of  supplies  is  essential.     For 


228 


The  Frontier 


Wise 
Beginnings 


Importance 
of  Early  Aid 


the  missionary  forces  of  the  Church  to  invest 
largely  in  the  West  is  literally  to  reclaim  an 
empire  whose  revenues,  spiritual  and  material, 
will  in  five  years  begin  flowing  into  missionary 
treasuries,  and  with  such  rising  liberality  as  to 
dwarf  all  preliminary  expenditures.  Have  we 
not  come  to  a  time  when  we  must,  of  necessity, 
arise  and  save  our  own  land  if  humanity  is  to 
be  saved  ?  America  for  Christ  means  the  world 
for  Christ,  but  the  whole  round  world  for 
Christ  means  all  America  as  his. 

It  is  providential  that  beginnings  were  made 
and  the  work  strenuously  advanced  before  the 
larger  purpose  of  God  was  manifested.  It  now 
appears  that  not  a  church  has  been  built  and 
not  a  missionary  enlisted  without  directly  con- 
tributing to  an  all-inclusive  plan. 

One  board  in  forty  years  has  aided  in  the 
erection  of  fifteen  thousand  churches,  more 
than  half  of  them  west  of  the  Mississippi. 
When  the  Louisiana  Purchase  became  a 
part  of  the  United  States  it  had  but  522 
churches  in  all  its  borders,  and  now  this  one 
denomination  has  seven  thousand  churches 
there,  six  thousand  of  which  were  aided  by 
missionary  funds.  How  hopeless  would  seem 
the  task  in  our  West  to-day  if  Protestantism 


PLYMOUTH    CONGREGATIONAL   CHURCH,   SEATTLE.    WASHINGTON 
MEXICAN    HOME    MISSION    BAPTIST   CHURCH,    EL  PASO,   TEXAS 


The  West  and  the  East  229 

all  these  years  had  not  steadily  extended  her 
borders.  These  many  churches  there  are  now 
our  battle-line  for  the  greatest  advance  of 
the  ages.  Every  picket  detachment  will  be 
swelled  to  a  company  and  every  company  to  a 
regiment.  The  Church,  when  it  knows,  will 
not  hesitate.  The  rising  emergency  will  be 
overtopped  by  wide-spread  enthusiastic  enlist- 
ment. 

When  Christ  was  born  his  Church  was  poor  christ-s 

Imperial 

and  few  in  numbers.  Wise  men  of  the  East  Purpose 
brought  gifts  to  him.  Now  since  he  has  been 
lifted  up  he  is  drawing  all  men  unto  him,  and 
his  Church  has  tens  of  thousands  for  recruits 
and  untold  millions  of  gold  to  fill  his  treasuiy. 
Surely  when  he  is  in  the  field,  when  he  unrolls 
for  us  his  map  of  imperial  purpose,  every  one 
of  us  will  count  it  honor  and  joy  to  say,  "Lord, 
what  wilt  thou  have  me  to  do?'' 

The  Church's  Education  Concerning  Home 
Missions 

It  is  evident  that  a  fi.rst  move  in  fully  re-  Knowledge 
claiming  the  West  is  to  get  before  the  whole  present 
Church  the  present  status  of  the  frontier.     It  Frontier 
is  safe  to  say  that  our  country  west  of  the 
Mississippi  is,  in  its  missionary  conditions  and 


230 


The  Frontier 


Foreign 
Field  Has 
Preoccupied 
Attention 


Home  Field 
Now  to 
the  Front 


Preparation 
for  a  'World 
Movement 


possibilities,  not  so  well  known  by  the  Church 
generally  as  is  India.  Missionary  education 
has  been  largely  concerning  the  foreign  field. 
This  is  fortunate,  for  with  our  natural  tend- 
ency to  greater  interest  in  home  rather  than  in 
foreign  affairs,  had  the  home  field  been  most 
exploited  in  literature  and  public  utterance,  it 
would  now  be  more  difficult  to  arouse  an  ade- 
quate interest  in  the  foreign  work. 

While  home  missions  are  in  the  heart  of  the 
Church,  yet  the  divine  plan  has  been  so  unmis- 
takable concerning  the  Church  among  the  na- 
tions, and  the  succession  of  notable  victories 
there  has  been  so  marked  and  far-reaching,  as 
largely  to  preoccupy  the  attention  of  Chris- 
tendom. 

A  rapid  change  of  front  in  the  United  States 
is  so  recent  as  to  attract  the  attention  of  the 
observant  only.  Not  that  forces  on  the  foreign 
field  are  now  less  aggressive  or  successful,  but 
that  in  addition  the  home  field  presents  such  a 
massing  of  multitudes  and  such  wide-spread 
significant  preparations  as  to  indicate  a  cul- 
mination beyond  anything  in  American  reli- 
gious history. 

As  we  have  endeavored  to  show  in  preceding 
chapters,  God  seems  to  be  calling  out  large  re- 


The  West  and  the  East  231 

enforcements  and  training  them  for  a  world 
movement.  The  West  suddenly  awakens  as  if 
answering  a  divine  summons,  and  developments 
of  every  kind  go  forward  as  if  responding  to 
imperial  urgency.  America  is  none  too  large 
for  these  evolutions  of  the  armies  of  the  Lord. 

Concerning  this  newer  situation,  little  litera-  Fragmentary 

-  f.  ,  1-1  •   ,         Literature 

ture  save  of  a  fragmentary  kmd  exists. 
Missionary  boards  have  furnished  periodical 
sketches  and  leaflets,  and  doubtless  within  the 
next  year  they  will  send  out  much  more  on  the 
new  West. 

This  information,  however,  reaches  but  a  campaign 
part  of  the  Church ;  hence  a  very  urgent  serv-  inforl^ation 
ice  needed  is  what  all  may  render,  namely,  to 
secure  from  your  board  its  newest  home  mis- 
sionary literature  and  circulate  it  in  your  local 
church.  So  far  as  you  are  concerned  the  great- 
est home  missionary  field,  next  to  yourself,  is 
the  church  where  you  worship.  The  reason  is 
evident.  The  chief  obstacles  to  missionary  ad- 
vance at  home  and  abroad  are  not  the  peoples 
to  be  evangelized,  languages  to  be  learned,  or 
hardships  to  be  endured;  all  doors  are  wide 
open,  save  one,  and  that  is  the  one  into  the 
individual  church,  out  of  which  must  largely 
come  missionary  support  and  the  missionaries 


232 


The  Frontier 


Selfishness 
Hardest  to 


Percentage 
of  Missionary 
Gifts 


themselves.  It  has  been  aptly  said:  "There 
have  been  no  failures  in  foreign  missions 
anywhere  except  in  some  of  our  churches 
at  home." 

We  can  change  the  cannibals  in  the  Fiji  Is- 
lands and  make  them  so  far  Christian  that  a 
woman  to-day  can  go  in  safety  from  one  end 
of  the  islands  to  the  other  unattended.  We  can 
change  the  high-class  Brahman  so  that  an  in- 
valid outcast  whom  he  would  not  look  at  a  few 
years  ago  he  is  now  willing  to  sit  up  all  night 
with  and  feed  with  a  spoon.  All  this  foreign 
mission  work  has  done  and  can  continue  to  do. 
What  it  has  not  yet  done  here  in  the  homeland 
is  to  change  the  selfishness  of  our  own  people 
into  a  spirit  of  sacrificial  Interest  for  the  saving- 
of  the  world. 

While  our  Church-members  give,  on  the 
average,  only  two  cents  a  week  to  save  the  mil- 
lions for  whom  we  are  responsible,  we  have  lit- 
tle to  boast  of.  Contrast  this  with  the  gener- 
osity of  Christians  across  the  sea.  The  native 
Zulu  Christians  have  taken  the  full  support  of 
all  their  own  churches  and  are  contributing 
money  to  send  the  gospel  to  others.  At  the 
time  of  the  famine  in  India,  when  the  native 
Christians  were  paid  out  of  the  g-eneral  fund 


Pastors 
Must  Have  a 


The  West  and  the  East  233 

twenty  cents  a  week  for  their  support,  they  in- 
sisted on  giving  ten  per  cent,  of  it  back  again 
to  the  missionaries  for  Church  work.  There  is 
a  native  Christian  pastor  in  China,  formerly  a 
gambler,  with  a  large  family  and  a  salary  of 
fifty  dollars  a  year,  who  gives  twenty  per  cent, 
of  it  for  missionary  work.  These  men  are  not 
exceptions ;  they  represent  the  sacrifices  which 
native  Christians  are  ready  to  make.  It  is  good 
generalship  to  strengthen  ourselves  at  the  weak- 
est point. 

We  need  pastors  here  at  home  with  a  passion 
for  missions.    It  is  a  material  age.    Our  people.  Passion  for 

...  .    .  ,     Missions 

as  a  whole,  love  ease  and  luxury;  we  want 
everything  for  ourselves  first,  and  we  need  pas- 
tors more  than  ever  who  will  have  the  courage 
to  preach  to  us  in  no  uncertain  terms  about 
Christian  stewardship.  We  want  ministers 
who  will  not  be  afraid  to  tell  the  people  in  the 
pev/s  that  the  money  they  have  is  not  their 
own,  but  it  is  God's  money  which  they  hold  in 
trust ;  and  that  the  question,  when  the  claim  of 
missions  is  presented,  is  not,  "How  much  of  our 
money  wdll  we  give  to  the  Lord?"  but  rather, 
"How  much  of  the  Lord's  money  are  we  going 
to  keep  for  ourselves?"^  A  business  man  told 
J  S.  B.  Capen. 


234  The  Frontier 

why  he  increased  his  missionary  offering  dur- 
ing a  financial  panic.  He  said  the  boards  had 
more  pressing  calls  for  funds  then,  also  that 
many  would  likely  shrink  in  their  missionary 
contributions.  But  as  such  times  call  for  spe- 
cial self-sacrifice  and  heroism,  he  thought  a  still 
larger  number  might  increase  their  offerings 
and  thus  give  the  boards  the  larger  emergency 
funds  needed. 
MuSdl**"^  An  intelligent,  well-directed  campaign  of  in- 
formation and  prayer  concerning  the  present 
missionary  situation  in  the  United  States  will 
bring  larger  results  for  every  field  than  any 
other  means.  Missionary  treasuries  are  re- 
plenished by  the  many.  The  alabaster  box  and 
the  widow's  mite  are  among  the  chief  assets  of 
the  Church  militant.  Who  goes  straight  to  the 
people  with  the  story  of  the  waiting  multitudes 
will  find  a  ready  and  generous  response.  That 
story  brings  to  God's  people  reminders  of  the 
ever-present  Christ  and  his  compassion  for  the 
multitudes,  and  again  in  your  message  they  will 
hear  him  say,  "Give  ye  them  to  eat."  For  the 
people  to  place  in  the  hands  of  Jesus  their 
loaves  and  fishes  and  thereby,  with  his  blessing, 
satisfy  the  hunger  of  millions,  is  no  more  vital 
to  others  than  to  themselves.     They  thus  feed 


The  West  and  the  East 


235 


Needs 


themselves ;  for  are  not  twelve  baskets  full  more 
than  five  loaves  ? 

Use  of  the  Highest  Motives 

Obedience  to  the  missionary  commission  is  obeying  the 
fundamental  to  the  life  of  the  Church.  That 
life  is  born  in  self-surrender.  It  unfolds  and 
matures  in  Christlike  service.  No  Church  can 
escape  a  choice  between  two  fields — a  mission- 
ary field  or  a  cemetery.  The  statement  is  ever 
new,  "My  people  perish  for  lack  of  knowledge." 

The  story  of  the  world's  need  told  to  your    story  of  the 

...  .  World's 

church,  and  presented  m  its  various  organiza- 
tions, is  as  essential  to  their  spiritual  life  as  is 
the  gospel  of  Christ  to  the  heathen  for  their 
salvation.  You  cannot  possibly  otherwise  so 
vitalize  the  missionary  movement  as  prayer- 
fully to  advertise  its  needs.  When  you  are 
filled  with  information  a  new  dynamo  will  be 
turned  on.  You  have  the  essentials :  intelli- 
gence, sources  of  information,  and  the  gift  of 
utterance.  When  these  are  brought  to  bear  on 
your  church  it  will  respond,  for  as  a  rule  God's 
people  do  not  withhold  their  gifts  when  they 
hear  his  voice. 

The  motive,  after  all,  which  must  move  the 
Church,  is  not  proportionate  giving  or  system- 


Divine  Self- 
investment 


236  The  Frontier 

atic  giving-.  It  is  not  incited  by  mere  duty  or 
the  needs  of  others.  These  are  all  important 
and  would  be  sufficient  if  there  were  not  a 
greater;  but  overshadowing  and  including  all 
these  is  the  desire  and  direct  command  of  Jesus, 
"As  the  Father  hath  sent  me,  even  so  send  I 
you."  This  command  is  personal  and  complete. 
In  one  way  or  another  we  are  asked  to  invest 
self.  The  nature  and  extent  of  that  investment 
is  seen  in  the  manner  God  sent  Jesus  into  the 
world.  Note  the  "as"  and  "so"  of  the  com- 
mandment. The  second  equals  the  first. 
Power  of  Love  God  had  ouc  Sou.  He  loved  him.  He  also 
loved  the  world.  He  could  not  rescue  the 
world  and  withhold  his  Son.  He  offered  up 
the  One  that  he  might  have  both.  The  mind  of 
the  Son  was  that  of  the  Father.  The  sending 
of  Jesus  into  the  world  cost  him  poverty,  perse- 
cution, agony,  and  crucifixion.  These  facts  did 
not  indicate  less  of  God's  love  for  the  Son,  but 
they  help  us  to  measure  the  love  of  the  Father 
and  the  Son  for  a  lost  world.  And  after  all,  it 
is  the  cross  that  draws  men  Godward.  The 
man  Jesus  gripped  the  world  by  renouncing  it. 
He  saved  his  life  by  losing  it.  No  ohe  ever  so 
obliterated  himself  for  the  world,  and  the  world 
has  never  so  enshrined  another. 


and  the  Cross 


The  West  and  the  East  22^7 

Christ  is  Kins:  of  kino's  because  he  is  servant   LI^p^"*"/ 

c>  o  Effect  of 

of  servants.  His  utter  humiHation  is  the  meas-  chrisfs 
ure  of  his  exaltation.  Now  we  are  God's  com-  "^"^  ** 
missioned  ones  to  continue  and  complete  the 
work  of  Jesus.  We  are  "sent"  "as"  Jesus  was 
sent  by  the  Father.  He  invests  us  with  the 
same  program  of  renunciation  and  the  same 
promise  of  victory.  The  two  are  inseparable. 
The  world  bows  to  the  kingship  of  great  souls 
in  proportion  as  they  have  exemplified  this 
command  of  Jesus. 

Christ's  lordship  and  ownership  are  gospel  o^^'^gj^jj;^"^ 
notes  we  must  sound  out  clear  and  often.  We 
enthrone  him  nowhere  only  as  we  enthrone 
him  within.  If  he  reigns  in  us,  then  he  reigns 
through  us;  and  whatever  we  have  is  his  to 
that  end.  Christ  is  not  an  absentee  owner. 
He  takes  complete  direction  of  your  life  for 
himself.  Christian  stewardship — or  the  lack 
of  it — stands  more  in  the  way  of  Christ's  ad- 
vance than  all  the  obstacles  of  the  heathen 
world.  Consecrated  treasure  means  a  conse- 
crated Church,  "For  where  your  treasure  is, 
there  will  your  heart  be  also."  The  heathen 
of  this  and  all  other  continents  will  not  with- 
stand an  advance  of  that  kind.  Does  the 
Church  acknowledge  the  present  direction  and 


238  The  Frontier 

ownership  of  Christ?  Do  the  average  pay- 
ments of  its  members  for  missionary  conquest 
indicate  this  ? 

Obedience  Measures  Pozver 
The  Attitude  The  measure  of  power  in  yourself  or  in  your 

for  World  .  ^  ■'  ,  -^       . 

Conquest  local  church  is  the  measure  of  obedience  to  this 

command.  We  can  no  more  have  a  church 
apart  from  this  marching  order  than  we  can 
have  Christianity  without  Christ.  Obedience 
to  this  commission  is  not  a  matter  of  geography 
but  of  surrender.  Attitude  determines  longi- 
tude. The  apostolic  Church  waited  for  the 
promise  in  an  attitude  of  self-abandonment. 
The  command  was  "beginning  at  Jerusalem." 
It  was  the  hardest  place  in  which  to  begin  and 
to  prevail.  Nowhere  was  the  tide  so  against 
the  Church,  but  if  they  might  receive  power  to 
overcome  Jerusalem,  the  rest  of  the  world  was 
as  good  as  vanquished.  An  enduement  that 
would  win  Jerusalem  would  work  anywhere. 
This  is  the  secret  of  an  overcoming  Chris- 
tianity— the  kind  that  can  win  at  our  Jerusa- 
lem :  that  is,  in  our  life,  our  church,  our  coun- 
try. In  that  apostolic  Church  the  ultimate  aim 
was  world  conquest,  but  the  test  of  its  equip- 
ment was  its  power  in  Jerusalem.    In  that  at- 


The  West  and  the  East  239 

titude  they  prayed  and  waited,  and  for  that 
purpose  the  Spirit  was  imparted.  The  tongues 
of  fire  which  burned  their  way  to  the  ends  of 
the  earth  blazed  a  pathway  by  the  way  of  Jeru- 
salem. That  spirit  in  your  life  and  in  your 
study  class  will  work  the  same  wonders  in  your 
local  church.  By  way  of  it  and  our  homeland, 
the  gospel  will  gladden  "every  creature."  The 
answer  to  the  local  problems  of  individual 
churches  is  their  right  answer  to  Christ's  mis- 
sionary commandment. 

How  would  you  estimate  a  professing  Chris-  ^he 

.        Missionary 

tian  or  a  church  that  ignored  the  decalogue,  m  Law  comes 
whole  or  in  part?  Is  this  missionary  law  less  f''o™caivary 
binding?  We  dwell  at  some  length  on  this  as 
the  whole  issue  centers  here.  All  attempted 
substitutes  are  puerile  and  confusing.  If  Christ 
had  substituted  anything  for  Calvary  this 
\vould  not  be  a  missionary  era. 

When  you  give  yourself,  the  gospel  dispensa-  secret  of 
tion  dominates  your  life.  You  become  con- 
scious of  spiritual  illumination  and  rest  of  soul. 
Christ  in  his  surrender  spake  concerning  his 
illumination ;  not  only  was  he  glad  "for  the  joy 
that  was  set  before  him"  but  he  thereby  discov- 
ered the  secret  of  human  living.  He  says, 
"Take  my  yoke  upon  you,  and  learn  of  me ;  for 


240 


The  Frontier 


Christ 
Revealed 


Monthly 
Missionary 
Prayer- 
meeting 


I  am  meek  and  lowly  in  heart :  and  ye  shall  find 
rest  unto  your  souls."  He  tells  the  secret.  It 
is  a  yoke  of  service,  but  it  will  prove  an  easy 
one  if  we  learn  from  him  how  to  wear  it. 
Meekness  and  lowliness  of  heart — self-renun- 
ciation— mean  soul  rest. 

Then  again  this  attitude  is  what  reveals 
Christ  to  us.  He  says,  Go  everywhere,  tell  the 
good  news  to  every  creature,  "and  lo,  I  am  with 
yoii  always."  Is  this  preaching?  Possibly,  but 
are  not  these  truths  translated  into  the  life  of 
the  Church  the  beginning  and  end  of  all  mis- 
sionary effort? 

Suggestive  Methods 

And  now  In  what  other  ways  may  the  local 
church  be  helped  to  answer  the  Master's  call  ? 

The  monthly  missionary  prayer-meeting 
gives  tone  to  the  membership.  Many  may  not 
attend,  and  the  beginnings  may  not  tingle  with 
enthusiasm,  but,  when  your  purpose  is  an- 
nounced, a  number  will  be  thankful  that  they 
are  to  meet  in  the  regular  prayer-meeting  once 
a  month  and  talk  and  pray  about  Christ's  world 
conquest.  You  will  be  sui-prised  to  find  just 
who  are  Interested.  Among  them  may  be  a 
number  of  quiet  people  whose  missionary  inter- 


A  Practical 
Calendar 


The  West  and  the  East  241 

est  you  had  not  discovered.  However,  the 
Lord  who  sits  over  against  the  treasury  has 
known.  The  Christ,  ahvays  present  with  those 
who  according  to  the  commandment  go  to  the 
ends  of  the  earth,  also  meets  with  these  who 
gather  to  inquire  about  his  purpose.  As  they 
travel  in  prayer  to  needy  fields,  Jesus  himself 
draws  near,  and  their  hearts,  like  those  of  the 
disciples  of  old,  burn  within  them. 

We  cite  as  an  example,  a  down-town  church 
where  conditions  of  success  might  be  counted 
doubtful.  It  is  a  congregation  of  the  people 
with  fluctuating  membership.  The  gospel  of 
world  salvation  and  Christian  stewardship,  the 
missionary  prayer  service,  the  mission  study 
classes,  each  in  proper  season  and  with  no  at- 
tempt at  undue  prominence,  are  made  a  part 
of   the  regular  calendar. 

No  one  contributes  largely  from  his  plenty,  without 
but  the  many,  gladly  and  without  pressure,  give  without 
as  unto  God,  and  the  total  is  a  surprise  to  all.   deficits 
Financial  ability  falls  far  below  that  of  other 
congregations,  but  in  missionary  offerings  these 
people  lead  all  the  churches  of  that  denomina- 
tion in  a  large  city.    Its  own  treasury  does  not 
lack.    There  are  no  deficits.    Penitents  seeking 
pardon  and  wanderers  returning  to  God  find 


242 


The  Frontier 


Training  the 
Sunday-school 


Missionary 
Teachers  and 
Committees 


Mission 
Study  Class 


this  church  a  convenient  and  attractive  gateway 
to  the  Father's  house.  This  is  but  one  example 
of  scores. 

Then  there  is  your  Sunday-school.  The  re- 
demption of  America  and  beyond  must  largely 
come  by  way  of  those  now  in  our  Sunday- 
schools.  The  teacher  is  the  diamond  pivot  on 
which  a  door  may  swing  and  the  outstreaming 
light  flood  uneven  pathways. 

Is  method  important?  Yes,  but  the  spirit 
is  everything.  A  Sunday-school  teacher  may 
again  and  again  go  to  the  mission  field  in  the 
persons  of  those  who  hear  God's  call  in  the 
faithful  teaching  and  holy  living.  The  commit- 
tee in  charge  of  monthly  missionary  exercises 
in  the  Sunday-school  are  the  King's  recruiting- 
officers.  They  will  exercise  great  care  that 
their  offices  and  their  programs  are  not  per- 
functory. 

That  study  class  may  be  waiting  your  initia- 
tive. You  cannot?  Read  the  prophets — their 
hesitation,  their  fear;  but  God  called,  and  re- 
treat meant  disaster.  God  wins  most  of  his 
victories  through  people  like  yourself.  To  re- 
fuse is  our  unmaking.  Only  the  one-talent  man 
failed.  He  did  not  try.  "Seek  ye  first  the  king- 
dom of  God."    Aim  that  it  stand  first.     If  in 


The  West  and  the  East  243 

your  young  people's  society  it  is  not  where  it 
should  be,  help  to  push  it  up  to  first  place. 
seek  to  place  it  there.  Study  over  it,  pray, 
consult,  work,  persevere,  be  bound  to  find  a  way 
and  Christ  will  make  a  way. 

No  excuses  mav  we  offer  for  failure.     Too  no  Excuse 

•'  .         Acceptable 

much  is  at  stake.  You  will  not  excuse  a  mis- 
sionary who  deserts  his  field ;  you  cannot.  You 
listen  to  his  tale  of  hardship,  and  yet  feel  he 
should  have  stayed.  Does  God  call  him  to  stay 
more  than  he  calls  us  to  provide  conditions  that 
make  staying  less  difficult  ?  Can  you  turn  from 
that  study  class,  that  Sunday-school,  that  hard 
task,  because  it  is  hard,  even  bordering  on  the 
impossible?  Has  not  God  as  truly  placed  us 
just  where  we  are  faithfully  to  perform  our 
task,  and  that  if  need  be  at  as  great  cost  as  if  in 
a  mission  field?  Does  he  call  a  number  to  go 
and  win,  and  excuse  us  if  we  fail  at  home  ? 

The  Missionaries  and  the  Home  Field 

The  home  field  and  the  local  church  just  now  sacred 
are  where  the  tide  of  battle  centers.     Mission-     ^^p°"^'  ' '  ^ 
aries,  home  and  foreign,  prayerfully  watch  the 
outcome.     As  we  value  destiny  we  dare  not 
fail.     God  has  entrusted  to  us  the  responsibili- 
ties of  this  crucial  hour. 


244 


The  Frontier 


Forces  at 
the  Front 


Deserve  to  be 
Sustained 


Reflecting 
the  Master 


And,  after  all,  who  are  these  people  at  the 
front,  these  missionaries  scattered  over  the 
waste  places  of  this  republic  ?  Do  we  wonder 
what  it  is  to  see  with  their  eyes  stubborn  con- 
ditions in  the  midst  of  which  they  toil  ?  They 
are  flesh  and  blood,  people  of  like  passions  with 
ourselves.  Are  we  asking  if  the  battle  goes 
hard  against  them,  and  if  the  load  at  times 
seems  unbearable  ? 

Do  they  sometimes  ask  why  they  enlisted  in 
such  warfare?  Why  they  should  serve  with 
rigor,  and  live  on  a  pittance,  and  away  from 
friends  and  scenes  that  clutch  at  their  heart 
when  they  dare  think  of  them?  Are  they 
tempted  with  the  thought  that  the  Church  too 
much  forgets  ?  Does  it  seem  to  them  that,  when 
they  have  sacrificed  so  much,  the  Church 
should  not  tie  their  hands  with  lack  of  support 
for  the  w^ork  ? 

Brave  souls — choice  spirits  of  the  Church 
militant,  they  utter  no  complaint,  nor  does  cen- 
sure fall  from  their  patient  lips.  We  see  in 
them  an  incarnation  that  suggests  the  Master. 
They  are  Christian  evidences  in  shoes.  They, 
on  the  altar  of  self-surrender,  break  an  ala- 
baster box  that  fills  all  the  Church  with  a  sweet 
odor  of  holy  living  and  high  service.     While 


The  West  and  the  East  245 

they   continue   we   cannot    lose   the   heavenly 

vision. 

Personal  Consideration 

One  dans^er  if  avoided  may  save  the  Church  Look  Not 

....  .  .  ,-11-°'"  Substitutes 

a  wealth  of  possibilities  in  these  ripening  fields. 
That  danger  is  the  thought  that  if  you,  your 
class,  your  young  people's  society,  or  church 
does  not  take  up  some  particular  work  men- 
tioned, another  will  do  it.  That  spirit  pre- 
dominant means  disaster.  Do  what  you  can — 
and  do'  it  now !  Take  facts  presented,  counsel 
with  others  about  them,  write  your  board  or 
the  superintendent  of  the  mission  to  which 
your  heart  turns,  for  further  particulars  if 
needed,  and  your  example,  multiplied  by  many, 
may  mean  a  hastened  millennium  for  whole 
regions  that  otherwise  may  too  long  continue 
as  they  are.  If  you  are  not  to  help,  who 
should  ? 

Better  still,   what  do  the  young  men  and  Look  at 

the  Need 

women  of  the  Church  propose  to  do  with  such 
a  call,  for  instance,  as  comes  to  a  single  board 
from  Oklahoma  and  other  points?  Twenty 
men  needed — not  anybody,  but  as  good  as  the 
Church  furnishes.  Bright,  stalwart  fellows 
just  graduated  from  theological  schools,  or 
men  of  experience.    If  God  does  not  in  such  an 


246 


The  Frontier 


Frontier  Work 
a  Keen  Test 


Enlistment 
of  a  New 
Brotherhood 


Challenge  of 
an  Emergeftcy 


emergency  call  you,  then  to  whom  is  the  appeal 
directed  ? 

Frontiers,  once  enchanting  fiction,  are  now 
bleak  prose.  The  romance  of  missions  is  born 
of  remoteness.  The  Christian's  highest  conse- 
cration may  now  mean,  not  a  distant  heathen 
land,  but  the  one  slipped  under  his  feet.  His 
battle  may  be  not  so  much  to  go,  as  to  stay.  It 
is  his  Bunker  Hill  or  Waterloo. 

Suppose  a  new  order  of  brotherhood  were 
inaugurated — a  band  of  men  to  work  where 
others  do  not  care  to  go — men  to  get  under  the 
load,  to  stay  there  until  God  calls  them  else- 
where. We  mean  an  exact  duplication  of  for- 
eign missionary  zeal  expended  on  American 
soil.  That  spirit  will  work  resurrection.  It 
will  beget  a  like  consecration.  Evil  spirits  will 
flee  before  it.  Let  us  not  be  misunderstood ; 
this  is  not  even  an  implied  reflection  on  modern 
preachers.  As  a  whole,  they  represent  a  loy- 
alty to  Christ  unsurpassed,  unless  it  be  by 
preachers'  wives.  We  refer  to  a  new  enlist- 
ment for  special  service. 

In  a  national  emergency,  citizens  thrust  aside 
ordinary  considerations  to  render  extraor- 
dinary service.  The  kingdom  of  God  in  the 
United  States  is  in  instant  need  of  the  surren- 


The  West  and  the  East  247 

dered  treasure  and  toil  of  its  subjects.  A 
campaign  of  redemption  of  waste  places  cannot 
succeed  by  proxy  or  absent  treatment.  There 
is  no  redemption  without  the  shedding  of  blood. 
We  mean,  there  can  be  adequate  returns  only 
on  investments  that  cost  what  is  as  dear  as  life. 
Christ  himself  thought  it  not  worth  while  to 
make  any  attempt  to  save  men  on  a  cheaper 
basis — he  gave  himself. 

Humanly  speaking  the  man  is  everything.  "  comes  to  the 
Put  him  anywhere,  and  what  ought  to  be,  hap-  Man 
pens.  Is  any  one  too  good  to  go  ?  Was  Abra- 
ham or  Paul  or  the  Man  of  Nazareth  too  valu- 
able a  man  to  undertake  a  mission  ?  AVith  such 
heroic  opportunities  facing  him,  no  young  man 
in  the  ministry  need  be  long  in  deciding 
whether  he  will  go  where  most  needed  or  stay 
where  least  self-denial  is  required.  All  senti- 
mentality about  high  purpose  and  lofty  conse- 
cration shrivels  in  the  noonday  light  of  un- 
answered, momentous  obligations.  The  Chris- 
tian man  who  does  not  squarely  face  the 
responsibility,  it  may  be  of  going,  certainly  of 
sending,  may  well  ask  himself  to  what  purpose 
he  lives  and  whom  he  serves. 

Young    man,  this  is  for  you.     If  you  will  fj^jj^"^*" 
invest  in  what  is  worth  while,  consecrate  your-  Young  Men 


248 


The  Frontier 


The  Young 
Women 

Summoned 


A  Standard 
for  Young 
People 


Immortal 

Hebrew 

Names 


self  to  a  Christlike  lay  service  in  any  Christless 
locality,  or,  if  God  calls  you,  enter  the  ministry 
just  as  you  would  the  missionary  field.  Fling 
to  the  winds  anxiety  about  pastorates,  rank, 
preferment,  and  so-called  ministerial  success. 
By  prayer  and  a  close  walk  with  God  maintain 
that  spirit  to  the  close  of  your  ministry.  When 
you  become  self-conscious  you  are  a  dead 
preacher. 

Young-  woman,  you  may  be  the  one  for 
whom  that  mining  camp  is  waiting.  That  may 
be  your  call.  Do  you  say  you  are  sO'  busy  in 
your  home  church  you  cannot  well  be  spared? 
If  you  can  be  easily  spared  you  may  not  be 
wanted.  Is  not  this  call,  "America  for  Christ," 
becoming  personal  ? 

This  enlistment  for  service  in  any  place  by 
young  people  who  come  to  the  work  exactly 
as  they  would  go  to  the  foreign  field  will  do 
for  home  missions  in  the  United  States  what 
Christ  asks.  Young  people,  "Whatsoever  he 
saith  unto  you,  do  it." 

We  might  never  have  heard  of  Abraham  or 
Paul  had  they  refused  their  westward  call.  It 
was  their  making  and  their  crown  of  immor- 
tality. In  the  rapid  expansion  of  the  kingdom 
in  apostolic  days,   in  the  doors  then  thrown 


The  West  and  the  East  249 

wide,  and  in  victories  all  out  of  proportion  to 
those  engaged,  we  recognize  the  omnipo- 
tent, omnipresent,  unconquerable  Christ.  One 
fact  alone  bewilders.  Israel — blind,  unrespon- 
sive, inscrutable  Israel! 

God  hath  raised  up  another  Israel.    We  face  Mission  of  a 

'■  ^  _  _  New  Israel 

an  epoch.  Is  he  not  saying,  "Arise,  shine ;  for 
thy  light  is  come,  and  the  glory  of  Jehovah  is 
risen  upon  thee"  ?  And  thus  may  our  West 
gain  help  from  our  East,  that  in  turn  it  may 
bear  "the  glory  of  Jehovah"  to  the  waiting 
Orient. 

QUESTIONS    ON    CHAPTER    VII 

Aim:  To  Realize  What  Each  One  May  Do  To 
Increase  the  Missionary  Interest  in  His  Local 
Church 

1.  What  needs  on  the  frontier  have  impressed  you 

most  ? 

2.  Name    some    new    impressions    that    you    have 
received  in  this  study. 

3.  Compare  the  area  of  the  territory  west  of  the 
Mississippi  with  that  east  of  the  Mississippi. 

4.  Compare  the  population  west  of  the  Mississippi 
with  that  east  of  the  Mississippi. 

5.  Give  some  examples  of  how  railroads  have  con- 
tributed to  the  development  of  the  countrj'. 

6.  Could  the  interior  country  be  developed  without 
them? 


250  The  Frontier 

7.  Sum  up  the  effect  of  irrigation  on  the  work  of 
home  missions. 

8.  State  all  the  reasons  you  can  why  the  Church 
should  quickly  occupy  the  frontier. 

9.  Can  the  Churches  gain  anything  by  postponing 
activity? 

10.  Sum  up  the  loss  that  will  come  to  the  Church 
from  delay. 

11.  What  would  you  suggest  to  be  done  in  your  own 
young  people's  society  to  acquaint  the  members 
with  the  needs  on  the  frontier? 

12.  How  can  you  acquaint  the  Sunday-school  with 
these  facts? 

13.  How  can  you  educate  your  church  through 
the  weekly  prayer-meetings  regarding  these 
pressing  needs  on  the  frontier? 

14.  Do  you  believe  that  your  church  is  familiar 
with  these  conditions? 

15.  How  much  has  your  church  increased  its  gifts 
to  home  missions  during  the  past  three  years? 

16.  Why  do  Church-members  not  give  more  to 
work  outside  of  their  own  parishes? 

17.  Is  it  because  of  a  lack  of  vision  or  consecration? 

18.  What  do  you  consider  the  main  cause  for  a  lack 
of  gifts  to  home  missions? 

19.  Why  is  it  that  people  won  from  heathenism  and 
paganism  are  more  generous  in  their  gifts  ac- 
cording to  their  resources  than  we  at  home? 

20.  Do  you  suppose  that  prayer  for  missions  would 
stimulate  giving? 


The  West  and  the  East  251 

21.     How  often  does  your  church  hold  missionary 

prayer-meetings  ? 
22.*  Name  what  to  you  are  the  highest  motives  for 

missionary  work. 

23.  Do  these  motives  depend  largely  upon  your  own 
Christian  experience? 

24.  Would  you  say  that  persons  who  have  little 
interest  in  missions  have  a  meager  knowledge  of 
the  real  blessings  of  Christ? 

25.  Is  it  possible  to  crown  Christ  King  of  our  lives 
and  yet  not  have  a  deep  interest  in  missions  ? 

26.  Do  you  suppose  a  missionary  could  be  successful 
without  a  consecrated  life? 

27.  Why  does  he  become  a  missionary? 

28.  Is  there  any  power  in  his  life  which  should  not 
be  in  yours? 

29.  What  can  you  do  to  increase  the  missionary 
spirit  in  your  church? 

30.  Have  you  ever  thought  of  becoming  a  mis- 
sionary? 

REFERENCES    FOR    FURTHER    STUDY 

CHAPTER  Vn 

For  further  material  on  this  chapter  the  Secretary 
in  charge  of  mission  study  of  your  denominational 
board  should  be  addressed. 


APPENDIXES 


253 


Appendix  A 


255 


APPENDIX  A 

TABLE  SHOWING  ORIGINAL  TERRITORY  AND    ADDITIONS  TO  THE 
UNITED  STATES  IN  AREA  AND  POPDLATION 1 


TenUorij 

Area  in 
Square  Miles 

Population 
When  Acquired 

Population 
in  1900 

Present  Division 

into  States  and 

Territories 

Original 
Territory 

About 
820,000 

About 
4,000,000 

About 
51,000,000 

Ala.,  Conn.,  Del., 
D.  C,  Ga.,  111., 
Ind.,  Ky.,  Me., 
Md.,  Mass.,  Mich., 
N.H..  N.J.,N.Y., 
N.  C.  0.,  Pa., 
R.  L,  S.  C.  Tenn., 
Vt.,  Va.,  W.  Va., 
Wis. 

Province  of 

Louisiana, 

1803 

About 
900,000 

75,000 

About 
16,000,000 

Ark.,  Cal.,  N.Dak., 
Ind.  Ter.,  Iowa, 
Kans.,  La.,  Minn., 
Mo.,  Mont.,  Neb., 
Okla.,  S.  Dak., 
Wyo. 

Florida,  1819 

66,612 

About 
5,000 

About 
500,000 

Florida  and  small 
parts  of  Ala.,  La., 
and  Miss. 

Texas,  1845 

376,133 

About 
150,000 

About 
3,000,000 

Texas  and  parts 
of  CoL,  Kan., 
N.  M.,  and  Okla. 

Oregon 

Country, 

1846 

288,345 

About 
10.000 

About 
1,200,000 

Idaho,  Wash., 
Oregon,  and  parts 
of  Mont,  and  Wyo. 

New  Me.xico 
and  Cali- 
fornia, 1848: 
Gadsden  Pur- 
chase. 1853 

.\bout 
590,000 

About 
75,000 

About 
2,000,000 

Ariz.,  Cat.,  Nev., 
Utah,  and  parts 
of  CaL.N.M.,  and 
Wyo, 

'•  Mowry,  Territorial  Growth  of  the  United  Stales,  225. 


256 


Appendix   B 


APPENDIX  B 

LAND   AREA,  POPULATION,  AND   DENSITY   OF   POPULATION   FOR 
1900  AND  1906,  BY  STATES  AND  TERRITORIES! 


Stats  or  Territory 


Alabama 

Arizoaa 

Arkansas 

California...  

Colorado 

Connecticut 

Delaware 

District  of  Columbia . 

Florida 

Georgia 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indian  Territory 

Indiana 

Iowa 


Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Maryland . 

Massachusetts. 

Michigsm 

Minnesota 


Missouri. 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada  * 

New  Hampshire. 

New  Jersey 

New  Mexico 

New  York 

North  Carolina.. 
North  Dakota . . . 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

Pennsylvania 

Rhode  Island 

South  Carolina.. 
South  Dakota . . . 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont , 

Virginia 

Washington 

West  Virginia . . . , 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


Area  in 
Square 
Miles 


D      1  I-       Eslimaled 
Poputc^ionl  p„^,;i„„ 

^^""     1906 


51,998 
113,956 
53,335 
158,297 
103,948 

4,965 

2,370 
70 
58,606 
59,265 
84,313 
56,665 
31,209 
36,354 
56,147 
82,158 
40,598 
48,506 
33,040 
12,327 

8,266 
67,980 
84,682 
46,865 
69,420 
146,572 
77.520 
110,690 

9,341 

8,224 
122,634 
49,204 
52,426 
70,8.^7 
41,040 
38,848 
96,699 
45,126 

1,248 
30,989 
77.615 
42,022 
265,896 
84.990 

9,564 
42,627 
69,127 
24,170 
56,068 
97,914 


Total  for  Continental 
United  States 3,026,789   7.5,994,57.5 


1,828,697 

122,93 

1,311,564 

1,485,053 

5.39,700 

908,420 

184,735 

278,718 

528,542 

2,216,331 

161,772 

4,821,550 

392,060 

2,516,462 

2,231,853 

1,470,495 

2,147,174 

1,381,625 

694,466 

1,188,044 

2,805,346 

2,420,982 

1,751,394 

1,.55l,270 

3,106,655 

243,329 

1,066,300 

42,335 

411,588 

1,88.3,089 

195,310 

7,268,894 

1,893,810 

319,146 

4,157,545 

398,331 

413,536 

6,302,115 

428,556 

1,340,316 

401,570 

2,020,616 

3,048,710 

276,749 

343,641 

1,854,184 

518,103 

9.58,800 

2,069,042 

92,531 


2,017,877 

143,745 
1,421,574 
1,648.049 

615,570 
1,005,716 

194.479 

307,716 

629,341 
2,443,719 

205,704 
5,418,670 

519,188 
2,710,898 
2,205,690 
2  1,612,471 
2,320,298 
1,539,449 

714,494 
1,275,434 
3,043,346 
2,584,533 
2,025,615 
1,708,272 
3,363,153 

303,575 

1,068,484 

42,335 

432  624 
2,196,237 

216,328 
8,226,990 
2,059,326 

463,784 
4,448,877 

590,247 

474,738 
6,928,515 

490,387 
1,453,818 

465,908 
2,172,476 
3,536,618 

316,331 

350,373 
1,973,104 

614,625 
1,076,406 
2,260,930 

103,673 


Number  of  Periions 
per  Square  Mite 


1900 


83,941,510 


36 
1 

25 
10 

5 
188 
94 
4,645 
10 
38 

2 
86 
13 
70 
40 
18 
54 
30 
23 
121 
349 
42 
22 
34 
45 

2 
14 

46 
250 

2 
1.53 
39 

5 
102 
JO 

4 
140 
407 
44 

5 
48 
12 

3 
38 
46 

8 
39 
38 

1 


26 


1  Bureau  of  the  Census,  Bulletin  71,  p.  16.         "  State  census. 

3  Popuhtioa  decreased  from  1890  to  1900;  has  inerrjased  since  that  date, 
but  no  reliable  data  to  show  iricrease;  population  in  1900  used  instead  of 
estimates.       *  Less  than  one  pereon  per  square  mile. 


Appendix  C 


2S7 


APPENDIX  C 

VACANT  AND  RESERVED  AREAS  IN  THE  WESTERN  PUBLIC    LAND 
STATES  1 


Stale  or 
Territory 

Total  Area 
Acres 

Vacant 
Acres 

Per 

Cent. 

Reserved 
Acres 

Per 

Cent. 

72,332,800 
101,350,400 
66,512,000 
53,272,000 
52,531,200 
93,491,200 
49,606,400 
70,848,000 
78,451,200 
45.308,800 
24,979,200 
61,469,200 
49,696.000 
54,380,800 
44.275,200 
62,649,600 

47,082,321 
33,156,877 
30,110,586 
33,485,389 
942,483 
55,748,400 

4,481,958 
61,226,774 
52,095,312 

7,050,306 

1,983.249 
20,180,261 

9,932.  Ii3 
38,847.341 

8,566,563 
37,623,329 

65.1 
32.7 
45.3 
62.9 

1.8 
59.6 

9.0 
86.4 
66.4 
15.6 

7.9 
32.8 
20.1 
71.4 
19.3 
60.0 

20,344,487 

21,874,865 

11,197,552 

7,801,355 

120,215 

18,566,188 

628,855 

5,983,409 

7,571,223 

3,438,709 

1,437,117 

14,495,400 

12,236,301 

8,360,121 

11,392,757 

14,017,618 

28.1 

21.0 

16.8 

14.4 

Kansas 

0.2 
19.9 

1.3 

8.4 

9.6 

7.6 

5.8 

23.6 

24  6 

Utah 

15.4 

25.7 

22.4 

Total 

981.144,000 

442,513,262 

45.1 

159,466,172 

16.2 

Newell,  Irrigation,  6. 


258 


Appendix  D 


APPENDIX  D 

IRRIGATION    PROJECTS 

AREAS,   COST,    EXPENDITDRES,  ETC.,   ON    ENTIRE    PROJECTS    OR 
SUCH  UNITS  AS  IT  IS  EXPECTED  TO  COMPLETE  BY  19111 


Location 

Project 

.4rfo 

in 
Acres 

Eslimated 
Cost 

Eslimaied 
ExpemlUure 
to  December 

31.  1907 

Per 

Cenl.of 
Com- 
pletion 

Salt  River 

Orland 

210.000 

30.000 

100,000 

140,000 

50,000 

160,000 

100,000 

8,000 

30,000 

30,000 
16,000 
110,000 
160,000 
20.000 
10,000 
10,000 
160,000 

40,000 
66,000 
18,000 
120,000 
100,000 
30,000 
8,000 
40,000 
24,000 
20,000 
100,000 

$6,300,000 
1,200,000 
4,500,000 
5,600,000 
2,250,000 
4,000.000 
3,000,000 
350,000 
900,000 

1,200.000 
500,000 

3,850,000 

4,800,000 
640,000 
370,000 
200,000 

8,000,000 

1,240,000 
2,700,000 
1,100,000 
3,600,000 
3,500,000 
1,500,000 

500,000 
1,600,000 
1,500,000 

600,000 
4,500,000 

84,362,100 

16,900 

1,876,700 

2,900,000 

9,750 

1,839,700 

1,381500 

282,000 

796,400 

314,800 

344,100 

2,797.300 

3,804,600 

579,400 

358,600 

167,900 

53,200 

519,600 

751,850 

765,500 

1,305,080 

1,281,900 

418,700 

372,180 

481,180 

565,420 

5.220 

2,313,990 

69.2 

1.4 

41.7 

Uneompahgre .... 

Grand  Viilley 

Minidoka 

Payette— Boise, . . 
Garden  City 

51.8 

.4 

46.0 

46.5 

80.5 

88.4 

Milk     River,     in- 
cluding St.Mary 

Sun  River 

North  Platte 

Truckee— Carson. . 

26.2 
09.0 

Nebraska— Wyo. . . 

73.0 

79.2 

81.5 

New  Mexico 

New  Mexico 

New  Mexico— Tex. 
North  Dakota 

Hondo 

Leasburg 

Rio  Grande 

Pumping,   Buford 
—Trenton,  Wil- 

97.0 
83.9 

41.9 

Montana— N.  Dak. 

Low'r  Yellowstone 
Umatilla 

64.9 
69.6 

36.2 

South  Dakota 

Utah 

Washington 

Washington 

Washington 

Belle  Fourche .... 
Strawberry  Valley 

Okanogan 

Sunnyside 

Tieton 

36.6 
27.9 
74.4 
30.7 
37.6 

8.7 

Wyoming 

Shoshone 

51.5 

Total 

1,910,000 

$70,000,000 

2530,665,570 

1  Blanchard.  Statistician  of  United  States  Reclamation  Service. 
^  An  average  of  $36.65  per  acre. 


APPENDIX  E 

TEXT  OF  THE  PRESENT  IRRIGATION  LAW » 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Represen- 
tatives of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress 
assembled,  That  all  moneys  received  from  the  sale  and 
disposal  of  public  lands  in  Arizona,  California,  Col- 
orado, Idaho,  Kansas,  ]\Iontana,  Nebraska,  Nevada, 
New  Mexico,  North  Dakota,  Oklahoma,  Oregon,  South 
Dakota,  Utah,  Washington,  and  Wyoming,  beginning 
with  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  thirtieth,  nineteen 
hundred  and  one,  including  the  surplus  of  fees  and 
commissions  in  excess  of  allowances  to  registers  and 
receivers,  and  excepting  the  five  per  centum  of  the  pro- 
ceeds of  the  sales  of  public  lands  in  the  above  States 
set  aside  by  law  for  educational  and  other  purposes, 
shall  be,  and  the  same  are  hereb}^  reserved,  set  aside, 
and  appropriated  as  a  special  fund  in  the  Treasury  to 
be  known  as  the  "reclamation  fund,"  to  be  used  in  the 
examination  and  survey  for  and  the  construction  and 
maintenance  of  irrigation  works  for  the  storage,  diver- 
sion, and  development  of  waters  for  the  reclamation  of 
arid  and  semiarid  lands  in  the  said  States  and  Terri- 
tories, and  for  the  payment  of  all  other  expenditures 
provided  for  in  this  Act :  Provided,  that  in  case  the 
receipts  from  the  sale  and  disposal  of  public  lands  other 
than  those  realized  from  the  sale  and  disposal  of  lands 
referred  to  in  this  section  are  insufficient  to  meet  the 
requirements  for  the  support  of  agricultural  colleges 
in  the  several  States  and  Territories,  under  the  Act  of 

1  Quoted  from  Smythe,  The  Conquest  of  Arid  America, 
344-349- 

259 


26o  Appendix  E 

August  thirtieth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety,  entitled 
"An  act  to  apply  a  portion  of  the  proceeds  of  the 
public  lands  to  the  more  complete  endowment  and 
support  of  the  colleges  for  the  benefit  of  agriculture  and 
the  mechanic  arts,  established  under  the  provisions  of 
an  Act  of  Congress  approved  July  second,  eighteen 
hundred  and  sixty-two,"  the  deficiency,  if  any,  in  the 
sum  necessary  for  the  support  of  the  said  colleges  shall 
be  provided  for  from  any  moneys  in  the  Treasury  not 
otherwise  appropriated. 

Sec.  2.  That  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  is  hereby 
authorized  and  directed  to  make  examinations  and 
surveys  for,  and  to  locate  and  construct,  as  herein  pro- 
vided, irrigation  works  for  the  storage,  diversion,  and 
development  of  waters,  including  artesian  wells,  and  to 
report  to  Congress  at  the  beginning  of  each  regular 
session  as  to  the  results  of  such  examinations  and 
surveys,  giving  estimates  of  cost  of  all  contemplated 
works,  the  quantity  and  location  of  the  lands  which  can 
be  irrigated  therefrom,  and  all  facts  relative  to  the 
practicability  of  each  irrigation  project;  also  the  cost  of 
works  in  process  of  construction  as  well  as  of  those 
which  have  been  completed. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  shall, 
before  giving  the  public  notice  provided  for  in  section 
four  of  this  Act,  withdraw  from  public  entry  the  lands 
required  for  any  irrigation  works  contemplated  under 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  shall  restore  to  public 
entry  any  of  the  lands  so  withdrawn  when,  in  his 
judgment,  such  lands  are  not  required  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act;  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  is  hereby 
authorized,  at  or  immediately  prior  to  the  time  of  be- 
ginning the  surveys  for  any  contemplated  irrigation 
works,  to  withdraw  from  entry,  except  under  the 
homestead  laws,  any  public  lands  believed  to  be  sus- 


Appendix  E  261 

ceptible  of  irrigation  from  said  works :  Provided,  That 
all  lands  entered  and  entries  made  under  the  homestead 
laws  within  areas  so  withdrawn  during  such  withdrawal 
shall  be  subject  to  all  the  provisions,  limitations, 
charges,  terms,  and  conditions  of  this  Act;  that  said 
survej'S  shall  be  prosecuted  diligently  to  completion,  and 
upon  the  completion  thereof,  and  of  the  necessary  maps, 
plans,  and  estimates  of  cost,  the  Secretary  of  the  In- 
terior shall  determine  whether  or  not  said  project  is 
practicable  and  advisable,  and  if  determined  to  be  im- 
practicable or  unadvisable  he  shall  thereupon  restore 
said  lands  to  entry;  that  public  lands  which  it  is  pro- 
posed to  irrigate  by  means  of  any  contemplated  works 
shall  be  subject  to  entry  only  under  the  provisions  of 
the  homestead  laws  in  tracts  of  not  less  than  forty  nor 
more  than  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres,  and  shall  be 
subject  to  the  limitations,  charges,  terms,  and  condi- 
tions herein  provided :  Provided,  That  the  commuta- 
tion provisions  of  the  homestead  laws  shall  not  apply 
to  entries  made  under  this  Act. 

Sec.  4.  That  upon  the  determination  by  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior  that  any  irrigation  project  is  practicable, 
he  may  cause  to  be  let  contracts  for  the  construction  of 
the  sam.e,  in  such  portions  or  sections  as  it  may  be 
practicable  to  construct  and  complete  as  parts  of  the 
whole  project,  providing  the  necessary  funds  for  such 
portions  or  sections  are  available  in  the  reclamation 
fund,  and  thereupon  he  shall  give  public  notice  of  the 
lands  irrigable  under  such  project,  and  limit  of  area  per 
entry,  which  limit  shall  represent  the  acreage  which,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Secretary,  may  be  reasonably  re- 
quired for  the  support  of  a  family  upon  the  lands  in 
question;  also  of  the  charges  which  shall  be  made  per 
acre  upon  the  said  entries,  and  upon  lands  in  private 
ownership  which  may  be  irrigated  by  the  waters  of  the 


262  Appendix  E 

said  irrigation  project,  and  the  number  of  annual  in- 
stalments, not  exceeding  ten,  in  which  such  charges 
shall  be  paid  and  the  time  when  such  payments  shall 
commence.  The  said  charges  shall  be  determined  with 
a  view  of  returning  to  the  reclamation  fund  the  esti- 
mated cost  of  construction  of  the  project,  and  shall  be 
apportioned  equitably:  Provided,  That  in  all  con- 
struction work  eight  hours  shall  constitute  a  day's 
work,  and  no  Mongolian  labor  shall  be  employed 
thereon. 

Sec.  5.  That  the  entryman  upon  the  lands  to  be  irri- 
gated by  such  works  shall,  in  addition  to  compliance 
with  the  homestead  laws,  reclaim  at  least  one  half  of 
the  total  irrigable  area  of  his  entry  for  agricultural 
purposes,  and  before  receiving  patent  for  the  lands 
covered  by  his  entry  shall  pay  to  the  Government  the 
charges  apportioned  against  such  tract,  as  provided  in 
section  four.  No  right  to  the  use  of  water  for  land  in 
private  ownership  shall  be  sold  for  a  tract  exceeding 
one  hundred  and  sixty  acres  to  any  one  landowner,  and 
no  such  sale  shall  be  made  to  any  landowner  unless  he 
be  an  actual  bona  fide  resident  on  such  lands,  or  occu- 
pant thereof  residing  in  the  neighborhood  of  said  land, 
and  no  such  right  shall  permanently  attach  until  all 
payments  therefor  are  made.  The  annual  instalments 
shall  be  paid  to  the  receiver  of  the  local  land  office  of 
the  district  in  which  the  land  is  situated,  and  a  failure 
to  make  any  two  payments  when  due  shall  render  the 
entry  subject  to  cancelation,  with  the  forfeiture  of  all 
rights  under  this  Act,  as  well  as  of  any  moneys  already 
paid  thereon.  All  moneys  received  from  the  above 
sources  shall  be  paid  into  the  reclamation  fund. 
Registers  and  receivers  shall  be  allowed  the  usual  com- 
missions on  all  moneys  paid  for  lands  entered  under 
this  Act. 


Appendix  E  263 

Sec.  6.  That  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  is  hereby 
authorized  and  directed  to  use  the  reclamation  fund  for 
the  operation  and  maintenance  of  all  reservoirs  and 
irrigation  works  constructed  under  the  provisions  of 
this  Act :  Provided,  That  when  the  payments  required 
by  this  Act  are  made  for  the  major  portion  of  the 
lands  irrigated  from  the  waters  of  any  of  the  works 
herein  provided  for,  then  the  management  and  opera- 
tion of  such  irrigation  works  shall  pass  to  the  owners 
of  the  lands  irrigated  thereby,  to  be  maintained  at  their 
expense  under  such  form  of  organization  and  under 
such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  acceptable  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior :  Provided,  That  the  title  to 
and  the  management  and  operation  of  the  reservoirs 
and  the  works  necessary  for  their  protection  and  opera- 
tion shall  remain  in  the  Government  until  otherwise 
provided  by  Congress. 

Sec.  7.  That  where  in  carrying  out  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  it  becomes  necessary  to  acquire  any  rights  or 
property,  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  is  hereby 
authorized  to  acquire  the  same  for  the  United  States 
by  purchase  or  by  condemnation  under  judicial  process, 
and  to  pay  from  the  reclamation  fund  the  sums  which 
may  be  needed  for  that  purpose,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Attorney-General  of  the  United  States  upon  every 
application  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  under  this 
Act,  to  cause  proceedings  to  be  commenced  for  con- 
demnation within  thirty  days  from  the  receipt  of  the 
application  at  the  Department  of  Justice. 

Sec.  8.  That  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed 
as  affecting  or  intended  to  affect  or  to  in  any  way  in- 
terfere with  the  laws  of  any  State  or  Territory  relating 
to  the  control,  appropriation,  use,  or  distribution  of 
water  used  in  irrigation,  or  any  vested  right  acquired 
thereunder,  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  in  carry- 


264  Appendix  E 

ing  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  shall  proceed  in  con- 
formity with  such  laws,  and  nothing  herein  shall  in  any 
way  affect  any  right  of  any  State  or  of  the  Federal 
Government  or  of  any  landowner,  appropriator,  or  user 
of  water  in,  to,  or  from  any  interstate  stream  or  the 
waters  thereof :  Provided,  That  the  right  to  the  use 
of  water  acquired  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
shall  be  appurtenant  to  the  land  irrigated,  and  beneficial 
use  shall  be  the  basis,  the  measure,  and  the  limit  of  the 
right. 

Sec.  9.  That  it  is  hereby  declared  to  be  the  duty  of 
the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  in  carrying  out  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act,  so  far  as  the  same  may  be  prac- 
ticable and  subject  to  the  existence  of  feasible  irrigation 
projects,  to  expend  the  major  portion  of  the  funds 
arising  from  the  sale  of  public  lands  within  each  State 
and  Territory  hereinbefore  named  for  the  benefit  of 
arid  and  semiarid  lands  within  the  limits  of  such 
State  or  Territory:  Provided,  That  the  Secretary  may 
temporarily  use  such  portion  of  said  funds  for  the 
benefit  of  arid  or  semiarid  lands  in  any  particular  State 
or  Territory  hereinbefore  named  as  he  may  deem  ad- 
visable, but  when  so  used  the  excess  shall  be  restored 
to  the  fund  as  soon  as  practicable,  to  the  end  that  ulti- 
mately, and  in  any  event,  within  each  ten-year  period 
after  the  passage  of  this  Act,  the  expenditures  for  the 
benefit  of  the  said  States  and  Territories  shall  be 
equalized  according  to  the  proportions  and  subject  to 
the  conditions  as  to  practicability  and  feasibility  afore- 
said. 

Sec.  10.  That  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  is  hereby 
authorized  to  perform  any  and  all  acts  and  to  make  such 
rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  necessary  and  proper 
for  the  purpose  of  carrying  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
into  full  force  and  effect. 


APPENDIX  F 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

General  and  Historical 

Baldwin,    J.,    The    Conquest    of    the    Old    Northwest. 

American  Book  Co.,  New  York.     50  cents. 
Bandelier,    Adolph    F.,    The    Delight    Makers.       Dodd, 

Mead  &  Co.,  New  York.     $1.25. 
Brooks,  N.,  First  Across  the  Continent.     Charles  Scrib- 

ner's  Sons,  New  York.     $1.50,  net. 
Casson,  Herbert  N.,  The  Romance  of  Steel  in  America. 

A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co.,  New  York.     $2.50. 
Chandler,  Julian  A.,  and  O.   P.   Chitwood,  Makers  of 

American   History.     Silver,   Burdette   &   Co.,    New 

York.     60  cents. 
Cordley,  R.,  Pioneer  Days  in  Kansas.     Pilgrim  Press, 

Boston.    $1.00,  net. 
Drake,   Samuel   A.,   The   Making   of   the   Great   West. 

Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  New  York.     $1.50. 
Earle,  Alice  M.,   Home  Life  in   Colonial  Days.      The 

Macmillan  Co.,  New  York.    $2.50. 
Fernow,   B.   E.,    Economics  of   Forestry.     Thomas   Y. 

Crowell  &  Co.,  New  York.    $1.50. 
Gregg,  David,  Makers  of  the  American  Republic.    E.  B. 

Treat  &  Co.,  New  York.    $2.00. 
Hulbert,  A.  B.,  The  Ohio  River;  A  Course  of  Empire. 

G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  New  York.    $3-50. 
Inman,  Henry,   The  Old   Santa  Fe  Trail.     The  Mac- 
millan Co.,  New  York.     $2.50. 
26s 


266  Appendix  F 

Jenks,  Tudor,  When  America  Was  New.  Thomas  Y. 
Crowell  &  Co.,  New  York.     $1.25. 

Lummis,  Charles  F.,  Spanish  Pioneers.  A.  C.  McClurg 
&  Co.,  Chicago,  111.    $1.50. 

McMurray,  Charles,  Pioneers  of  the  Rocky  Mountains 
and  Northwest.  The  Macmillan  Co.,  New  York. 
40  cents,  net. 

Moore,  Charles,  The  Northwest  Under  Three  Flags. 
Harper  &  Brothers,  New  York.     $2.50. 

Mowr}',  W.  A.,  The  Territorial  Growth  of  the  United 
States.     Silver,  Burdette  &  Co.,  New  York.     $1.50. 

Newell,  Fred  H.,  Irrigation  in  the  United  States. 
Thomas  Y.  Crowell  &  Co.,  New  York.     $2.00. 

Paine,  Ralph  D.,  The  Greater  America.  Outing  Pub- 
lishing Co.,  Deposit,  N.  Y.    $1.50,  net. 

Parkman,  F.,  The  California  and  Oregon  Trail. 
Thomas   Y.    Crowell   &  Co.,    New   York.    50  cents. 

Prince,  Leon  C,  A  Bird's-Eye  View  of  American  His- 
tory.    Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  New  York.     $1.25. 

Roosevelt,  Theodore,  Winning  of  the  West.  4  vols. 
G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  New  York.     $10.00. 

Semple,  Ellen  C,  American  History  and  Its  Geographic 
Conditions.  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  Boston. 
$3.00,  net. 

Smythe,  William  E.,  The  Conquest  of  Arid  America. 
The  Macmillan  Co.,  New  York.     $1.50. 

Sparhawk,  F.  C,  A  Chronicle  of  Conquest.  Lothrop, 
Lee  &  Sheppard,  Boston.    $1.00. 

Standard  History  on  Period  1840-1860. 
Strong,    Josiah,    Our    Country.      Baker   &   Taylor    Co., 
New  York.     60  cents. 


Appendix  F  267 

Van  Dyke,  John  C,  The  Desert.  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons,  New  York.    $1.25. 

White,  Stewart  E.,  The  Blazed  Trail.  McClure,  Phil- 
lips &  Co.,  New  York.     $1.50. 

White,  Stewart  E.,  The  Westerners.  McClure,  Phillips 
&  Co.,  New  York.     $1.50. 

American  Commonwealth  Series.  Houghton,  Mifflin  & 
Co.,  Boston.  Each  $1.25  and  $1.10:  Virginia,  by 
J.  E.  Cook;  Oregon,  by  F.  H.  Hoddcr ;  Cali- 
fornia, by  Josiah  Royce ;  Ohio,  by  Rufus  King ; 
Michigan,  by  T.  W.  Cooley ;  Kansas,  by  L.  W. 
Spring ;  Indiana,  by  J.   P.  Dunn,  Jr. 


Missions 

Adams,    Ephraim,    The    Iowa    Band.      Pilgrim    Press, 
Boston.     $1.00. 

Clark,  Joseph  B.,  Leavening  the  Nation.     Baker  &  Tay- 
lor Co.,  New  York.     $1.25,  net. 

Connor,    Ralph,    The    Sky    Pilot.      Fleming    H.    Revell 
Co.,  New  York.     $1.25. 

Connor,   Ralph,  Black  Rock.     Fleming  H.   Revell   Co., 
New  York.     $1.25. 

Connor,    Ralph,   The    Prospector.      Fleming    H.    Revell 
Co.,  New  York.    $1.50. 

Connor,  Ralph,  The  Doctor.     Fleming  H.  Revell   Co., 
New  York.     $1.50. 

Craighead,  J.  G..  A  Story  of  Marcus  Whitman.    Pres- 
byterian Board  of  Publication,  Philadelphia.     $1.00. 

Crowell,  Katherine  R.,  The  Call  of  the  Waters.     Flem- 
ing H.  Revell  Co.,  New  York.     50  cents. 


268  Appendix  F 

Doyle,  Sherman  H.,  Presbyterian  Home  Missions. 
Presbyterian  Board  of  Home  Missions,  New  York. 
75  cents. 

Eggleston,  Edward,  The  Circuit  Rider  and  Hoosier 
Schoolmaster.  E.  P.  Judd,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
$1.25. 

Hines,  H.  K.,  Missionary  History  of  the  Pacific  North- 
west.    H.  K.  Hines,  Portland,  Ore. 

McAfee,  Joseph  E.,  Missions  Striking  Home.  Fleming 
H.  Revell  Co.,  New  York.     75  cents. 

McLanahan,    Samuel,    et    al..    Home    Mission    Heroes. 

Presbyterian    Board    Home    Missions,    New    York. 

35  cents. 
Morris,  S.  E.,  At  Our  Own  Door.     Fleming  H.  Revell 

Co.,  New  York.    $1.00,  net. 

Mowry,  W.  A.,  Marcus  Whitman.  Silver,  Burdecte  & 
Co.,  New  York.    $1.50. 

Nixon,  O.  W.,  How  Marcus  Whitman  Saved  Oregon. 
Star  Publishing  Co.,  Chicago,  111.     $1.50. 

Phillips,    Alexander    L.,    The    Call    of    the    Homeland. 

Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication,  Richmond,  Va. 

50  cents. 
Piatt,  Ward,  Methodisn)   and  the  Republic.     Board  of 

Home    Missions    and    Church    Extension,    M.    E. 

Church,  Philadelphia.     50  cents. 

Puddefoot,  W.  G.,  The  Minute  Man  on  the  Frontier. 
T.  Y.  Crowell  &  Co.,  New  York.    $1.25. 

Shelton,    Don    O.,    Heroes    of   the    Cross    in    America. 

Young  People's  Missionary  Movement,  New  York. 

50  cents. 
Sherwood,    James    M.,    Memoirs    of    David    Brainerd. 

Funk  &  Wagnalls  Co.,  New  York.     $1.50. 


Appendix  F  269 

Smith,  Justin,  History  of  the  Baptists  West  of  tlie  Miss- 
issippi River.  American  Baptist  PubHcation  So- 
ciety, Philadelphia.     50  cents. 

Stewart,  Robert  L.,  Sheldon  Jackson.  Fleming  H. 
Revell  Co.,  New  York.     $2.00. 

Talbot,  Ethelbert,  My  People  of  the  Plains,  Harper  & 
Bros.,  New  York.     $1.65,  net. 

Tomlinson,  Everett  T.,  The  Fruit  of  the  Desert.  The 
Griffith  &  Rowland  Press,  Philadelphia.     $1.25. 

Tompson,  C.  Lemuel,  The  Presbyterian.  Baker  &  Tay- 
lor Co.,  New  York.    $i.co,  net. 

Tuttle,  Daniel  S.,  Reminiscences  of  a  Missionary 
Bishop.  Thomas  Whittaker,  New  York.  $2.00, 
net. 

Whipple,  Henry  B.,  Lights  and  Shadows  of  a  Long 
Episcopate.  The  I\Iacmillan  Co.,  New  York.  $2.50, 
net. 

White,  Greenough,  An  Apostle  of  the  Western  Church, 
Bishop  Kemper.  Thomas  Whittaker,  New  York. 
$1.50,  net. 

Young,  Egerton  R..  An  Apostle  of  the  North.  Flem- 
ing H.  Revell  Co.,  New  York.    $1.25. 


American  Indians 

Eells,  I\Tyra,  Ten  Years'  Mission  Work  Among  Indians 
at  Skokomish.     Pilgrim  Press,  Boston.    $1.25. 

Finley,  James  B.,  Life  Among  the  Indians.  Methodist 
Book  Concern,  New  York,     go  cents. 

Humphrey,  Seth  K.,  The  Indian  Dispossessed.  Little, 
Brown  &  Co.,  Boston.     $1.50. 


270  Appendix  F 

Jackson,    Helen   H.,    A    Century   of   Dishonor.     Little, 

Brown  &  Co.,  Boston.    $1.50. 
Johnston,    Julia    H.,    Indian    and    Spanish    Neighbors. 

Fleming  H.  Revell  Co.,  New  York.      50  cents. 
McBeth,  Kate  C,  The  Nez  Perces  Indians  Since  Lewis 

and    Clark.      Fleming   H.    Revell    Co.,    New    York. 

$1.50,  net. 
Pond,  Samuel  M.,  Two  Volunteer  Missionaries  Among 

the  Dakotas.     Pilgrim  Press,  Boston.     $1.25. 
Sparhawk,  Francis  C,  Onoqua.     Lothrop,  Lee  &  Shep- 

pard,  Boston.     $1.00. 
Strong,  James  C,  Wah-kee-nah  and  Her  People.    G.  P. 

Putnam's  Sons,  New  York.     $1.25. 
Wood,    Norman    B.,    Lives   of   Famous    Indian    Chiefs. 

American    Indian    Historical    Publishing    Co.,    Au- 
rora, 111.     $2.50. 
Young,  Egerton  R.,  Algonquin  Indian  Tales.     Fleming 

H.  Revell  Co.,  New  York.     $1.25. 
Young,  Egerton  R.,  Child  of  the  Forest.     Fleming  H. 

Revell  Co.,  New  York.     $1.25. 
Young,  Egerton  R.,  On  the  Indian  Trail.     Fleming  H. 

Revell  Co.,  New  York.     $1.00. 

Magazine  References 
Irrigation,  Dry  Farming,  Forestry,  and  Related  Subjects 

Anderson,  "Irrigation  in  Southwestern  United  States 
and  Mexico."     Out  West,  August,  '06. 

Barnes,  "Gifford  Pinchot,  Forester."  McClure's  Maga- 
zine, July,  '08. 

Beacom,  "Irrigation  in  the  L^nited  States :  Its  Geo- 
graphical and  Economic  Results."  Geographical 
Journal,  April,  '07. 


Appendix  F  271 

Blackwelder,  "A  Country  That  Has  Used  Up  Its 
Trees."     Outlook,  March  24,  '06. 

Blanchard,  "A  Stupendous  International  Irrigation 
Project."     Leslie's  Weekly,  March  14,  '07. 

Casson,  "The  New  American  Farmer."  Review  of 
Reviews,  May,  '08. 

Cope,  ''Making  Gardens  Out  of  Lava-dust."  World 
To-Day,  June,  '06. 

Cowan,  "Dry  Farming  the  Hope  of  the  West."  Cen- 
tury Magazine,  July,  '06. 

Deming,  "Irrigation  Problems  in  Wyoming."  Inde- 
pendent, May  9,  '07. 

Deming,  "Dry  Farming;  What  It  Is."  Independent, 
April  18,  '07. 

Donahue,  "Farming  Without  Water."  World  To-Day, 
August,  '06. 

Dunn,  "One  Tree  to  Save  a  State's  Lumber  Supply." 
Technical  World  Magazine,   August,  '08. 

Edmonds,  "A  National  Inventory."  Review  of  Re- 
views, May,  '08. 

Fernow,  "Saving  the  Waste  of  Forests."  Country  Life 
in  America,  August,  '07. 

Fielde,  "Lumbering  in  Washington."  Independent,  No- 
vember 7,  '07. 

Forbes-Lindsay,  "Spending  a  Billion  and  a  Half  Dol- 
lars to  Make  a  Desert  Bloom."  Harper's  Weekly, 
February  2,  '07. 

Geiser,  "Results  of  Forestry  in  Germany."  World's 
Work,  March,  '07. 

Hays,  "The  American  Farmer  Feeding  the  World." 
World's  Work,  August,  '08. 


2^2  Appendix  F 

Hough,  "The  Slaughter  of  the  Trees."  Everybody's 
Magazine,  May,  '08. 

Jenkins,  "Reclaiming  Arid  Lands  Near  Denver."  Na- 
tional Magazine,  July,  '08. 

Kirkbride,  "One-Acre  Ranch."  Century  Magazine, 
March,  '08. 

Kirkwood,  "The  Romantic  Story  of  a  Scientist." 
World's  Work,  April,  '08. 

Mitchell,  "Checking  the  Waste  of  Our  National  Re- 
sources."    Review  of  Reviews,  May,  '08. 

Nelson,  "The  Lumber  Industry  of  America."  Review 
of  Reviews,  November,  '07. 

Page,  "The  Rediscovery  of  Our  Greatest  Wealth." 
World's  Work,  May,  '08. 

Pinchot,  "The  Conservation  of  National  Resources." 
Outlook,  October  12,  '07. 

Quick,  "Farming  Without  Water."  World's  Work, 
August,  '06. 

Roosevelt,  "Forest  and  Reclamation  Service  of  the 
United  States."  National  Geographic  IMagazine. 
November,  '06. 

Sterling,  "Reforestation  in  Southern  California."  Out 
West,   July,   '07. 

Taylor,  "Economic  Problems  in  Agriculture  by  Irriga- 
tion."    Journal  of  Political  Economy,  April,  '07. 

Vanderhoof,  "Irrigating  an  Empire."  World  To-Day, 
August,  '08. 

Van  Dyke,  "In  the  Big  Woods  of  Oregon."  Outing 
Magazine,  Februar}',  '06. 

Will,  "Forestry:  Planting  Trees  for  Profit."  World's 
Work,  November,  '07. 

Wright,  "The  Government  as  a  Home  Maker."  World 
To-Day,  February^  '06. 


Appendix  F 


-/o 


Railways  and  Waterways 

Baker,  "Destiny  and  the  Western  Railroad."  Century 
Magazine,  April,  '08. 

Carr,  "The  New  Northwest  and  the  Railways."  Out- 
look, August  24,  '07. 

Cochrane,  "Why  Railroads  Are  Busy."  Moody's  Maga- 
zine, January,  '07. 

Larkin,  "A  Thousand  Men  Against  a  River."  World's 
Work,  March,  '07. 

Mathews,  "The  Future  of  Our  Navigable  Waters." 
Atlantic  ]\Ionthly,  December,  "07. 

Mathews,  "The  New  Mississippi."  Everybody's  Maga- 
zine, April,  '08. 

McGee,  "Our  Dawning  Waterway  Era."  World's 
Work,  April,  '08. 

McGee,  "Our  Inland  Waterways."  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  April,  '08. 

Prosser,  "Railways  Divide  a  New  Kingdom."  Tech- 
nical World  Magazine,  August,  '08. 

Tait,  "Taming  the  Mississippi."  World  To-Day, 
March,  '07, 

Willey,  "A  War  Against  a  River."  Wide  World 
Magazine,  August,  '08. 


Tlic  Northwest 

Borah,  "The  Citizenship  of  Idaho."     Pacific  Monthly, 

February,  '08. 
Carr,  "The  Great  Northwest."     Outlook,  June  22,  '07. 
Chappie,  "Triumphs  of  the  Canadian  West."     National 

Geographic  Magazine,  August,  '07. 


274  Appendix  F 

Cushman,    "The    Northwest    Gateway    of    Our    Com- 
merce."   The  Outing  Magazine,  February,    08. 

Elford,     "Oregon :     An     Inland     Empire."       Overland 
Monthly,    June,    '05. 

Elrod,    "Resources    of    Montana    and    Their   Develop- 
ment."    Science,  May  20,  '04. 

Gooding,    "The   Promise  of  Idaho."     Pacific   Monthly, 
February,  '08. 

Hunter,  "Idaho."     Pacific  Monthly,  February,  '08. 

Lloyd,  "Where  Rolls  the  Oregon."     Outing  Magazine, 
February,  '06. 

Lockley,  "Westward  Ho  to  Idaho."     Pacific  Monthly, 
February,  '08. 

Mills,  "Economic  Struggle  in  Colorado."     Arena,  Feb- 
ruary, March,  May,  October,  '06. 

Moorehead,  "Crossing  the  Great  Divide  by  Electricity." 
World's  Work,  April,  '08. 

Northrop,    "The    Great    Northwest."      World    To-Day, 
January,  '06. 

Oberholtzer,  "Opening  of  the  Great  Northwest."     Cen- 
tury Magazine,  March,  '07. 

Reed,  "The  Empire  of  the  Northern  Prairies."     World 
To-Day,   February,  '08. 

Thomas,    "Our   Own   Northwest."      Success   Magazine, 
October  and  November,  '07. 

Van  Dyke,  "Big  Woods  of  Oregon."    Outing  Magazine, 
February,  '06. 

Willey.  "The  Folk  of  the  Puget  Sound  Country."     Out- 
ing Magazine,  February,  '06. 

Wolf,  "The  Inland  Empire."    Pacific  Monthly,  May,  '07. 


Appendix  F  275 

The  Mormons 

Davis,  "Practical  Results  of  Mormonism."     Missionary 

Review  of  the  World,  March,  '07. 
Horwill,   "Investigation  of  Mormon  Church."     Albany 

Review,  June,  '07. 
Kinney,    "Present    Situation    Among    the    IMormons." 

Missionary  Review  of  the  World,  August,  '06. 

The  Soufhzvesi 

Bessey,  "Vegetation  of  Texas.''     Science,  April  19,  '07. 

Brownell,  "Oklahoma:  The  Fight  for  Statehood."  Ap- 
pleton's  Magazine,  April,  '07. 

Cunniff,  "Texas  and  the  Texans."  World's  Work, 
March,  '06. 

CunnifiF,  "The  New  State  of  Oklahoma."  World's 
Work,  June,  '06. 

Currie,  "The  Transformation  of  the  Southwest 
through  the  Legal  Abolition  of  Gambling."  Cen- 
tury Magazine,  April,  '08. 

Dinwiddle,  "Oklahoma :  To-Day  and  To-Morrow." 
Appleton's  Magazine,  April,  '07. 

"Growth  of  Southwest  Texas."  Review  of  Reviews, 
February,  '06. 

Harvey,  "The  Southwest's  Evolution."  Metropolitan 
Magazine,  August,  '08. 

Harve3^  "The  Great  Southwest."  Munsey's  Magazine, 
March,  '05. 

Hough,  "The  Rise  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma."  Apple- 
ton's  Magazine,  April,  '07. 

Hough:  "Oklahoma:  the  Coming  of  the  White  Man." 
Appleton's  Magazine,  April,  '07. 


276  Appendix  F 

Matson,  "The  Awakening  of  Nevada."  Review  of 
Reviews,  July,  '06. 

McGuire,  "Big  Oklahoma."  National  Geographic  Mag- 
azine, February,  '06. 

Ogden,  "The  Newest  Land  of  Promise."  Everybody's 
Magazine,  November,  '07. 

Ogden,  "Farming  in  the  Southwest."  Everybody's 
Magazine,  November,  '07. 

Willey,  "The  Southwestern  Oil  Fields."  Moody's 
Magazine,  January,  '07. 

The  West  Behveen  and  Beyond 

Blanchard,  "The  Quickening  of  Nevada."  Pacific 
Monthly,  May,  '07. 

Button,  "Our  Strategic  Position  on  the  Pacific."  Pa- 
cific Monthly,  November,  '07. 

McAdie,  "Climate  of  the  Pacific  Coast."  Outing  Maga- 
2ine,  February,   '06. 

Reinhart,  "Seizing  the  Desert's  Last  Stronghold." 
World's  Work,  April,  '08. 

The  American  Indians 

Brown,  "The  Indians  and  Oklahoma."  Outlook,  Janu- 
ary 19,  '07. 

Forbes-Lindsay,  "Shaping  the  Future  of  the  Indians." 
World  To-Day,  March,  '07. 

Kennan,  "Lands  of  Indians  and  Fair  Play."  Outlook, 
February  27,  '04. 

Leupp,  "Gospel  of  Work  for  Indians."  Nation,  Octo- 
ber 6,  '04. 

Oskison,  "Making  an  Individual  of  the  Indian."  Every- 
body's Magazine,  June,  '07. 


Appendix  F  277 

Oskison,    "Remaining    Causes    of    Indian    Discontent." 
North  American  Review,  March  i,  '07. 

Sparhawk,  "The  Indian's  Yoke."     North  American  Re- 
view, January,  '06. 

Willey,    "Our    Other    Race    Problem."      Metropolitan 
Magazine,  October,  '07. 


Chinese,  Japanese,  and  Some  Other  People 

Brooks,     "The     Real     Pacific     Question."       Harper's 
Weekly,    October    12,    '07. 

Dodd,   "The   Hindus   in  the   Northwest."     World  To- 
Day,  November,  '07. 

Fulton,  "Japanese  Pupils  in  American  Schools."    North 
American  Review,  December  21,  '06. 

Hart,  "The  Japanese  in   California,"     World's   Work, 
March,  '07. 

Harwood,    "Extinction    of   the    Chinese    in   the   United 
States."     World's  Work,  December,  '04. 

Ichihashi,   "Japanese   Students  in  America."     Outlook, 
October  12,  '07. 

Inglis,  "Reasons  for  California's  Attitude  Toward  Jap- 
anese."   Harper's  Weeklj^,  January  19,  '07. 

Irwin,  "The  Japanese  and  the  Pacific  Coast."    Collier's 
Weekly,  September  28,  '07;  October  12,  19.  26,  '07. 

Irwin,   "Chinese   Slave  Trade   in  California."     Every- 
body's Magazine,  July,  '04. 

Kawakami,    "Naturalization   of  the  Japanese."     North 
American  Review,  June  21,  '07. 

Kawakami,  "The  Japanese  in  California."    Independent, 
November  29,  '06. 


278  Appendix  F 

Kessler,  "An  Evening  in  Chinatown."  Overland 
Monthly,    May,    '07. 

Lockley,  '"The  Hindu  Invasion."  Pacific  Monthly, 
May,  '07. 

Lusk,  "The  Real  Yellow  Peril."  North  American  Re- 
view, November,  '07. 

Maitland,  "Chinese  in  California  and  South  Africa." 
Contemporary  Review,  December,  '05. 

Miller,  "The  Ruinous  Cost  of  Chinese  Exclusion." 
North  American  Review,  November,  '07. 

Nickerson,  "Chinese  Treaties  and  Legislation  of  the 
United  States  and  Their  Enforcement."  North 
American  Review,  September,  '05. 

Scheffauer,  "The  Old  Chinese  Quarter,  San  Francisco." 
Macmillan's  Magazine,  July,  '07. 

Thomson,  "Japanese  in  San  Francisco."  World  To- 
Day,  December,   '06. 

Wherry,  "Hindu  Immigrants  in  America."  Missionary 
Review  of  the  World,  December,  '07. 

Miscellaneous 

"American  Trade  Around  the  World."  World's  Work, 
August,  '08. 

Brock,  "The  Americanism  of  the  Last  West."  Outing 
Magazine,  February,  '06. 

Cameron,  "Wheat  the  Wizard  of  the  North."  Atlantic 
Monthly,  December,  '07. 

Dickey,  "The  Modern  Pioneer."  World  To-Day,  Feb- 
ruary,  '08. 

Harger,  "Revival  in  Western  Land  Values."  Review 
of  Reviews,  January,  '07. 


Appendix  F  279 

Harvey,  "A  School  for  American  Business  Men." 
Appleton's  Magazine,  February,  '08. 

Harvey,  "Epics  of  the  West's  Expansion."  North 
American  Review,  July  5,  '07. 

McCandless,  "Hawaii,  the  Cross-roads  of  the  Pacific." 
World's  Work,  March,  '07. 

Moody,  "The  Real  Cowboy."  Outdoor  Life,  Febru- 
ary, '07. 

Rov.'e,  "Our  Trade  Relations  with  South  America." 
North  American  Review,  March  i,  '07. 

Sherman,  "Followers  of  the  Bunch  Grass  Hunter." 
Outing  Magazine,  February,  '06. 

Straus,  "Our  Era  of  Commercial  Greatness."  World's 
Work,  August,  '08. 

True.  "The  Coming  of  Law  to  the  Frontier."  Outing 
Magazine,  February,  '08. 

Watson,  "Copper  Wealth  in  a  Remarkable  New  Camp." 
Leslie's  Weekly,  March  14,  '07. 

Willey,  "America  in  the  Orient."  Putnam's  Magazine, 
July,  '08. 

Wright,  "Westward  to  the  Far  East."  Pacific  Monthly, 
IMay,  '07. 

A  great  number  of  issues  of  several  board  periodicals 
and  publications,  for  the  last  three  years,  also  their 
leaflets,  are  of  special  value. 

The  denominational  reports  will  repay  reading. 


INDEX 


281 


INDEX 


A 

Abraham's    v/estward    call, 

24S 
Absorption  of  the  American 

Indian,  198 
Africa    and    the    West    as 

mission  fields,  105 
Agricultural        college        a 

world  asset,  82 
Agriculture     the     basis     of 

civilization,  42 
"Aim-day-co,"   202 
Alfalfa,  an  acclimated,  83 
Altruistic  spirit,  the,  207 
American  Board  in  Oregon, 

20 
American    History   and   Its 
Geographic         Conditions 
quoted,  3 
American  Revolution,  the,  6 
Anglo-Saxon  blood,   4,   32; 
the        modern        Anglo- 
Saxon,  184 
Appalachian  Mountains,  6-8 
Arctic  Circle  and  wheat,  88 
Arctic  Ocean,  6 
Area  of  the  United  States,  4 
"Argonauts  of  '49,"  the,  25 
Arid  West,  our,  46 
Aridity  a  blessing,  43,  46 
Arizona,    153,    159-163;   as 
a  health  resort,  161 ;  bull- 
fights in,  157;  the  Roose- 
velt Reservoir,  160 
Armada,  the  Spanish,  14 
Artesian  wells,  151;  in  Pe- 
cos Valley,  164 


Asia,  a  source  of  improved 
products,  82,  8^;  its  mis- 
sionary aspect  from  the 
West,  III,  145-147,  174- 
177,  209-215,  249 

Atlantic  Ocean  and  the 
colonies,  9 

B 

Bacon  as  fuel,  12 

Balboa,  14 

Barnes's  "Gifford  Pinchot, 
Forester"  referred  to,  61. 

"Big  Pasture,"  Oklahoma, 
166 

Billings,  Montana,  81 

Blanchard,  C.  J.,  referred 
to,  53,  258 

Boston  and  the  early  fur 
trade,  16 

Boundary  line,  the  north- 
ern, 21,22 

Brainerd,  David,  188 

Buddhism  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, 146 

Burbank,  Luther,  referred 
to,  82 

Butte  copper  mines,  84 

C 

California,  discovery  of 
gold  in,  24;  early  settlers 
in,  23;  present  condi- 
tions in,  144;  Spain  in,  14 

California  Trail,  25 

Canada,  annexation  and 
reciprocity,  89 

83 


284 


Index 


Canadian      Northwest, 
Americans    in    the,     88; 
raih-oads,  89 
Canyons,  48 

Cape  Prince  of  Wales,  13 
Capen,  S.  B.,  quoted,  233 
Caravans    cross    the    conti- 
nent, 21,  22 
Carson  Basin,  Nevada,  129, 

142 
Cascade  Mountains,  44 
Cattle-ranges     and     irriga- 
tion, 56 
Center  of  power,  4 
Central  City,  Colorado,  121 
Chili,  173 

China,  awakening,  90;  early 
fur  trade  with,  15;  pos- 
sible productiveness,  4 
Chinese,  in  America,  212; 
characteristics  and  ill- 
treatment  of,  213;  home 
missions  among,  215 
Churches,  the  call  to  the,  66, 

225-240 
Civil  War  reminiscences,  89 
Civilizations  c  o  h  t  r  a  s  ted, 

two,  207 
Climate    of    the    U.    S.,    3; 

causes  of,  4 
Coast  Range,  the,  it8 
Colorado,  altitude  of,    117; 
climate,    gold         mining, 
products,  resources,   119; 
irrigated  land,  119;  pub- 
lic-spirited men,  1 20 ;  rail- 
ways,       120:       religious 
interests  in,  121,  122 
Colorado  River,  the,  48 
Colorado  Springs,  120 
Columbia  River  named  by 

Captain  Gray,  16 
Columbia  River  pass,  78,  79 
Congress,  land  grants  by,  9 


Connecticut's       missionary 

work,  ^;i 
Conquest   of  Arid  America, 

The,  i-eferred  to,  41,  259 
Consecration,    the    highest, 

246 
Cook,  Captain,  13,  15,  17 
Cook,  Rev.  Charles,  referred 

to,  203 
Cooperative  spirit,  a,  55 
Copper  in  Montana,  84 
Corner     lots     secured     for 

churches,  103 
Corpus  Christi.  Texas,  mar- 
ket-gardening in,  169 
Cotton,  in  Oklahoma,  167; 

in  Texas,  173 
Council,   Idaho,  its  mission 

work,  96 
Crops,   irrigation  insures    a 

series  of,  47',  order  of,  in 

dry  farming,  63,  64 
Crossing  the  continent,  Lee 

and  Whitman,  21,  22 

D 

Dakotas,  climate  of  the,  4; 
the  people,  87 

Dawes  act  of  1887,  198 

Deception  Bay,  16 

Deming,  in  The  Indepen- 
dent, referred  to,  64 

Democracy,  a  backwoods,  7 

Denver,  120 

Desert,  hardships  of,  13,  28, 
31;  holiday  experiences 
in,  30;  transformation  of, 
41 ;  underground  lakes  in, 
51 

Destruction  of  our  forests, 
60 

Development,  begins  west- 
ward, 10;  varied  in  w^est- 
ern  states,  118 


Index 


^85 


Ditching,  prehistoric  mod- 
els in,  48 

Doors  opened  by  cotton 
and  wheat,  173 

Doyle,  Dr.  S.  H.,  quoted 
on  Indian  affairs,  190-197 

Dry  farming,  63-65,  82 

E 
Edwards,     Jonathan,      re- 
ferred to,  188 
Efforts  of  the  churches,  103 
El  Paso,  Texas,  170,  207 
Electricity,  in  desert  work, 
5 1 ;  in  developing  towns, 

57 

Eliot,  John,  referred  to,  188 

Ely,  Nevada,  140 

Engineering  feats  in  wes- 
tern work,  52 

England's  Pacific  posses- 
sions, 4 

English  pioneer,  the,  8 

Enlightenment  needed,  con- 
cerning home  missions, 
227,  229;  literature  frag- 
mentary, 231;  loss  from 
lack  of  knowledge,  235 

Enthroning      the       Christ, 

Everybody's     Magazine    ve- 

ferred  to,  60 
Exemplary  church,  an,  241 
Explorations,        European, 

in  North  America,  5;  on 

the  Pacific  coast,  13 
Extension    of    the    United 

States,  9 


"Five   Civilized  Tribes"   of 

Oklahoma,  199 
Flag    carried     around     the 

globe,  our,  16 


Foreign  countries  repre- 
sented in  the  Dakotas, 
99-101 

Forest,  the  function  of  the, 

59 
Forestry   department,   our, 

61 
Fort  Hall,  23 
Foster,    at    Council,  Idaho, 

96;  his  wife  "Minnie,"  97, 

98 
Fremont,  John  C,  24 
French,  nation,  18 ;  trader, 

8 
"From  passage  to  peltries," 

5 
Frontier    in    the    making, 

our,  3 
Frontier  preachers,  91-94 
Fruit    grown    in    irrigated 

regions,  116 
Fur  trade,  and  exploration, 

6;  with  China,  15,16 


Gadsden  Purchase,  13 
Gallatin    Valley,    Montana, 

81 
Galveston,  Texas,  170,  174 
Gambling  being  driven  out 

of  the  Southwest,  157 
Gateway  of  the  Upper  Rio 

Grande,  11 
Generosity     of     converted 

heathen,  232 
Gentile  influence  in   Utah, 

136 
Geography,  its  bearing  on 

early      development      of 

United  States,  3 
Giant  Northwest,  the,  75- 

114 
Gila  Trail,  12 
Goal,  the  destined,  223 


286 


Index 


God,  nature  an  expression 

of,  34 
Gold     in     California,     dis- 
covery of,  24 
Golden  spike  driven,  26 
Goldfield,  Nevada,  140 
Governmental  action  in  irri- 
gation development,   49, 

Gray,  Captain,  discovers 
and  names  Columbia 
River,  16 

"Great  American  Desert," 
the,  128;  physical  fea- 
tures, 129 

"Great  Interior  Basin," 
our,  128-130 

Great  Lakes,  the,  6 

Greeley  Colony,  120 

Gulf,  breezes  from,  4 

H 
Harwood,   Dr.   Thomas,   of 

Albuquerque,  209 
Hawaii,    89;    Japanese    in, 

210,  211;  location  of,  5 
Heroic  leaders,  226 
Hill,  Mr.  James  J.,  quoted, 

76 
Holland  in  the  New  World, 

14 
Home  and  foreign  heathen, 

230.  237 

Home  mission  fields,  66 

Home  missionary  heroes, 
226;  the  home  mission- 
ary, 35 

Homes,  motive  in  western 
emigration,  43,  50:  result 
from  irrigation,  57;  the 
object  in  governmental 
action,  62,  63 

Homesteaders  in  the  Da- 
kotas,  loi 


Hudson's  Bay  Company,  20 

Hudson  Valley,  7 

Humid  and  arid  regions 
contrasted  agriculturally, 
56;    our  humid   sections, 

45 
Humphrey,   S.   K.,  quoted, 
182 

Idaho,  77,  81;  conditions 
in,  138;  mining  town, 
q6;  Mormons,  138;  pas- 
tor's experience,  66;  phy- 
sical features,  118;  Twin 
Falls  church,  138;  un- 
reached in,  105 

Ignorance  a  peril,  227 

Immigration,  Napoleonic 
wars  and,  10 

Imperial    Valley,    Arizona, 

129.  15s 
Independence,  Missouri,  11 
India,  the  attitude  of,  90 
Indian     afifairs.    Dr.    S.    H. 
Doyle    quoted    on,    190- 
197 
Indian  and  Spanish  Neigh- 
bors quoted,  197,  201 
Indian  and  the  white  man, 

the,  185 
Indians,  American,  181-207; 
missions  to,  188,  189,  200- 
207;  policy  of  govern- 
ment toward,  18,  186, 
192-199;  present  popula- 
tion, 190, 191 
Indian    Territory,   the,    1 1 : 

Indians  of,  199 
Individual  man  a  chief  fac- 
tor in  progress,  247 
Intensive  farming,  47,  81 
Internal  development,  41 
Irrigated   arid   regions  and 
fruit  growing,   116 


Index 


.87 


Irrigation,  40-59.  116,  123, 
129,  130,  164,  225;  by 
governmental  action,  49- 
57;  provision  for  fund, 
50,  259-264 


James,  G.  W.,  quoted,  182 
Japan,  90;  as  a  competitor, 

4 
Japanese,    as     immigrants, 

209 ;  colony  in  Texas,  175; 

occupations  of,  211;  sta- 
tistics, 210 
Jefferson's   tactful    plea   to 

congress,  18 
Jews  in  the  Southwest,  176 
Johnston,  Julia  H.,  quoted, 

197,  201 
Journeys  of  pioneer  times, 

27 
Juarez,  Mexico,  207 

K 

Kansas,     conformation    of, 

117 
Kansas  City  a  portal,  117 
Key    to    interpret    history, 

186 
Kit  Carson's  ride,  12 
Kynett,  Dr.  A.  J.,  xi 


Lake  Nicaragua,  14 
"Last  man,"  the,  197,  199 
Lee,    Rev.    Jason,    19,    85; 
conducts  colony  to  Ore- 
gon, 2 1 ;    missionary  and 
patriotic  services,  19-21 
Lewis  and  Clark,  11,  iS,  19 
Local  church  methods,  240 
"Lone  Star"  flag,  the,  24 
Los  Angeles,  12 


Louisiana  Purchase,  the,  9, 

Lumber,  camps,  92;  ship- 
ments, 80;  welcome  of 
mission  work,  92,  93 

M 
Macaroni   wheat   grown   in 

the  Northwest,  83 
Macedonian  call,  a  new,  179 
Marshall,  James  W.,  24 
Massacre,  Whitman's,  22 
McAfee,  James  E.,  quoted, 

222 
Mexican  government, the,  24 
Mexicans,     207;     mission 

schools  for,  208 
Mexico  and  Spain,  14 
Millennium,  a  hastened,  245 
Mines  and  mining,  25,  84, 
94—96,  118,  130,  139,  140; 
church  conditions  in  min- 
ing camps  and  towns,  94- 
96 
Minidoka   government  irri- 
gation project,  the,  66-68 
Minnesota's  boundary  line, 

44;  her  people,  88 
Minute  Alan  on  the  Fron- 
tier quoted,  35 
Mission,  call  to  young  peo- 
ple, 247,  248;  responsi- 
bility of  the  Churches, 
III,  146,  147,  177,  182, 
207,  222-249;  prayer- 
meetings,  240;  study 
classes,  241,  242;  training 
of  the  Su-nda3^-school ,  242 
Missionaries  in  home  fields, 
courage  and  optimism, 
108,  109;  perils  and  sac- 
rifices, 22,  23,  32-35,  67, 
97,  98,  107,  108, 122,  135, 
188,  244-247 


Index 


Missions  and  missionary- 
conditions,  an^ong  Chi- 
nese, 212-215;  among 
Indians,  200-207;  among 
Japanese,  209  -  212; 
among  Mexicans,  207- 
209;  in  the  Northwest, 
89-108;  in  the  "West 
Between,"  1 18-146;  in 
the  Southwest,  155-177 

Mississippi  River,  17 

Missouri,  productive  soil, 
12;  River,  18,  47 

Mohawk  Valley,  7 

Monroe  Doctrine,  13 

Montana,  77,  81;  climate,  4; 
people,  87;  railways,  84; 
unreached    population, 

105 

Mormon,  ambitions,  134; 
convert's  story,  137;  in- 
fluence of  missionary 
schools,  133;  most  diffi- 
cult field,  135;  outlook 
and  results,  136-139 

Mormons,  in  Idaho,  138; 
in  Utah,  131;  irrigation 
by  the  Mormons,  129 

N 

Napoleonic  wars  and  immi- 
gration, 10 

National  Geographic  Maga- 
zine referred  to,  53 

Nature  and  God,  workers 
with,  184 

Nebraska's  conformation, 
117 

Needs  of  the  Northwest,  92 

Nevada,  area,  population, 
possibilities,  130; 
churches,  140;  farmers, 
116;  irrigation,  129,  142; 
missionary's     statement, 


141;  physical  conditions, 
139;  railroads,  142;  State 
University,  140 

New  England  Christian  en- 
terprise, 33 

New  Mexico,  153,  155;  con- 
ditions in,  163;  Pecos 
Valley  section,  163;  pop- 
ulation, 163,  164;  re- 
sources, 164 

New  settlement  conditions, 
157.  225 

New  Southwest,  the,  151- 
180;  climate,  extent,  peo- 
ple, 153;  growth,  154: 
religious  foundations,  155 

Nez  Percys  Indians  at  St. 
Louis,  19,  85 

Nile  Valley  cited,  46 

Noble  work  of  young  men, 

53 
North  Dakota, 77,81,  99,100 
Northwest,    along   the    Pa- 
cific,    14-23;    the    Cana- 
dian,   88;    the    Early,    7; 
the  Giant,  75-114;  crucial 
missionary  conditions, 
99;  problems,  90 
Northwest  passage,   search 
for  a,  5,  14,  15 

O 

Obedience  measures  power, 
238 

Obstruction  reveals  swift 
current,  183 

Ocean  liners.  Pacific,  84 

Ogden,  Utah,  26 

Oklahoma,  153;  church 
needs,  167,  168,  245;  de- 
velopment of  and  oppor- 
tunities in,  165,  166;  pop- 
ulation, products,  prog- 
ress, 16-167 


Index 


289 


Oregon,  American  Board 
in,  20;  claim  or  United 
States,  16-23;  compara- 
tive size,  77;  emigration 
to,  12;  Lee  and  Whit- 
man's colonies,  21,  22; 
people  of,  85;  provisional 
government  in, 22 ;  United 
States  claim  upon,  19; 
unreached  in,  105 

Oregon  Trail,  12 

Orient,  the,  and  San  Fran- 
cisco, 145;  our  commerce 
with  the  East  and  mis- 
sion work,  91 

Orientward  trend  in  com- 
merce and  missions,  5, 
76,  78-85,  89-91,  III, 
144-147.  171-177.  209- 
2^5.  249      p 

Pacific  Northwest,  the,  14- 

23 
Pacific  Ocean,  territory  bor- 
dering on  the,  4,  5,  14 
Pacific  winds  and  the  Rock- 
ies, 4 
Paine,  The  Greater  America, 

quoted,  76,  102 
Panama  Canal,  14,  170,171 
Panhandle  of  Texas,  169 
Panic    times,   thoughtful 

contributions  in,  234 
"Pathfinder,  the,"  24 
Pauls  call  westward,  248 
Passion  for  missions,  a,  233 
Pecos  Valley,  New  Mexico, 

164 
People    of    the    Northwest, 

the,  85,  86 
Philippines,  the,  8g 
Pima    church    in    Sacaton, 

203 
Pinchot,  Gifford,  61 


Pioneer,  hardships,  27-31, 
65;  placing  of  successors 
under  obligation,  31;  re- 
sults to  Indian  life,  187, 
188;  spirit,  8,  13 

Polygamy  in  Utah,  131,  132 

Population,  as  affected  by 
irrigation,  56;  by  rail- 
ways, 26;  table  showing 
recent  increase  by  states, 
256 

Portland,  Oregon,  79,  85 

Porto  Rico,  171 

Possible  results  of  irriga- 
tion, 49 

Powell  quoted,  116 

Power  from  irrigation 
plants,  51 

Preachers,  on  the  frontier, 
91,  104,  107-109;  wives 
of,  108,  246 

Prehistoric  models  in  ditch- 
ing, 48 

Problems,  Asiatic  immigra- 
tion, 90;  of  irrigation 
works,  53;  of  the  North- 
west, 89 

Progress,  the  march  of,  188 

Prohibition  in  North  Da- 
kota, 87 

Projects  in  irrigation,  258 

Protestantism,  in  Colorado, 
121;    in    the    Southwest, 

155 
Public  lands,  our,  45 
Puddefoot,  W.   G.,  quoted, 

35.  152 
Puget   Sound,   21,  78;  con- 
tiguous   resources,   80; 
freight  facilities,  85 

Q 

Qualities  born  of  hardships, 
13 


290 


Index 


R 

Railroads,  dominate  the 
West,  117,  223,  224;  elec- 
tric traction,  84;  exten- 
sion in  the  Northwest,  87, ; 
first  transcontinental,  9; 
the  lead  in  trackage,  170; 
in  Texas.  170;  in  the 
Great  Basin,  130 

Rainless  sections  in  the 
United  States,  45 

Reclaimed  arid  sections,  48, 

56 
Religious    aspect    m     new 

towns,  58,  106 
Reno,    Nevada,    the    State 

University  at,  140 
Reserves,  our  forest,  61 
Responsibility,     our,      iii, 

243-249 
Rhode   Island's  population 
and  that  of  irrigated  dis- 
tricts compared,  58 
Rice  culture  in  Texas,  T75 
Ridley,  Bishop,  quoted,  202 
Rio    Grande,    a   sugar-cane 

region,  169 
Riverside,  California,  57 
Rocky   Mountains,    11,   44, 

102,   103,  117 
Roosevelt  Reservoir,  160 
Roosevelt,    Theodore, 
trained   on  a  western 
ranch,  62;  tribute  to  In- 
dian missionaries,  205 
Russia  as  a  trade  competi- 
tor of  the  United  States,  4 


Sacramento  Valley,  23,  25 
Saloons  becoming  unpopu- 
lar in  Arizona,  157 
Salt  Lake  City,  129,  136 


San  Diego,  12,  15 

San  Francisco,  24;  a  gate- 
way to  the  Orient,  117; 
importance  of ,  144;  Japa- 
nese aid  when  needed, 
212;  longer  and  more 
mountainous  route  for 
overland  freight,  78,  79; 
mission  work  in,  145, 
146 

Santa  Fe,  old  buildings  in, 
163 

Santa  F6  Trail,  12 

Scandinavians,  88 

Schafer,  Joseph,  xi;  re- 
ferred to,  26 

Seed  selection,  results  of, 
82,  83 

Self-investment,  236,  239, 
247 

Selfishness,  232;  to  be  over- 
come in  the  home  Church, 
232 

Semiarid  belt,  65 

Semple,  Ellen  Churchill,  x; 
quoted,  3 

Shelton,  Don  O.,  quoted, 
222 

Sierra  range  of  mountains, 
44,  118 

Small  farms  under  the  irri- 
gation system,  56 

Smalley  quoted,  76 

Smoot  case,  the,  136 

Smythe,  William  E.,  xi; 
quoted,  40,  116;  referred 
to,  41 

Social  order,  an  ideal,  55 

Soil  in  the  arid  West,  46 

Soul  rest,  240 

South  America,  171,  172 

South  Dakota,  77,  81;  rail- 
roads and  incoming  set- 
tlers,    100-103;    superin- 


Index 


291 


tendent's  district,  104; 
the  Indians  of,  204 

Southwest,  the,  152 ;  health- 
seekers  in,  161;  pastoral 
care  desired,  162;  sani- 
tariums needed,  163;  the 
outlook,  171 

Spain  in  the  New  World, 
14,  16;  present  attitude, 
89 

Spanish,  Armada,  14;  Trail, 
12 

Spokane,  country,  103; 
River,  84 

Standard  of  missionary  de- 
votion for  young  people, 
248 

Statistics,  agriculture,  peo- 
ple engaged  in,  in  1900, 
42;  American  farmers 
going  to  Canadian 
Northwest,  88;  Califor- 
nia, population  in  1870, 
25;  Chinese  population, 
212;  Colorado  products, 
119,  120;  educational  ap- 
propriation for  Indians, 
198;  farms,  in  1900,  42; 
forest  reserves,  area,  60, 
61;  Gadsden  Purchase, 
price  paid,  13;  Indians, 
main  classes,  190,  191; 
irrigation  projects,  area 
and  cost,  49,  258;  Japa- 
nese population,  210; 
Louisiana  Purchase, 
churches,  228;  Oklahoma 
towns  and  cities,  166; 
Oregon  Trail,  length  of, 
12;  Northwest,  popula- 
tion in  1870  and  1880, 
26;  railroad  new  mileage, 
in  Nevada,  in  1907,  140; 
Southwest,    population. 


153;  states,  area  and 
population,  256;  terri- 
tor}'  added  to  United 
States,  area  and  popula- 
tion, 255;  Texas  meas- 
urements, 152,  169,  170; 
United  States,  area,  4, 
256;  unreached  popula- 
tions in  Oregon  and 
Washington,  106,  107; 
vacant  and  reserved 
areas,  257 
St.  Louis,  Nez  Percys  in,  19 
Strong,  Josiah,   quoted,    2, 

Sunday-school  missionary 
training  and  work,  242 

Supplies  furnished  by  Wo- 
man's  Home  Missionary 
organizations,  108 

Sutter,  Captain  John,  23 


Table-land,  extent  of  dry, 

47. 
Tammg  the  desert,  44 
Taylor,     Bishop     William, 

25 

Teutons,  the,  88 

Texas,  152-154;  advance- 
ment in,  168;  crops,  land, 
settlers  in,  169 

Tomlinson,  Everett  T.,  quo- 
ted, 92 

Towns  springing  up  in  irri- 
gated sections,  54,  56 

Trails,  historic,  11,12 

Transcontinental  railway, 
the  first,  26 

Truckee-Carson  irrigation 
scheme,  129,  140 

Turner  quoted,  2 

Twin  Falls,  Idaho,  the 
church  at,  138 


292 


Index 


U 

Underground  lakes  in  the 
desert,  51 

United  States,  course  of  dis- 
covery and  settlement,  5- 
26;  growth  in  territory,  9, 
13,  17,  24,  255;  internal 
development,  223,  224; 
well  located  for  world  in- 
fluence, 3,  223 

Urgent  missionary  needs, 
225,  226 

Utah,  Mormonism,  131-138; 
physical  features,  popu- 
lation problems,  118 


Vacant  and  reserved  areas 
in   western    public   land, 
,    257 
Vancouver,  Captain,  17 

W 

Walla  Walla  River,  20 

Washington,  77;  conditions 
in,  ic6,  107 

Water  under  the  desert 
sand,  130 

Watershed,  a  continental, 
118 

Wells,  artesian,  and  irriga- 
tion, 51,  164 

"West  Between  and  Be- 
yond," 1 15-149;  domxi- 
nated  by  railways,  117; 
great    variety,    118;    im- 


mense resources  from  soil 

and  mines,  1x8-144 
West,    the,    2;    gateway   of 

the,  7;  its  importance,  5 
Western  exijansion,  our,  4 
Western,  frontier,   our,    78; 

table-land,  44 
Wheat,     quality    when 

grown  toward  Arctic  Cir- 
cle,    88;     special     hardy 

varieties,  83 
Wheeler,  Rev.  O.  C,  25 
Whitman,  Dr.  Marcus,  20, 

22,  85 
Whole  world  for  Christ,  228, 

229 
Willamette  River,  19 
Winning  Christianity,  a, 23 8 
Wise  beginnings  made,  228 
Woman,    missionary,    201; 

suffrage  states,  118 
Woman's  Home  Missionary 

organizations  aiding  the 

work,  108 
Working   with   nature  and 

God  transforms  man,  1S4 
World  history,  three  stages 

of,  3 
Wyoming,  features  of,  117, 

X18;  in-igation  law,   123; 

physical    aspects     and 

conditions    in,     123-128; 

stock  raising,  1 1 6 


Zulu  Christians,  and  giving, 
232 


Forward  Mission  Study  Courses 


"Anywhere,  provided  it  be  forward." — David  Living- 
stone. 


Prepared  under  the  direction  of  the 
YOUNG   PEOPLE'S    MISSIONARY   MOVEMENT 

OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA 

Editorial  Committee:  T.  H.  P.  Sailer,  Chairman; 
R.  P.  Mackay,  T.  Bronson  Ray,  Howard  B.  Grose, 
S.  Earl  Taylor,  C.  R.  Watson,  John  W.  Wood,  H.  F. 
Williams. 


The  forward  mission  study  courses  are  an  out- 
growth of  a  conference  of  leaders  in  young  people's 
mission  work,  held  in  New  York  City,  December,  1901. 
To  meet  the  need  that  was  manifested  at  that  confer- 
ence for  mission  study  text-books  suitable  for  young 
people,  two  of  the  delegates,  Professor  Amos  R.  Wells, 
of  the  United  Society  of  Christian  Endeavor,  and  Mr. 
S.  Earl  Taylor,  Chairman  of  the  General  Missionary 
Committee  of  the  Ep worth  League,  projected  the  For- 
ward Mission  Study  Courses.  These  courses  have 
been  officially  adopted  by  the  Young  People's  Mission- 


ary  Movement,  and  are  now  under  the  immediate 
direction  of  the  Editorial  Committee  of  the  Movement. 
The  books  of  the  Movement  are  now  being  used  by 
more  than  forty  home  and  foreign  mission  boards  and 
societies  of  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

The  aim  is  to  publish  a  series  of  text-books  cover- 
ing the  various  home  and  foreign  mission  fields,  and 
written  by  leading  authorities.  The  entire  series  when 
completed  will  comprise  perhaps  as  many  as  forty 
text-books.  ^, 

The  following  text-books  having  a  sale  of  over 
450,000  have  been  published: 

1.  Into  All  the  World.  A  general  survey  of  mis- 
sions.    By  Amos  R.  Wells. 

2.  The  Price  of  Africa.  (Biographical.)  By  S. 
Earl  Taylor. 

3.  Princely  Men  in  the  Heavenly  Kingdom. 
(Biographical.)      By    Harlan    P.    Beach. 

4.  Sunrise  in  the  Sunrise  Kingdom.  A  study  of 
Japan.     By  John  H.  De  Forest. 

5.  Heroes  of  the  Cross  in  America.  Home  Mis- 
sions.    (Biographical.)     By  Don  O.   Shelton. 

6.  Daybreak  in  the  Dark  Continent.  A  study 
of  Africa.     By  Wilson  S.  Naylor. 

7.  The  Christian  Conquest  of  India.  A  study  of 
India.    By  James  M.  Thoburn. 

8.  Aliens  or  Americans?  A  Study  of  Immigra- 
tion.   By  Howard  B.  Grose. 

9.  The  Uplift  of  China.  A  study  of  China.  By 
Arthur  H.  Smith. 

10.  The  Challenge  of  the  City.  A  study  of  the 
City.     By  Josiah  Strong. 

11.  The  Why  and  How  of  Foreign  Missions. 
A  study  of  the  relation  of  the  home  Church  to 
the  foreign  missionary  enterprise.  By  Arthur  J. 
Brown. 


12.  The  Moslem  World.  A  study  of  the  Mo- 
hammedan World.    By  Samuel  M.  Zwemer. 

13.  The  Frontier.  A  study  of  the  new  West.  By 
Ward  Piatt. 

These  books  are  published  by  mutual  arrangement 
among  the  home  and  foreign  mission  boards,  to  whom 
all  orders  should  be  addressed.  They  are  bound  uni- 
formly, and  are  sold  for  50  cents,  in  cloth,  and  35  cents, 
in  paper,  postage  extra. 


''[.'""fon  Theolo 


lll)/iinm^',?^,7  Libra 


1    1012  01234  8407 


DATE  DUE 

iitgjSj^.*t^>tfw^*-*^ 

CAYLORD 

PRINTEOINU.S*. 

